The URL can be used to link to this page

Project Manual for Komar Desert Centeror ■ SGPA° ARCHITECTURE ■ PLANNING CITY OF LA QUINTA BUILDING &,WEfY DEPT. DATE ,to c% # L` i i r r a AMP do s mo dlp RM dOw %a p S� PROJECT MANUAL for KOMAR DESERT CENTER La Quinta, California Project No. 20612-A/D/H-01 PRELIMINARY ISSUE March 12, 2007 for Komar Investments, LLC %T t �1�6 \'� SGPA ARCHITECTURE ■ PLANNING Members of the American Institute of Architects 1545 Hotel Circle South, Suite 200 San Diego, CA 92108 (619) 297-0131 DOCUMENT 00010 TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION 00001 Project Title Page 00010 Table of Contents 00011 Project Directory BIDDING REQUIREMENTS 00100 Bid Solicitation 00200 Instructions to Bidders 00300 Information Available to Bidders 00410 Bid Form 00435 Cost Breakdown CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 00520 Agreement Form (AIA A101, 1987) 00700 General Conditions (AIA A201, 1987) 00800 Supplementary Conditions (for AIA A201, 1987) DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01110 Summary of Work 01311 Project Meetings 01330 Submittal Procedures 01340 Request for Information Procedures 01400 Quality Requirements 01410 Regulatory Requirements 01421 Abbreviations 01422 Definitions and Standards 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01600 Product Requirements 01721 Field Engineering 01770 Closeout Procedures 01781 Project Record Documents 01782 Operating and Maintenance Data KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 3/12/07 3/12/07 3/12/07 3/12/07 3/12/07 3/12/07 3/12/07 3/12/07 3/12/07 3/12/07 3/12/07 3/12/07 3/12/07 3/12/07 3/12/07 3/12/07 3/12/07 3/12/07 3/12/07 3/12/07 3/12/07 3/12/07 3/12/07 3/12/07 3/12/07 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00010-1 DIVISION 2: SITE WORK 02000 Civil Specifications 3/12/07 02225 Demolition 02235 Site Clearing 02310 Grading 02315 Excavation And Fill 02316 Trenching 02510 Water Distribution System 02530 Sanitary Sewerage 02620 Subdrainage 02630 Storm Drainage 02740 Asphalt Paving 02750 Portland Cement Concrete Paving 02782 Concrete Grid Pavers 02821 Chain Link Fence 02830 Cmu Retaining Wall 02870 Site Furnishings 3/12/07 DIVISION 3: CONCRETE 03300 Cast -in -Place Concrete 3/12/07 03450 Plant -Precast Architectural Concrete 3/12/07 DIVISION 4: MASONRY na99n (-nnrrata Macnnry I Initc R/i 9/n7 04730 Simulated Stone 3/12/07 DIVISION 5: METALS 05120 Structural Steel 3/12/07 05210 Steel Joists 3/12/07 05500 Metal Fabrications 3/12/07 KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 TABLE OF CONTENTS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 00010-2 DIVISION 6: WOOD AND PLASTICS 06100 Rough Carpentry 3/12/07 06177 Prefabricated Wood Joists 3/12/07 06180 Glued -Laminated Construction 3/12/07 06200 Finish Carpentry 3/12/07 06620 Glass -Fiber -Reinforced Plastic 3/12/07 DIVISION 7: THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07130 Sheet Waterproofing 3/12/07 07190 Water Repellants 3/12/07 07210 Building Insulation 3/12/07 07315 Fiberglass Reinforced Asphalt Shingles 3/12/07 07415 Metal Standing Seam Roofing 3/12/07 07510 Built -Up Bituminous Roofing 3/12/07 07600 Flashing & Sheet Metal 3/12/07 07700 Roof Specialties and Accessories 3/12/07 07840 Firestopping 3/12/07 07900 Joint Sealers 3/12/07 DIVISION 8: DOORS AND WINDOWS 08110 Steel Doors and Frames 3/12/07 08210 Wood Doors 3/12/07 08310 Access Doors and Panels 3/12/07 08335 Coiling Overhead Doors 3/12/07 08415 Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts 3/12/07 08710 Door Hardware 3/12/07 08810 Glass 3/12/07 DIVISION 9: FINISHES 09100 Metal Support Assemblies 3/12/07 09220 Portland Cement Plaster 3/12/07 09250 Gypsum Board 3/12/07 09510 Acoustical Ceilings 3/12/07 09650 Resilient Flooring 3/12/07 09900 Paints and Coatings 3/12/07 09965 Elastomeric Coating 3/12/07 KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 TABLE OF CONTENTS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 00010-3 DIVISION 10: SPECIALTIES 10200 Louvers and Vents 3/12/07 10400 Identification Devices 3/12/07 10520 Fire Protection Specialties 3/12/07 10550 Postal Specialties 3/12/07 10810 Toilet Accessories 3/12/07 DIVISIONS 11 - 14: NOT USED DI-V-ISION 1-5: MECHANIC-4t 15000 General Provisions 3/12/07 15020 Air & Water System 3/12/07 15050 Duct, Pipe & Equipment 3/12/07 15180 Summary of Work for HVAC 3/12/07 15400 Summary of Work for plumbing 3/12/07 15401 Domestic Water System 3/12/07 15405 Sanitary Waste & Vent 3/12/07 15407 Condensate Drain Piping 3/12/07 15500 Fire Protection System 3/12/07 15829 Exhaust Air 3/12/07 15831 Heal Pump & Air Conditioning Unit 3/12/07 15839 Air Handling & Air Distribution Specialties 3/12/07 15841 Sheet Metal Ductwork 3/12/07 15842 Round Ductwork 3/12/07 DIVISION 16: ELECTRICAL 16010 Electrical General Provisions 3/12/07 16110 Conduit & Fittings 3/12/07 16120 Wire & Cable 3/12/07 16130 Boxes 3/12/07 16131 Underground Pull Boxes & Manholes 3/12/07 16140 Wiring Devices 3/12/07 16163 Distribution Switchboards 3/12/07 16164 Panelboards 3/12/07 16170 Safety Switches 3/12/07 16180 Overcurrent Protection 3/12/07 16450 Grounding 3/12/07 16460 Dry Type Transformers 3/12/07 16500 Lighting Fixtures & Lamps 3/12/07 16510 Lighting Control System — Basic Control 3/12/07 16721 Fire Alarm System 3/12/07 16740 Telephone / Data Raceway Systems 3/12/07 END OF DOCUMENT KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 TABLE OF CONTENTS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 00010-4 DOCUMENT 00011 PROJECT DIRECTORY CLIENT Komar Investments, LLC 23 Corporate Plaza, Suite 247 Newport Beach, CA 92660 Phone: (949) 718-4844 Fax: (949) 718-4845 Clint Knox, Project Manager (x110) Cell: (949) 903-4769 cell Email: clint@komarinvestments.com ARCHITECT SGPA Architecture And Planning 1545 Hotel Circle South, Suite 200 San Diego, CA 92108 Phone: (619) 297-0131 Fax: (619) 294-9534 Keith Pittsford, Principal E Mail: kpittsford@sgpa.com R. Michael Robnett, Senior Associate Email: rnrobnett@sgpa.corn CIVIL ENGINEER FUSCOE Engineering 16795 Von Karman, Suite 100 Irvine, CA 92606 Phone: (949) 474-1960 Fax: (949) 474-5315 Bob Strong, Project Manager Email: bobs@fuscoe.com KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PROJECT DIRECTORY PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 00011-1 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER Earth Systems Southwest 79-811 B Country Club Drive Bermuda Dunes, CA 92203 Phone: (760) 345-1588 or (800) 924-7015 Fax: (760) 345-7315 Craig S. Hill Email: chill@earthsys.com LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT Peter Brandow & Associates 20301 S.W. Birch Street, Ste. 102 Newport Beach, CA 92660 Phone: (949) 261-6066 Fax: (949) 261-6064 Peter Brandow, Project Manager (x201) Cell: (714) 293-1911 Email: Brandow@aol.com STRUCTURAL ENGINEER Malek Engineers, Inc. 8380 Miramar Mall, Ste. 225 San Diego, CA 92121 Phone: (858) 453-7339 Fax: (858) 453-7445 Andre Malek Email: malekengs@cs.com KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PROJECT DIRECTORY PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 00011-2 HVAC/PLUMBING/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS LSW Engineers 5560 Ruffin Road, Ste. 1 San Diego, CA 92123 Phone: (858) 268-3224 Fax: (858) 268-1739 Devin Abellon, Project Manager Email: dabellon@lswsd.com Ricky Samonte (HVAC) Email: rsamonte2@lswsd.com Anne Yuan (Plumbing) Email: ayuan@lswsd.com Neal Alagia (Electrical) Email: aIaqn@,Iswsd.com FIRE PROTECTION CONSULTANT Protection Design & Consulting 4883 Ronson Court, Ste. P San Diego, CA 92111 Phone: (858) 751-2930 Fax: (858) 751-2933 Steve Leyton Cell: (619) 972-5696 Email: steve@protectiondesign.com SIGNAGE CONSULTANT Ultrasigns Electrical Advertising 9025 Balboa Avenue, Ste. 150 San Diego, CA 92123-1520 Phone: (858) 569-1400 Fax: (858) 569-1453 John Hadaya (x104) Email: jhadaya@ ultrasigns.com KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PROJECT DIRECTORY PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 00011-3 MAJOR TENANT LEISUREMAX 72680 Dinah Shore Drive Palm Desert CA 92211 Phone: (760) 770-2787 Fax: (760) 321-7185 Martin Wolter, President Email: LiveBetter@LeisureMAX. END OF DOCUMENT KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PROJECT DIRECTORY PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 00011-4 DOCUMENT 00100 BID SOLICITATION PROJECT: KOMAR DESERT CENTER La Quinta, California Sitework, Building A, Shops B-F&H TO: We are pleased to invite you to submit bids on Komar Desert Center. We request that you submit a bid to: Komar Investments, LLC 23 Corporate Plaza, Suite 247 Newport Beach, CA 92660 Phone: (949) 718-4844 Clint Knox, Project Manager (x110) Bids will be opened at: Company Name Address Address Bids are due Month Day, Year, at time (a.m. or p.m.) PST. A pre -bid conference will be held on Month Day, Year, at time (a.m. or p.m.), at the offices of Company Name. Please find enclosed: # sets of Drawings # copies of the Project Manual, including Instructions to Bidders and Bid Form 1 copy of the Geotechnical Data (see Document 00320) Other Documents END OF DOCUMENT KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 BID SOLICITATION PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 00100-1 KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 BID SOLICITATION PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 00100-2 DOCUMENT 00200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Make proposals in accordance with the following instructions: 1. Make proposal upon bid form provided and complete all blanks. State numbers both in writing and in figures. In case of discrepancy between written amount and figures, written amount shall govern. Signature shall be in longhand and completed form shall be without interlineation, alteration or erasure. 2. No oral, telegraphic, facsimile or telephone proposals or modifications will be considered. 3. Submit proposals in a sealed opaque envelope, no later than [time] PST on [day, month date, year] at _ , and marked as follows: PROPOSALTO: Komar Investments, LLC FOR: Komar Desert Center BID BY: (Name and Address of Bidder) 4. Alternative proposals will not be considered unless called for. 5. Bidder assumes full responsibility for timely delivery at location designated for receipt of bids. 6. Proposals shall cover entire cost of work as shown on plans, included in specifications, and shall include segregated prices for those items so described in contract documents. 7. A bid bond is [not] required. Proposals shall be accompanied with a certified or cashier's check, or bidder's bond, for an amount not less than five percent of the bid, made payable to Owner. This check or bond shall be given as guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract if awarded the work. In case of refusal or failure to enter into said contract, check or bond shall be forfeited to Owner. 8. Prime bidders will receive [number] bid sets of plans and project manuals from Architect at no charge. 9. Prime bidders may purchase additional bid plans, project manuals and addenda from [insert name, address and phone number of selected reprographics house]. No partial sets will be issued. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00200-1 10.Owner shall provide a maximum of [number] sets of construction drawings and Project Manuals for construction of work. 11. Additional construction plans and specifications desired by selected Contractor shall be paid for by Contractor per item 9 above. 12. All drawings and specifications are the property of the Architect. 13. Examine record of subsurface investigations. Bidders shall decide for themselves the character of materials to be encountered. Bidders may make such independent site and subsurface investigations necessary to evaluate conditions affecting work. Such investigations shall be performed only under time schedules and arrangements approved in advance by Architect. 14. Carefully examine site of proposed work. It will be assumed that Bidder has investigated the site and is satisfied as to conditions to be encountered and their effect on character, quality, and quantity of work to be performed relative to requirements of contract documents and has made due allowance in bid for existing conditions. No allowance will be made to any bidder because of lack of such examination or knowledge. The submission of a bid shall be conclrJsive evidence that bidder has made such examination. The name of individual who examined site of work and date of such examination shall be stated in proposal in space provided therefor. 15. Carefully examine contract documents for proposed work. Review questions with Architect concerning documents before submitting proposals. To receive supplementary information prior to bid date, questions must be received by Architect 5 working days prior to bid date. Supplementary information, if necessary, will be issued in addendum form. Only written addenda are to be considered In preparing bids. 16. No addenda will be issued within forty-eight hours of bid date and time. 17. Acknowledge receipt of all addenda on bid form. 18. Subcontractors must be able to show satisfactory evidence of thorough knowledge of and experience of their trade on similar works. In the event of a subcontractor's disqualification, Contractor agrees to substitute a qualified subcontractor acceptable to Architect and Owner. 19. Provide a certificate, indicating that Contractor's liability and property damage insurance is in force and with a company acceptable to Owner. Minimum insurance coverage requirements are stated in Section 00800 Supplementary Conditions. 20. Completion Bonds: Acceptance of bid will be contingent upon Contractor's ability to qualify prior to execution of contract for a 100% performance bond and 100% labor and materials bond with surety company which is acceptable to Owner. 21.Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bid proposals and to waive any irregularity in any proposal. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 00200-2 22. Submit detailed cost breakdown per Section 00435 and list of subcontractors be used on project. Submit cost breakdown form and list of subcontractors [along with bid][within 48 hours of bid]. With reasonable promptness, Owner will notify apparent successful bidder in writing if Owner, after due investigation, has reasonable and substantial objection to any person or organization on such list. 23. Subcontractors and persons or organizations proposed by bidder and accepted by Owner, must be used to perform work for which they were proposed and accepted and shall not be changed except with prior written approval of Owner. 24. Proposals shall not be withdrawn for [number] days after bid opening without Owner's consent. 25. Construction Time: Agreement will stipulate that work be completed, and a certificate of occupancy issued, within time specified by Contractor on bid form. 26. Bid is based on drawings and project manual. Identify any exclusions, substitutions or modifications that bid is made conditional upon, including related cost and schedule impact. Failure to provide cost impact of such exclusions, substitutions, and modifications shall be grounds for bid rejection as non -responsive. 27. Submit requests for substitutions or consideration of products as equal, as defined in Section 01600, no later than 10 days prior to bid opening. 28. Agreement will stipulate that a 10% [verify & coordinate with 00800] retention will be held on payment requests. 29. See Section 01110 for description of basic work scope for this package. 30. Indicate on the Bid Form the total number of rain days included in the bid. 31. Review drawings and related documents in order to clearly ascertain scope of the project and the scope of coordinate work between this package and that of other concurrent or future packages as indicated. 32.Only bids submitted by pre -qualified subcontractors will be considered. Subcontractors who wish to be pre -qualified shall contact 33. A construction schedule and phasing plan is included in contract documents. Subcontractors shall become familiar with this schedule. Submission of bid shall signify acceptance of this schedule. Subcontractors will be contractually bound by this schedule. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00200-3 34. The following is a list of plan rooms where documents will be available for review: San ❑iego County: a. San Diego Daily Transcript Construction Department/Plan Room 2131 Third Avenue San Diego, CA 92101 Telephone: 800-697-6397 b. McGraw Hill Construction Dodge 8825 Aero Drive San Diego, CA 92123 Telephone: 800-279-5330 c. Daily Construction Reporter 6212 Ferris Square San Diego, CA 92121 Telephone: 800-287-4600 d. Reed Construction Data 8555 Aero Drive, #106 San Diego, CA 92117 Telephone: 800-322-6996 Orange, Riverside & San Bernardino Counties: e. Reed Construction Data 1717 South State College Blvd., Suite 160 Anaheim, CA 92806 Telephone: 800-322-6996 f. McGraw Hill Construction Dodge 2150 South Towne Centre PI., Suite 100 Anaheim, CA 92806 Telephone: 714-937-0831 g. McGraw Hill Construction Dodge 720 East Carnegie Drive, Suite 130 San Bernardino, CA 92408 Telephone: 909-890-9828 END OF DOCUMENT KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 00200-4 DOCUMENT 00300 INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO BIDDERS A. GEOTECHNICAL DATA 1. Subsurface investigation information has been prepared by Earth Systems Southwest, hereinafter referred to as the Geotechnical Engineer. Copies of this information may be inspected at: [Owner's, Geotechnical Engineer's and/or General Contractor's office(s)] 2. This information is identified as follows: "Design Level Geotechnical Engineering Report, La Quinta Commercial Park, SWC Highway 111 and Jefferson Street, La Quinta, California", dated March 22, 2006. 3. Geotechnical data is made available by the Owner for Contractor's reference, information and convenience. This information was obtained only for Owner's use in design and is not a part of the contract documents. Information describes anticipated soil characteristics and structural values. 4. Data Use Limitations: Because subsurface conditions indicated are a sampling in relation to entire construction area, the Owner and the firm reporting subsurface conditions based on borings, do not warrant conditions below depths of borings or that strata logged from subsurface investigation are necessarily typical of entire site. 5. Persons using information described herein shall accept full responsibility for its use. 6. No consideration for extra payment will be given for conditions occurring which could have been anticipated from the geotechnical information. If conditions occur resulting in extra work which could not have been anticipated or reasonably inferred from the geotechnical information, Contract Conditions shall apply. 7. The Geotechnical Engineer will be retained by Owner to observe performance of work in connection with excavating, filling and grading, and other soils related tasks. END OF DOCUMENT KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO BIDDERS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 00300-1 KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO BIDDERS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 00300-2 DOCUMENT 00410 BID FORM TO: Komar Investments, LLC PROJECT: Komar Desert Center Sitework, Building A, & Shops B-F&H La Quinta, California (We, 1) propose to furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and services to construct the work in accordance with the Instructions to Bidder, Drawings. Project Manual, and related construction documents, furnished for the following project: 1. DESCRIPTION: All work associated with the construction of Komar Desert Cetner retail development as described on the Drawings titled "Komar Desert Center" —"Site Development Plans", "Building A", and "Shop Buildings B, C, D, E, F, H" and in the Project Manual titled "Komar Desert Center", ALL dated 3/12/07, SGPA Project Numbers 20612- A/D/H-01. Base Bid $ Bonds $ 2. GRAND TOTAL BID 5 3. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS A. Bid Documents Received: 1. DRAWINGS DATED 2. PROJECT MANUAL DATED B. Addenda Received: 1. NO. DATED 2. NO. DATED 3. NO. DATED 4. NO. DATED KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 Dollars) BID FORM 00410-1 C. Review of Documents: The Undersigned is familiar with Contract Documents, has conducted studies and comparisons as required by the General Conditions, and is thoroughly familiar with all specified products and materials which are proposed to be incorporated into the Work and with their intended use to the extent implied or stated by Contract Documents. D. Examination of Existing Conditions: The Undersigned has carefully examined the site of the proposed work and the Contract Documents -and -is- satisfied -as -to-the-con ditions-to-be-encoun-tered, as -to -the character, quality, and quantity of work to be performed relative to the requirements of the Contract Documents and has made due allowance in this bid for existing conditions. Name of Individual Who Examined the Existing Conditions: Date of Such Examination: E. Review of Geotechnical Investigation Report: The Undersigned has carefully examined the Geotechnical Investigation Report described in Document 00300 and has ascertained all conditions affecting the proposed work and has made due allowance in this bid for existing conditions. 4. CHANGES IN THE WORK Overhead and profit percentage fee to be used on any Change Orders involving costs shall be 10%, including bond and insurance. Refer to Change Order Procedure In the specifications. 5. SUBSTITUTIONS Unless the Architect's and/or Owner`s written acceptance of a Substitution is attached 'hereto, the Base Bid includes all specified materials, products and equipment described in the Bid uvciiiiiien4na. 6. BID ACCURACY Owner, Architect, or their agents will not be responsible for errors or omissions on part of Undersigned with regard to this Bid. The Undersigned has therefore attached herewith any reservations, exceptions, stipulations, or objections to the Bidding Documents or Proposed Contract Documents; and should this Proposal be accepted, the Undersigned shall warrant the proposed Work upon its completion as required by the General Conditions. 7. BID ACCEPTANCE/REJECTION/WAIVERS Owner reserves right to reject any or all bids, to waive any informality in receipt of this Proposal, and to award Contract on the basis stated in Instructions to Bidders. KOMAR DESERT CENTER - SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 BID FORM PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 00410-2 Ez�:�iP►I�> Performance Bond in full amount of Contract, and Labor and Material Payment Bond in full amount of Contract, shall be supplied by: Name of Surety Address Agent's Name & Telephone Number 9. CONTRACT TIME PERIOD Time is of the essence of this Contract, and Contractor's representations as to completion are principal and material inducements to Owner in entering into said Contract. (We, 1) can begin work immediately after receipt of Notice to Proceed per the General Conditions of the Contract, and complete all work defined by the contract documents not later than calendar days from receipt of authorization to begin work. This time period incorporates days as standard rain day contract inclusion. (Use for projects with inflexible deadlines or sequencing issues, such as readiness of dock for tenant=s stocking deliveries X days ahead of project completion to enable store to open as soon as project is complete.) This time period incorporates the criteria established below: (Describe sequencing criteria)] 10. STATE LICENSES The undersigned hereby certifies that they are a duly licensed Contractor by the State of California, licensed to complete the work described in the Contract Documents; that such license will be in full force and effect throughout the duration of the construction and that any and all Subcontractors to be employed on the project will be similarly licensed. 11. AFFIRMATIONS, SIGNATURE AND SEAL The status of bidder must be given, whether individual, co -partnership or corporation. If co- partnership, give full name of all partners; if corporation, give state in which incorporated). TYPE OF ORGANIZATION: (Individual, Co -partnership, Corporation, etc.) KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 BID FORM 00410-3 NAMES OF INDIVIDUAL FIRM MEMBERS: FIRM NAIVIE: CONTRACTOR'S SIGNATUR ADDRESS: CALIFORNIA LICENSE NO.. TELEPHONE NO.: seal DATED THIS DAY OF ENND OF ^DOCUMENT 20 KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 BID FORM PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 00410-4 Project. Job No. Contractor: Bid Date: CSI SECT. ITEM DOCUMENT 00435 COST BREAKDOWN DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS General Conditions (Including Engineering) 01410 Regulatory Requirements DIVISION 2: SITE WORK 02225 Demolition 02235 Site Clearing 02310 Grading 02316 Excavation and Fill 02336 Trenching 02510 Water Distribution System 02530 Sanitary Sewerage 02620 Subdrainage 02630 Storm Drainage 02740 Asphalt Paving 02750 Portland Cement Concrete Paving 02761 Pavement Marking Building Area: KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 SF TOTAL COST BREAKDOWN 00435-1 02782 Concrete Grid Pavers 02810 Irrigation System 02821 Chain Link Fence 02870 CMU Retaining Wall 02870 Site Furnishings 02900 Planting DIVISION 3: CONCRETE 03300 Cast -in -Place Concrete 03450 Plant -Precast Architectural Concrete DIVISION 4: MASONRY 04220 Concrete Masonry Units 04700 Simulated Stone Gi V iS1ON 5: METALS 05120 Structural Steel 05210 Steel Joists 05500 Metal Fabrications DIVISION 6: WOOD AND PLASTICS 06100 Rough Carpentry 06177 Prefabricated Wood Joists 06180 Glued -Laminated Construction 06200 Finish Carpentry 06400 Architectural Woodwork 06620 Glass -Fiber -Reinforced Plastic DIVISION 7: THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07130 Sheet Waterproofing KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 COST BREAKDOWN PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 00435-2 07190 Water Repellants 07210 Building Insulation 07315 Fiberglass Reinforced Asphalt Shingles 07415 Metal Standing Seam Roofing 07510 Built -Up Membrane Roofing 07600 Flashing & Sheet Metal 07700 Roof Specialties and Accessories 07840 Firestopping 07900 Joint Sealers DIVISION 8: DOORS AND WINDOWS 08110 Steel Doors and Frames 08210 Wood Doors 08310 Access Doors and Panels 08335 Overhead Coiling Doors 08365 Sectional Overhead Doors 08380 Traffic Doors 08415 Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts 08465 Automatic Sliding Entrance Doors 08465 Automatic Swinging Entrance Doors 08520 Aluminum Windows 08710 Door Hardware 08810 Glass DIVISION 9: FINISHES 09100 Metal Support Assemblies 09220 Portland Cement Plaster 09250 Gypsum Board KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 COST BREAKDOWN PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 00435-3 09510 Acoustical Ceilings 09650 Resilient Flooring 09900 Paints and Coatings 09965 Elastomeric Coating DIVISION 10: SPECIALTIES 1-0200- Louversand Vents - 10400 Identification Devices 10520 Fire Protection Specialties 10550 Postal Specialties 10810 Toilet Accessories DIVISION 13: SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13900 Design -Construct Fire Suppression Systems DIVISION 14: CONVEYING SYSTEMS 14240 Hydraulic Elevators DIVISION 15: MECHANICAL 15000 General Provisions 15020 Air & Water System 15050 Duct, Pipe & Equipment 15180 Summary of Work for HVAC 15400 Summary of Work for plumbing 15401 Domestic Water System 15405 Sanitary Waste & Vent 15407 Condensate Drain Piping 15500 Fire Protection System 15829 Exhaust Air KOMAR DESERT CENTER - SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 COST BREAKDOWN PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 00435-4 15831 Heat Pump & Air Conditioning Unit 15839 Air Handling & Air Distribution Specialties 15841 Sheet Metal Ductwork 15842 Round Ductwork 16010 Electrical General Provisions 16110 Conduit & Fittings 16120 Wire & Cable 16130 Boxes 16131 Underground Pull Boxes & Manholes 16140 Wiring Devices 16163 Distribution Switchboards 16164 Panelboards 16170 Safety Switches 16180 Overcurrent Protection 16450 Grounding 16460 Dry Type Transformers 16500 Lighting Fixtures & Lamps 16510 Lighting Control System — Basic Control 16721 Fire Alarm System 16740 Telephone / Data Raceway Systems Work Not Listed Above Construction Subtotal KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 COST BREAKDOWN 00435-5 Construction Subtotal (from previous page) General Contractor Supervision Overhead and Profit Supervision and OH&P Subtotal Performance & Labor/Materials Bonds PROJECT TOTAL: END OF DOCUMENT KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 COST BREAKDOWN PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 00435-6 DOCUMENT 00520 AGREEMENT FORM The Owner has elected to utilize AIA Document A101 "Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor - Stipulated Sum",1987 edition, as the Agreement Form for this project. Copies of this document are bound herein immediately following this document. Bidders are advised to become familiar with requirements of this document and its relationship to other Contract Documents prior to bidding. END OF DOCUMENT KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 AGREEMENT FORM PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 00520-1 KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 AGREEMENT FORM PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 00520-2 T H E A M E R I C A N I N S T I T U T E O F A R C H I T E C T S c * AIA Document A101 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and contractor where the basis of payment is a 6 STIPULATED SUMCn 7 N 1987 EDITION M a O1 5 = = VJ ° pl c P a THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES; CONSULTATION WITH o o AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION. v) y C The 1987 Edition of AIA Document A201, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, is adopted m in this document bjl reference. Do not use with other general conditions unless this document is modified. o o rn This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. H p t o -a C y mfD3 AGREEMENT 0 ° m __° made as of the day of in the year of 0 o 3 Nineteen Hundred and y d y M_ CL BETWEEN the Owner: H (Name and address) CL a 0 ° m m x D and the Contractor: . 7 (Name and address) = 7 N N = W 61 7 o cr The Project is: c ° o ° ° (Name and location) 'o f N 7 ° N O. N = The Architect is: ° (Name and address) a The Owner and Contractor agree as set forth below. Copyright 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937. 1951, 1958. 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, ©1987 bN• The American Institute of Archi- tects, 1'35 New'York Avenue, NAV, Washington, D.C. 20006. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation { of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will be subject to legal prosecution. AIA DOCUMENT A101 - OWNER -CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT - TWELFTH EDITION - AIAI - CI198- THE A.MERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1-35 NEVI' YORK AVENUE, N.af'., wASHINGTON, D C 20(w) A101-1987 1 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and Is subject to legal prosecution ARTICLE 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract DOCUnlerlts consist of this Agreement, Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Condilions), Drawings, Specifications, addenda issued prior to execution of this Agreement, other documents listed in this Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement; these form the Contract, and areas fully apart of the Contract as if attached to this .agreement or repeated herein. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement bet-,veen the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. An enumeration of the Contract Documents• other than Nlodifications, appears in Article 9. ARTICLE 2 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT The Contractor shall execute the entire Work described in the Contract Documents, except to the extent specifically indicated in the -Contract Documents to be the responsibility of others, or as follows: ARTICLE 3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 3.1 The date of commencement is the date from which the Contract Time of Paragraph 3.2 is measured, and shall be the date of this Agreement, as first written above, unless a different date is stated below or provision is made for the date to be fixed in a notice to proceed issued by the Owner. (Insert Ibe dole o/ commend t•nlenl, i% it r/i(/i•cc %ru)u Ibr• dell• u%Ihis Agrevine a or. i/ applicable. slulr Ibul lla• drrlr rr'ill hv. ft-r(vl ill n noliie In /wi,ev •d.) Unless the date of commencement is established by a notice to proceed issued by the Owner, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing not less than five days before commencing the Work to permit the tinter' filing of mortgages, mechanic's liens ilIld ()111C1 ,lCl Ulll\ Illielentl. 3.2 The Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work not later than l/useri the i rrlendur doer ur )'ruulher u/ a/rndru'r/rn'S a ler the dale n% d trmul•udrureuL Also terser/ w/1' ret/nirenn•nls /in' eorhel'Silhsla)rtiell Cunrpleliurl n/ , er- lohr Inn-linns (,f We IVirrl•. i/ )ml s'Irrled elseu'bere ill Ibe Coulrrn•l f)uCn nreul.(_J . stlhject to adjusurlents Of this Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents. (Insert prnl•ishms, it nil'. Inr li(ptidelled donro,t;ea rel(rlilti! lu ltillre Iu fumplele rol lisle-) AIA DOCUMENT A101 - OWNER -CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT - TWELFTH EDITION - AIA° - .` 198- THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 173i NEW YORK A\'ENL-E, N.W'., W'ASHINGTON. D-C. 20n(K, WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. A101-1987 2 AO (( _N S ... S N rn ad v o A) c' P a ».aa 5,0 0 n ID M n O O to 0 Z ! O 3 c lu mfD3 d O 7 9N O m =i a 0 ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT SUM 4.1 The Owner shall pay the Contractor in current funds for the Contractor's performance of the Contract the Contract Sum of Dollars is ), subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Con- tract Documents. 4.2 The Contract Sum is based upon the following alternates, if any, which are described in the Contract Documents and are hereby accepted by the Owner: (State the nunibers or other identification of accepted alternarrs. 1f decrsions on other ritiernates arc to be made b), the oumer suhseituenl to the execution of this Agreement, attach a sclxdule of such other alternates .shooting sov anusunt for troy and the dare until ul:ich thai anioernt is vedid.) 4.3 Unit prices, if any, are as follows: AIA DOCUMENT A101 - OWNER -CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT - TWELFTH EDITION - AIAa' - ©1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A101-1987 3 eb N 7 O S N n WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. ARTICLE 5 PROGRESS PAYMENTS 5.1 Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Architect by the Contractor and Certificates for Payment issued by the Architect, the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the Contractor as provided below and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 5.2 The period covered by each Application for Payment shall be one calendar month ending on the last day of the month, or as follows: 5.3 Provided an Application for Payment is received by the Architect not later than the day of a mdhth, the Owner shall make payment to the Contractor not later than = m y the day of the month. If an Application for Payment is received by the a Architect after the application date fixed above, payment shall be made by the Owner not later than a m days after the Architect receives the Application for Payment, n aCL 5.4 Each Application for Payment shall be based upon the schedule of values submitted by the Contractor in accordance with y n the Contract Documents. The schedule of values shall allocate the entire Contract Sum among the various portions of the Work �r 3 and be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule, unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment, o o 5.5 Applications for Payment shall indicate the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the end of the period o �• covered by the Application for Payment. m 5.6 Subject to the provisions of the Contract Documents, the amount of each progress payment shall be computed as follows: o d n 5.6.1. Take that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to completed Work as determined by multiplying the percentage ow c completion of each portion of the Work by the share of the total Contract Sum allocated to that portion of the Work in the schedule of values, less retainage of percent Pending final determination of cost to the Owner of changes in the Work, amounts not in the dispute maybe a included as provided in Subparagraph 7.3.7 of the General Conditions even though the Contract Sum has not yet been adjusted a - by Change Order;to v 5.6.2 Add that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the c = c c 0. site for subsequent incorporation in the completed construction (or, if approved in advance by the Owner, suitably stored off the c 0 site at a location agreed upon in writing), less reWnage of ? k ev percent ( %); ? a 5.6.3 Subtract the aggregate of previous payments made by, the Owner; and 5.6,4 $rihrrart arngiints if any, for ghirh the Arrhiterr h?c withheld nr nrylljfrrl a fPrrifrarr for Payment as provided in Data_ I:r: graph 9.5 of the General Conditions. 5.7 The progress payment amount determined in accordance with Paragraph 5.6 shall be further modified under the following z c v circumstances: 0 0 5.7.1 Add, upon Substantial Completion of the Work, a sum sufficient to increase the total payments to � x percent ( %) of the Contract c Sum, less such amounts as the Architect shall determine for incomplete Work and unsettled claims; and 5.7.2 Add, if final completion of the' Work is thereafter materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor, any additional 7 N o c amounts payable in accordance with Subparagraph 9.10.3 of the General Conditions. 5.8 Reduction or limitation of retainage, if any, shall be as follows: m (!J it is iruenrlerl, prior ur Substantial Completion of the noire Wirrk, to reduce Gr!/nrff IFle rerarrrakp rcxrr!liug flinn t6v]at7G4rr![{rykl5 inserted in ,1401]e1rm w m n ,grnpbs 5.6. / and 5-6.2 above, and ibis is not explained elseu-bere in The Contract Dcxrnnc•+us, inrrrl reductionor lhniru[IrFrl,) ;I m AIA DOCUMENT A101 - OWNER -CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT - TWELFTH EDITION - AIAe - G198'7 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., V6'ASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. A101-1987 4 ARTICLE 6 FINAL PAYMENT Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be made by the Owner to the Contractor when (1) the Contract has been fully performed by the Contractor except for the Contractor's responsibility to correct nonconforming Work as provided in Subparagraph 12.2.2 of the General Conditions and to satisfy other requirements, if any, which necessarily survive final payment; and (2) a final Certificate for Payment has been issued by the Architect; such final payment shall be made by the Owner not more than 30 days after the issuance of the Architect's final Certificate for Payment, or as follows: (D a 7 7 N O Oat . c'n »,aa 0 0 0 Ne N C z N O O 0 N N C) O +� ARTICLE 7 3 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS c °' 0. 09 N 7.1 Where reference is made in this Agreement to a provision of the General Conditions or another Contract Document, the ref- 00 '_ a° erence refers to that provision as amended or supplemented by other provisions of the Contract Documents. 0 ° 3 7.2 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate stated below, or in a� the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located. (insert rate of interest agreed upon, if anp.) v H a O tD ca_ 0 0 a ;3 m m X D n0 _ co ci » UI (Usury taus and requirements under fbe Federal Truth in Lending Act, similar stale and local consumer credit lairs and other regulations at the Owner's and N = tp Contractor's principal places of business, the location of fbe Project and elseu-bere main affect the validity of ibisprot-ision. Legal advice should be obtained with respect to deletions or modifications, and also regarding requirements such as written disclosures or waiters.) Cr 7.3 Other provisions: �o x ,� 0 50 fU) S W O N N 7 0 d 7 pt d 0 A ARTICLE 8 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION 8.1 The Contract may, be terminated by the Owner or the Contractor as provided in Article 14 of the General Conditions. 8.2 The Work may be suspended by the Owner as provided in Article 14 of the General Conditions. AIA DOCUMENT A101 • OWNER -CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • TWELFTH EDITION • AIAQ • ©198' THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORE; AVENUE, N.W.. WASHINGTON, D.C. 20(RK) A101-1987 5 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. ARTICLE 9 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.1 The Contract Documents, except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement, are enumerated as follows: 9.1.1 The Agreement is this executed Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor, AIA Document A101, 1987 Edition. 9.1.2 The General Conditions are the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AIA Document A201, 1987 Edition. 9.1.3 The Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract are those contained in the Project Manual dated , and are as follows: Document Title Pages 9.1.4 The Specifications are those contained in the Project Manual dated as in Subparagraph 9.1.3, and are as follows: (Either list The Specifications here or refer to an exbibir attached to this Agreement.) Section Title Pages AIA DOCUMENT A101 • OWNER -CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • TWELFTH EDITION • AIAm • ©1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.0 20006 A101-1987 6 �s 0 0 � � N CL 5 3 c O R N G A O a G O ? N N n WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecutlon. 9.1.5 The Drawings are as follows, and are dated (Either list the Drawings here or refer to an exhibit attached to ibis Agreement.) unless a different date is shown below: Number Title Date 9.1.6 The addenda, if any, are as follows Number Date Pages Portions of addenda relating to bidding requirements are not part of the Contract Documents unless the bidding requirements are also enumerated in this Article 9. AIA DOCUMENT A101 • OWNER -CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • TWELFTH EDIT ION • AIAE • L)1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.0 20000 fi e3S2� W 9 (A -1 A N S � S N /D n '^am c0a a0. s 0 ❑ ty n ytoc mar° L? » a O 0 N � � Z y O o "t 3 ^ p1 o,fD3 d 0 � m 9 0 W > > o �3 mod- O N � Cf mac ?tip °a F. a. », 0 3 o � s � m � a Y -m M 7 N N i R N 7 o a n9 00 v M '< 0 A101-1987 7 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. 9.1.7 Other documents, if any, forming part of the Contract Documents are as follows: (List here curl' additional dociomnns nrbicb are intended to,limn parr of the Contract Documents. The General Conditionsprovide that bidding requirements such cis advertisement or invilation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, saniplefornns and the Contractor's bid are not part of the Contract Docnonents unless enumerated in this Agreement. Tbel' should be listed here onll• if intended to be part of the Contract Documents) Wi , O S N N G 7 7 N O N c? a a 0. No C 9 � O O N Z N O 3cd m"3 W o 0�OL 0 m ' This AorPPmPnt is Pntrrpri into a[ of the r1aV anri Vear firct written 2f ore and iC exer�ord in at le, fi'1rPC orl Oinal rnniPc nF which ., ..a.___.._.._ .,, _. __.. _.. _ _ _ _- - _ __- __ __ one is to be delivered to the Contractor, one to the Architect for use in the administration of the Contract; and the remainder to the Owner. OWNER r.... ........ .. CONTRACTOR (Signature) (Printed name and title) (Printed name card title) CAUTION: You should sign an original AIA document which has this caution printed in red. An original assures that changes will not be obscured as may occur when documents are reproduced. AIA DOCUMENT A101 • OSKNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • TWELFTH EDITION • AIAe • ©1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK'AVENUE. N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 201WI A101-1987 8 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and Is subject to legal prosecution. DOCUMENT 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction", American Institute of Architects Document A-201, 1987 edition, pages 1 through 24 inclusive, are hereby made a part of this Contract and are bound herein immediately following this section. Bidders are advised to become familiar with requirements of this document and its relationship to other Contract Documents prior to bidding. END OF DOCUMENT KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 GENERAL CONDITIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 00700-1 KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 GENERAL CONDITIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 00700-2 T H E 9 A M E R I C A N I N S T i T U T• E O F A R C H I T E C T S AIA Document A201 Z General conditions of the Contract ors= for Construction N 7 O S N THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES; CO NSL'LTATION `° rn I WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS MODIFICATION _ _ _ w v m a ca a a ❑ ( N C 1987 EDITION TABLE OF ARTICLES ` = z � N Q O i G_ m "3 gym❑ ❑ ❑ m � � o 1, GENERAL PROVISIONS 8. TIME m 03 = - m � = N 2. OWNER 9. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION ate_ a � y O a �•C c a� 3. CONTRACTOR 10. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY x 4. ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 11. INSURANCE AND BONDS �. - - • =0 �a 5. SUBCONTRACTORS 12. UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK fD y OM :WE CL 6. CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY 13. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS Cr SEPARATE CONTRACTORS O 14. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE 7. CHANGES IN THE WORK CONTRACT H O V- � C O d d Al Tj m This document has been approved and endorsed by the Associated General Contractors of America. Copyright 1911. 1915, I9lR, 1925, 193', 195I. 195A, 1961. 19G3, 1966. I967, 19'il, 197G, G19H' b� The :�nrrricrn institute of Architects. I'35 Nen York Arcnue. N-V[',; Washington, D.C., 2t 006. Reproduction of the material herein orsuhstantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will be subject to legal proscc•utions. MCAUTION: You should use an original AIA document which has this caution printed in red. An original assures that changes will not be obscured as may when y occur documents are reproduced, AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA' • Z, I98' THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS', 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON. D.0 20000 A201-1987 1 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and Is subject to legal prosecution. INDEX ' ; Acceptance of Nonconforming Work . _ ....... 9.6,G, 9.9.3,12.3 Acceptance of 'Work .... 2 , , , y,6-6, 9.9 . 9:9.3. 9-10. 1. 9.1 U.,3 ` (L Access to Work 3.161 6.2.1. I2.1 i o Acc'iclent 11rc%-crlrfnn ..... _ ... _ . • _ - • • ...... 4 2,3 l0 o 2 AcL4 and Omissions 3.:.1... .....l2.....l13., .3. it) y L 43-9, 6... IQ.i.i, 10.2.5., 13.4.2, 13.7. 14.1 Additional Cost, Claims f(1r ...... _ y.3.6, -i.3.7; 4.3.9, 6.1.1, 10,3 `o - Additional Inspecrions and i'csting...... 4.2.6, g g,2, 12,2, .x Ta Additional Time. Claims For. ......... 4,3.6, 1.3,8, 4.3,9, 8.3.2 $ 0 ADMINISTRATION OFTHE CONTRACT +.3.3, 4, 9,4 9,5 a o Advertisement nr Invitation It) Bid ... - , _ ... , ] ,1.1 Aesthetic Effect x H Allowances 4.2.13.4.5.1 H c All-risk Insurance 3.B . ........ . ' 21.3.1.l Applications for Payment t,?-i, �,; iJ•2, g,�� 9. 95.1, 9.6.3, 2 9.8.3. 9.10. i, 9.1().3. 9.19.4. 11.1.3, 14.2_-4 c a Approvals .. 2-�• 3.3.3, 3.5, 3,1().2. ,i.12.•I through 3.12.8, 3,18,3. i o i _' (J.3.2. ! 1.3.l .•I. 13-4.2. 13.5 c o Arbitration ................ 1.1 _y. •f.3.2, •1.3 Y. ti.4.4, 4.5, Archltacr 8-3-1. 10 -1. 11 3.9. 11.3.1a 4.1 E m :Architect. Definition t1f.. _ ......... , " _ .LrchilCo. Extent of Atrlhori(}' _'.3, ,3.I2.[1, i.2, 4.3,2, 4.3,b; C T� mv , [a. i.. -. ] ._'. -.2. l . Y.,3:[s, '. I. t).3, 9.3.1. o 9..4. tJ.S, t).[s i. (J.fd.?. 9.8.3. tJ.I{),I, 9.10-3. 12A, 12.2.1, .. _ , . 14 2.,2. 14.2,4 ° m c ArcIIikeeI. Limitations ol'Au(htlriry' anti Rt,,spo 11. iiit} - 3.3.3, 3.12,f], M rn o 3.12. S I a.! . �. i.2. I . t.2._'. �.'.3. L:.G. ).2 i.2.1 i1. •i.2.13. o m : 4-2,1 3. •1.3.2. i.2_I, `.�. t1. r.!. tJ.b_4, t1.4.[i m E Arrhitcrt's Adcll[lunaI-ticrvicex and Expenst s ....... 2.4, 9x2. r r ° 11.3,I.l. l2-2-I. l °.?. r, 1 i.5.2. 13-5,3, z c c Arch€tect's Administration of the Contract 4,2, `" U0 ` a.3.�, ,.1. 9A, 9.5 Arc'Ii1te t s Appn1�'als 2,1, i,i, l , i.l (i.2, 3.13.[i. 3.I2.8. 3.1H.3.4 ?.' c N Iri It11Cc t ; Auttt(lriri tt1 Rejcc [ iC'(rck . .. 3.i.1 , �.?.(): 12.1,3. 12w, l c _arstert'x{a1p}rlght ..... ...... 1.3 vo ao a Architect's Recisions ..... , _ ... o a. i.{,. i.�. ] , a.-i.•r. -4. S. (1.3. -.3.G. -.3,8, 8.! .3, 8.3.1. a 09.2. t].1- 'J,S.I. t).ii..2. 9, 1). I. ! 11.1.2, t i.i,2, ii.2.2, 14,2. 1 Irchitccl's InspVC1itlns ..... -1.2.9, 173 i.2, 9,13?, Z 9.9.2. 9.1(),1, 13.5 .T cv a Architect's Instructions .. -1.2.6.-1.2.'.-t.3.8.-s,3- ..i.1. 12.1. 135? F (n Architect's I n ierpr(nat lions.. - -{ ) I 1 a) 17 Architect . (h)-Site Ohsenations 1.2.2. a.2.5. t.3.6, 9. 1.2. ArVhitc•cz'sProjecl Rel')rewenwtK,V .................. q.2.I(I Ar0accl s Rcknionship %¢,11h [alntr;jcr,If .. , .... 1.I.2. 3,2.1, 3, 2. 3.3 ,t, 3.5.1. ;.-.3. i.l i. 3.12.8. i.12.11, i,1G,. 3.IN. �:2.3. �+.2.•t, •4. -12.tl.t[._'. I i.i.-. 12. I, I,i.i Art hitrt't + 1[elaliC)rlship c3 ith tiuhs'tnnractors .... I.1.2:?.3, Architect's Representations _............4.2.6. 9.6. 1. 9.6,-1. 1 1.3-- .... 9.•�.1. 9.i.1.9.1(L 1 Archucet s Sitc visits .... ... 1•>.9, -1.3.0. 9.-1.2. 9.i.1, 9A-2. 9.9.2. 9.10.1. 13.i Ashcsjo................ Atiorney:s' Fee., .. - . 3 18.1. 9.12, Av%ard of Separme Contracts0.10.1.1 ...... Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for .. 0. Portions of the Work .................. .... b 2 Basic Definitions-- ..... 1.1 Bidding KeyuirCillents .......... i 2. I. l I, 1, I Bonds. Lien - • Boiler and Machinery Insurance .... , , _ • • • • • . 1 11.3 2 IfondS. Pcrform-,mcc:ultl Pas-mc•nt - 3 h.i. C',I'I Building Permit .................................... 3.7.1 Capltallzation ... .... Certif)cace;jfSul)st;in;ialCompletion ..........1.4 .......... 9.. Certificates for Payment....... 4.2.5, 4.2.9, q 3 3 9.4 9.5. 9G 1 9.6.6, 9,7,1, 9.8.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3. 13.7, 14.1.1.3, 14,2.4 Certificates of lnspcction, TcsdngorAppro-val 3,12.1 t , i 3,5.y Cer[ifrcatesnFlnsurante . 9:3.2.9..10:2-I1-1.3 Change Orders...... l.l,i, 2.4.1, 3.8.2.4, 3A 1, 4.2.8, 4.3.3, 5.2.3. 7.1, 7.2, 7.3.2. 8.3.1, 9.3.1.1. 9.101 3, 11.5.1.2. 1 1.3.4, 1 1.3.9, 12.1.2 Change Orders, Definition of ... , . , • .. , Changes...........................:.2.1 CHANGES IN THE WORK �7.1 3.1 1, 4._, 8, 7, 8,3.1,.9,3,1.1. 10.1.3 Claim, Definition of ........,.. ....... 4.3.1 ..........-- Claims and Disputes ........... .... 4.3,.4.4, 4.5,.6.2.5, 8.3.2. Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims ,.1 ry' 9.3.3, 9.10.4, 10.1: l Claims for Add Mortal Cost .... y.3.G.4.3.7, 1.3 �), 6.1.14.6.E Claims for Additional Time .. ,; 3 G 4 3,t3, y i 9 ti i 2 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions, - ,_4.16 Claims for Damages ... 3. ! 8, 4 3 9. 6,1.1. 6.2.51 8.3.2. 9.5. ! .2. I N.1.-1 Chirps Subject to Arbitration ................. . 3.2, �,=t,.t, y_5.1 Cleaning Up ... 3.15, 6.3 Commencement of Statutory Limitation Period .. . _ . 13.7 CummrnCemen( of the Work, Conditions Relating to ..,,, . - . - 2.1.2. 2.2.1, 3?.1, 3.2.2, 3,7.1, 3.10.1, 3.12.6. 4.3.7, 5.2.1. 6.2.2, 8.1.2, 8.2,2, 9,2, 11.1.3. 11.3.6. 11._i.I Commencement of the Work, Definition of .. 1 , Communications Facilitating Contract Administration . 3.9.1. 4?,.4. 5 2.I Completion. Conditions Relating to .... , .. 3.1 1, 3.15. -1?.2.-1,2.9, -t.3.2. 9A.2.:J-R, 9.9.1, 9.10. 11.3.5, 12?.2, 13.7J COMPLETION, PAYMENTS AND., . , . , . • . _ 9 Completion, Substantial......... ti.2.9,-i.3,5,2, 8,1.1, 8.1.3.8.2A. 9.8. 9.9.1. 12.2.2, 13.- Compliance c.-ith Laws ...... 1.3, 3.6. 3.7- 3.13. i.I.1, 10.2?, 11.1. 11.3. 13.1. 13.5.1. 13.5.2. 13.6, 11.1.1, 14.2.1-3 Concealed or L; nknoa'n Conditions. ..... ............ -4 3-0 Conditions of the Contract ............. . 1.1.', 6.1.1 Consent. ``Written 1.3.1, 3.12k1. 3.14 1. -+.3.4, a.i.5.9.3.2. 9,82 9.9.1, 9.10.2. 9.1U.3..10.1-2, 10.1.3. 11,3,1. 11.1,1.-1, 11.3.I1, 13.2. 13,y,2 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE v v... `tA6 1 ur-10 . .... 1.1.A,6 Construction Change Directive, Definition of.. , . , - 3 1 Construction Change Directives .... 1.1.1. 4,2.8. -.1, 7.3, 9.3.1.1 Construction Schedules• Contractor's ... „ . , , - , 3.10, 6.1 3 Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts ..... _ . 5.4 Continuing Contract Performance ... , ...... . 4.3.4 Contract. Definition of ......... , CONTRACT, TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE ......... . . ....... 4,i - 5 4 I I 14 Contract Administration ........ ...... , ... 3.3 ;, 1, 9.i. 9.5 Contract Award and Execution, Conditions Relating to ...... 3.-, I , 3.10, 5?. 9.2. 11.1.3. 11.3.6, 11,4.1 Contract Documents, The ........ 1.1, I , - Contract Documents, Copies Furnished and L'se of... 1.3, 2.2.5, 5, 3 Contract Documents, Definition of ........... . . . .. . ... I, I.1 Contract Performance During Arbitration ............. 4.3.1- Contract Sum ......... ......... 3.8.-1.3.6. t.i. . 4.4.-1, 5.2.3. 6.1.3. -.2. '.3. 9.1, 9.7, 11.3.1, 12.2.t. 12.3, 1-4.2.-1 Contract Sum, Definition of......... , .... ..... 9.1 Contract Time ................. ti.3.6.-1.3.8.4.4.4,- - -;.2-1.3, -,3, Contract Time. Definition (1f .....8-2-1-1 1.3-1, 9.-. 12.1.1 .. ......... : . , 8.1.1 2 A201-1987 AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THF. CONTRACT FOR CON.STRI'CTION • FOl-RTEENTH F.DII'ION AIA' • 198' THE A.\IERICAN INtiTITI'TE OF ARCHITECTS. 1-35 NE-W YORK AVENI. E. N u,- \C ASHINGTON. D.C. 'nnnt, WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and Is subject to legal prosecution. CONTRACTOR .......................... 3 Contractor. Definition cif ......................... 3.1. 6.1.2 Contmcmr's Bid ..... 1.1.1 Contfactor's Construction Schedules , 3.10, 6.1.3 Contractor's EmplOvees ... _ ... 3.3,2, 1.4.2, 3.8.1, 3.9. 3.18. 4.2.3, 4.2.6. 8.1.2, 10.2. 10.3, 11.1.1. 14.2.1.1 Contractor's Liability Insurance ....................... 11.1 Contractor's Relationship with Separate Contractors and Owner's Forces ...... 2.2.6, 3.12.5, 3.14.2, 4.2.4, 6,,12,2.5 Comtractor's Relation ship w(th subcontractors ....... I.2.4, 3.3.2, 3.18.1. 3.I8.2, 5.4 5.3, 5.4, %6.2, 11.3.7, 11.3.8. 14.2,1.2 Contractor's Relationship with the Architect . , , . 1.1,2.31,1, 3.2.2. 3.3.3, 3.5-1. 3." .3. 3•11. 3.12.8 3.16. 3.18. 4.23. 4.2.4, 4.2.6. 4 2.12. 5.2. 6.2.2. 7.3.4, 9.8.2, 11.3.7. 12.1, 13.5 Cont racun's Rep resrrttations .. 1.2.2, 3, 5.1, 3.12.7, 6.2,2, 8.2.1. 9, i, i Contractor's Responsibility for Those Pcrfomiing the Work ................. 3.3.2. 3.18, 4.2.3, 10 Contractor's Review of Contract Documents ..... 1.2.2. 3.2. 3.7.3 Contt'actcir's Right to Strip the Work ..................... , , 9,7 Contractor's Right co Terminate the Contract ..... . ........ 14.1 Contractor'sSuhmittals 9.2. 9.3.1. 9.8.2. 9.9.1, 9.10.2. 9.10.3, 10.3.1. 11.4.2, 11.4 i Contractor's Superintendent .. . ................. . . 3.9. 10.2.6 Contractor's Supervision and Construction Procedures...... 1.2.4, 3.3. 3.4. 4.2.3, 8.2.2. 8.2.3, W Contractual Liability Insurance ................. 11.1.1 �, 11.2.1 Coordktilion and Correla[lon ............... 1.2.2. 1.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.10, 3.12.7. 6A-3, 6.2.1 Copie.4Furnished of Drawings and Specifications ... 1 3. 2.2.5, 3.1 1 Correction of Work ..................... 1.3.2.4.4.2.1,.9.8.2, Cost, Definition of , .... 7,3.G, 14.3,5 ' COSLti 11,3.1,3. 1I.3.4, 11,3.9. 12.1.12.2.1. 12.2-4. 12.2.5. 13.5, 14 Cutting and Patching ................. . 3.14, 6.2.6 Dnmagc to ConsIrue Iion of Ow ner or Separate Contractors 3.14.2. 6 . ' 4. 9.5.1.5. 101.1. 2 , 10.2.5, 10. 3 , 11 . l , 11.3. 12.2.5 Damage it the \C'ork ... , . 5.14.2. } 4).1. 10.2.1.2. 10.2.5, i.0.3, t 1.,1 Damages, Claims ftir .. 3,1S. 4.3.9, 6.1.1, 6.2.5, 8.3.2. 9.5.1 2, 10.1.4 Damngc.%AnDe1w,......... ............ Date of Contmmnc'cinent of the Work. Definition of ....... , , S.1.2 Date eof Suhatanti:11 Cm opletiron. Deftni[lon`f....... ...... 8.I.3 Da}'. Dctillition ttr........ fl.1.4 Decisions tIf [he Architect ...... y.2.b. -1.2.7, 4?.1 1. 4.2.12. 4, 2.I3, Y:3-2. 4.3.[+, 4_-i.I, -IA - r. 1.5. 6.3, -.3.6. 7,i.8, 8.1.3. 8.3.1. 9.2. 9A. 9.5,1, 9.8.2, cj.9.1, I(f.1.2, 13:5.2, 1-1.2.3. 1.-1.?.a Dec isiona to Withhold Certification ......% .. , 9.5, t}.�, 14.1, l.i Dcl'cowc or Nonconforming Work. Acceptance. Rciectiori and Correction of ... , . 2.3, 2.4. 3.5.1, 4.2.1, 4.2,6. 4-3.5, 9.5.2. 9,8.2, y,9 1, lit !.5, .12. 13 '.1.3 De feet Irc Work. Dc11nitlunof 31.I DtJinitiuns....... I.I.2.1.1. 3.1. 3-561.1.12.1„ 5,12.2, 3.113, 4.1.1, t.3_I. 5.1. 6.1.2, ' 2.1. `.3,1, 7.3.6. 8.1. 9.1, 9.8,1 Delays and Extensions of Time ..... , .. , , 4.3,1.-t.3:8.1.4.3-8.2, 6.1.1, 0.2.3, 7,2.1. 7,3-I. 7.3-a, 7 i.5, 3.8, 7.3 9- 8,1.1, a.3c 10,33. I4.1.-1.4 Disputes , . Documcnrs:tltcl Samples at the'5itr .. , ... , ..... 3.11 Drswinps; Detinition of ... - , . , . , . 1.1.5 Dran•ings and Specific -it ions. I'se and Ownershipof. ... I.1.1. 1.3, 22.5. 3.11, 5.3 Duty to Review Contract Documents and Field Conditions ..... .3.2 Effective Date of InSUGMCC ..... '................. 8 2.2, 1 1.1.2 Emergencies . 4-3 ,,10.3 Employers, Contractor's ....... .. 3.3.2, 3,4,2, 3.8,1, 3_9, 3.18.1, 3.1h.2. 4.2.3. 4.2.6. 8.1.2. Ia.2. 10.3, II.I.1, 14_ .1.1 Equpmen t. Labnr, NIaIriials and ......... , 1.1.3, I.I.6; 3,4, 3.5.1, 3,8.2, 3,12.i, 3.12.7. 3,12.11, 3,1 5, 3.15.1,-1.2.7, 6.2.1. 7.3.6, 9..2, 9;3.3, 1I-3. 12.2--i. 14 Execution and Progress of the Work ... _ ... 1-1-3, 1,2.3, 3.2.3.4.1, 3.5.1. 4-2.2, 4.2.3. 4.3.4,-i.3-'84 6.2.2. 7.1.3, -3.9. 82, 8:3, 9,5, 9 9- 1, 10.2. Iv-2. 14.3 Execution, Correlation and Intent of 1he Contract Documents ............ 1.2, i 1 ............. ExtepsionsorTime 4.3.1,-+.3.8, 7.2.1.3, 8,i• 10.3.1 Failure ofParrtlent by Contractor ... . ....... . .. 9.5.1.3, 14.2.1.2 Failure of Payment by Owner ................ 4.3.7, 9.7, 14.1,3 Faul;y Work (See Defective or Nonconforming Work) Final Completion and Final Payment ........ 4.2.1, -1.2.9. 4,3.2, 4.3.5. 9.10, 11.1.2. 11.1.3, 11.3.5. 12.3.1, 13.7 Financial Arrangements, 0%vner's ................. . . . . 2.2.1 Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance ,,,,,,, GENERAL PROVISIONS .............. Governing Law 13.1 Guarantees (See Warrant• and Warranties) Hazardous Materials .......... Identification of Contract Documents ,,,,,, , , , ,, , , , , Identification orsubLoniracutrs and Suppliers ..... , . , , , , • , 5,2.1 Indemnification ....... • i.17.3.18, 9.10-2, 10.1-y, I1.3.1.2. I l.i Information and Services Required of the Owner..... 2,1 2. 2.2, 6.1.3, 6.1.-j. 6,2.6, 9,5.2, 9,6.1. 9,(,.-1 , 9:8.3. 9-9,2, 9.10.3. 10.1.4, 11.2, 11.3, 13.5.1, 13.5.2 Injury or Damage to Person or Property ................ 4.3.9 Inspections ......................... 3.3.3. 3.3.4, 3.'.1, 4.2.2. 4 2-6, 4.2 9,-1.3.6, 9.,1.2. 9.8.2. 9.9.2, 9.10.1. 13.5 Instructions to Biddcrs ............... _ .. I . I . I Instructions to the Contractor .... 3.8.1.-t.2.8. 5.2.1, 1 2.1, 13.5? Insurance ....... 4.3.9. 6.1.1. 7.3.6.4. 9.3?. 9.8?, 9.9.1, 9.1O.2, 11 Insurance, Boller and Machinery , ... _ , , . 11.3.2 Insurance, Contrac[or's Liability ......... . . ... ....... 11.1 Insurance, Effective Date of ......... . ........... 8.2.2. 1 1.1.2 Insurance, Loss of Use. . ............. ............ 11.3.3 Insurance, Owner's Liability .......................... 11.2 Insurance, Property ........................... 10.2.5,11.3 Insurance. Stored Materials .................... 9.3.2. 1 1.3.1:-r INSURANCE AND BONDS ......... . .. . . .. . . . . . . .. 11 Insurance Companiex. Consent to Partial Occupancy ..9.9,1. 1 1 .3.1 1 Insurance Cumpanies. Settlement with ................. 1 1.3.10 Intent of the Conine[ Docur[tents ............ . .. 1.2.3. Interest ........................ 4. 2.6.-t.2a'. i?.12. 4.2.13, .a 13,6 Interpretation ........ 1.2.5. 1 .4. 1.5, •i- I.1 , 4.3.1, 5.1, 6.1 ?. 8.1.4 Interpretations. Written ................ _ . 4.2.1 1. 4?.1 2. -i_ 3.7 Joinder and Consolidation of Claims Required ........ . .... .1.5.6 Judgment on Final Award ......... - _ ..... -1.5-1.-1.5.-1.1. 4.5.7 Labor and Materials, Equipment ... , 1.1.3. 1. I.6, 3.4, 3.5.1. 3.8.2. 3.12.2, 3.12.3. 3.12.-. 3.12.1 1 , 1. 13. 3. 15.1. Labor Disputes ... 4.2.7, 6.2.1, -,3.6, 9.3.2, 9-3-3, 12.2.4, 1-i .... 8 i 1 Laws and Regulations ....... 1,3, 3,6, 3.', 3.13. 4.1.1. 4.5.5. 4.5.7. 9.9.1, I0.2.2. 1 1.1, 11.3, 13.I, 13A, 13.5.1. 13.5.2. 13.6 Liens .................. L 1.2, 4.3.2. -1.3.5.1, 8.2?, 9.3.3, 9.1 0,2 Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder ......... . ...... 4.5.5 Limitations. Statutes of .. 4.5,4.2. 12.2.6, 137 Limitations of Authorit%.....�.........._'..... AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL Cc rM ATIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION- FOCRTEENTH EDITION AIAe - Lc, I9H- THE AMERICAN INSTITI'TF OF ARCHITECTS, 1 15 NEW YORK AVENUE. N.W., WA5HINGTON, D.C, 20000 A201-1987 3 tp _N -4 7 N in W D y 2�a =,CL0. 0 0 n cn° H O 0- 0 m 0 O O F. = Z �:O o " � 3�d d1D 3 ^mo C o m 0 EL m �3 N 7 N 0. c7 3 c °ate° a CL 2. o o ? m m v a �. 0 _ rD 7 N U) = m tv o cr c O O *0 x D o S o. 0 v iv v d 0 co WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and Is subject to legal prosecution. L V U a a x r m cc C O U g" o C T � N � N E `o c0i O C C �1a0 0 O 0 o m 2-., E c, m Z�C 1) u02 o c01, E c t N N U N C 0 0 0 0 U 0 � � N 19 n C UJ y L � �•Wtxe 31:�rt? Limitations of Liabilit,...... 2.3. 3.2.1, 3.5.1, 3.7.3, 3.12.8. 3.12.11. 3.17. 3.18. -1.2.6. 1.2.7.-1.2.12. 6.2.2, 9.4.2, 9.6.-+, 9.10.-t. 10.1 A. 10.2,5. 11.1.2. 1 1.2.1. 11.3.7, 13.y.2, 1 3.5.2 Limitations of Time, Gcneral ........... 1. 2.2.4. 3.2.1. 3.-.3, 3.8.2, i,10, 1.12.5. 3.15.1. a ?.1. 2.7, 4.2.11. H.3 ?, 4.i.3. 4.3.4,-04, H.3.9. H.5.-1.2. 5.2.1. 5.2.3. 6.2.4. 8�,-9.5,-9:6..2. 9.8. 9:9. 9.10. 1T.1.3, 1 1.3.1. 1 f .2. 1 1.3.5. Limitations of Time. Specific 11.3.6. 12.2.1, 12.2.2, 13.5. 13- ..... _ ... 2.1?. 2.2.1, 2.4, 3.10. 3.11. -L2.I1. 4.3, -1.4. -4.5. 5.3. 5.4, -.3.5. -.3.9, 8.2, 9,2. 9.i.1, 9.3.3, 9.4.1, 9.6.1, 9.7. 9.8i- 9.10.2, I1.1:i, 11.3.6, 1 1.3, 10, 11 .3.1 1, 12.2.2, 12.2.4. 12.16. 13.', 14' Loss of Use Insurance ................. . ....... 11.3.3 Sup�:lier......... ....... 1.3.1. 3.12.1.4.2.4. 4.2.6, 5.2.1, 9.3.1. 9.3.1.2. 9.3.3. 9.4.2. 9.6.5. 9. 10. Materials. Hazardous 10.1. l0?.4 Materials. Labor, Equipment and ..... I.1.3, 1.1.6. 3.4, 3.5.1, 3.8.2, 3-12.2, 3,12.3. 3,12_-. i.12.11, 3.13, 3,15.1. 4.2.-, 6.2.1. -.3.6. 9.3.2. 9.3.3. 12.2.4. I-i Mans, Methods. Techniques. Scyuences and , Procedures ofConslrucuoTl i.3.1,-1.2.3, H.2.-, 9.:1.2 Minor Changes in the Work ........... 1.1. 1, -1.2.8. -1.1.7. ,..1, 7.4 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 13 Modifications. Definition of .. ... 1.1.1 Modifications to the Contract 1.I.I, 1. 1.2..... 3.11 H.1.2, H ?_1. 5 ?.3. -. 8.3.1, 9.7 Mutual Responsibility .... , . 6 2 .......... Nonconforming Work, Acceptance of .................. 12.3 tiond'onfi)rtninR \C'ork. )Rejection and Correction of ........ 2.3. 1. -1.35. 9.5.2. 9.8.2. 12. 13.,.1.3 Notice ............. _' i. 2 -1. 3.2,1 . 3.2?. i.-. i, 3--.H. 3.9. 3.12.8. 3.129. 3.1-. +3. H.H.H. -4-5. 5,2.1, 5.i, 5.-4.1.1. 8:2.2, 9,H.1, 9.i.1. 9.6A . 9,-, 9- W. 10 1.2. 10.2.6. 11,1.3, 11.i, 12.2.2. 1_'.2,H, 13.1, 13.5.1. I i.5.2. li Notice, Written ... 2.3. 2.H, 3.9. i.12,8. 3.12.9. H.3. AAA. 4.5, 5.2.1. 5.1- i-H,I.I. 8,2.2. 9.H.I. 9.i.1. 9.-, 9.10. M.L 2. 10.2.6. 11.1.3. I1.3. 1 2.2.2. 12.2.H. 13.3, 13.5.2, 1.1 Notice 6f Testing and Inspections ................ 13.5.1 . -1 3.5.2 ' Notice to Proceed.... . Notices, Permits, Fees and 2.2.3. 3.7, i,1 i, - i 6 -110 , , Observations. Architect's On -site -1,3.0. 9.H.2. 9 5.1. 9.10_I. 11.5 Oi)sc•n;rlions. contractor s ...................... I .2.2, 3.2? Occupancy' ................. . . ...... 9.6.6. 9.8.1. 9.9. 1 1.3.I 1 011-Site Inspections he_ the Architect .......... H1.2. 4.2.9.-1.3.6. 9.-+.2. 9.8.2. 9,9,2. 9.10,1 On -Site Observations h%, the Architect _ ........ 9.4.2, 9.i,1, 9.1(I.l, 1 i.i Orders. \\'rit[en 2. i. i.y. 1. i.-. -, 8. -2. 1 L i,9. 12, 1. 12.2. 13.5.2. 14.3.1 OWNER.......................... Owner. Definition of .. , ... _ ...... , - 2.1 Owner, Information and Services Required of the. . ., . 2.1.2, 2.2, H.i.H. 6. 9. 10.1--1. 11.2. 11,1. 11.5.1. 1-4.1.1.5. la,l.i O\rner ;s Authority- ....... . i.8. I, H. I.3. 1.2.9. 5.2.1. 5.2. +. 5.-4_ 1. -.3.1. 8.2.2. 9_i,1. 9,3-2. II.4.1. 12.2.-1. 13.5.2.,1-4.2. IH.i.I Owner's Financial Capahilill' ..... . ' ' I. Owner's Liability Insurance ...... ..... ... .. . . 11.2 Owner's Loss of Use Insurance. I .. 1 1.3.i Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors . _ 1.1.2. O,e ncr s Right u1 Carr- Out the \\'ork . 5,i.1. 9.0.4 _ ..... , 2.H. 12.2.H, IH.2.2? Owner's Right to Clean Up . - - . _ - . 6.3 Owner's Right 10 Perform Construction and to Award Separate Contracts 1 Owner's Right to Stop the Work , , . , , .. _ .. • - - 2.3, -4-.i._ On•ner s Right to Suspend the Work , .. _ 1 H.3 Owner's Right to Tcrrnln2te the Contract I H.r Ownership and Use of Architect's Drbwings, Specifications• and Other Documents . ........ ..... i .1. ] . t,3, 2, 2.5 5.3 Partial Occupancy or Use .. 9.6.6.9.91 1 1.3.1 1 Patching, Cutting and ....... _ 3.14, 6.2.(, Patents, Royalties and Payment, Applications for ,.i ;. 31T 9.3. 8.3, 917 km,1, 9;H.i, °).10.1. 9,10,3. 9,10.-1. Payment, Certificates for ........... 4.2.i, -t.? 9. V.3-3. 9.4, 9.i. 9.6.1.9.611.9.'.1, 9.8.3, 910.1, 9.10.3, 137.I t.t.1.i, IH.2.H Payment, Failure -of .. . ............... 1_i.� 9-5.1.3, 9.7, 9.10.2, 11.1.1.3, 1-1.2-1.2 Farr[senI. Final ............ y.3. Payment Bond, Performance Bond and 111.31 1 3 5• 12. 1. I P:n'ments, Progress 9.10.3. 11.3.9. 11.4 1 3 -4. 9.3, 9.0. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9'8'i. 9.111;3, 9 ! 3;C,: 111. Pivnients uryuhcontractury S'i q J I;1 I.3.8. 1 1.2 Perinrmancr Bi)rtdl and Parmcnt $ond '3.I0. I 9:10.3. 11-39, 11.-1 Permits, Fees and Notices ...... 1 2.2.3, 3.7. 1-13, `,i-(,.-1, 11)? ' PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION OF 10 Ptrl�d Itltsrin:ttrd 1iipl,cnrl ..... . .... . . .. .... . ........ If). Product Data, De1inamn of....... , , . i 1 Product Data and Samples, Shop Drawings 3 [ 1, 3.12, H•2 - Progress and Completion ..... _ ...... _ ... 4.3?. -1.3,-t, 8.2 Progress Payments .... .... _ _ .3_H.1).3. 9.6. v.8.3. v.I[I.3. 13.(1, Project, Definition n! the ...................... 1.1.4 Project Manual, Definititn nl t1:e .. _ .... Project Manuals . , 2.i Pn)jt't'i R(nrec •nr_!!i�' S: Properly Insurance ......-I•?.lo PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY .... . ........ 10 Rcuula(ions and Laws - - - - , 1-3. +.0, i.- 13 i.l , 13-i,!, I i.C1, 1 i Rejcclion of Work _ 3,i,1- 2_u, 12 , Rcicases 01' Waivers and Liens ............... . . . . 9.1 n.2 Rcliresummions ...... .. _ 3,12.-. 9.3.3. 9. .4..!. 9,i,I.c),8.2, 9.1(I.I Rcprd•rrnt•.t[ivcs.............. Resolution of Ciaims and Disputes ....... _ , 4.4, -r,i Rc'sT,ons1htiity ror Thosc Performing the \X'ork .. .. , , . - . . A ' H.2.3.6.1-3.6?. 1D Rc[ainage 9.3A.9.6 ', 9.8.i, 9.9.1 . 9.10.2. 9.10.3 Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditlons by Contractor ............ 1.2.2. 3.2, 3--.3, 3.12.- Rc irn- of Contractors SuhrnitraLs hy', Owner and Architect 3. 10. 1. i_ 10.2, 3,1 I . i.12. -4.2._.-t.2.9. 5.2.1. i. 2, i, 9.2. 9.8.2 Review of Shop Drawings. Product Data and,s:tmples by Contractor .......... 3.12.i Rights and Remedies ............. 1.1.2. 2.3. 2.H, A.5. 1. 3.15.2. -1 ?.6. H.3 b. •1 i, 5.3. 6.1. 6.3. -.3.1, 8.3..1. 9.i.1. 9,-. 10.2.5. 10 i, 12.2.2. 12?.H. 13.4, 1-4 Royalties and Patents ............... 3.17 4 A201-1987 AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRICTION • FOURTEENTH F.DII'ION 'AIA' 198- TIIE A\IF.RICAN INSTITI'TE OFARCIIITE(:l'S. 1-i5 NE\\' )'ORR A\'ENL'E, N VC , \V-ASHINGTON. D.(:. 2000(, WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. Rules and Not lees for Arbitration ........... . . . .. . . . 4.5,2 Safety of Persons and Property ............. , • . , . , . , 10.2 Safety Precautions and programs .... , ..... 4.23, 4.2.7,10.1 Samples. Definition of , .... '................. ... 3,12.3 Sarnph�, Shop Drawings, Product Data and .. 3A I, 3.12, 4.2.7 Samples at the Site, Documents and .... . ............. 3.11 Schedule of Values ............................. 9.2, 9.3.1 Schedules, Construction ......... 3.10 Separate Contracts and Contractors , 1.1.4, 3,14.2, 4,2A, 4.5.5, 61 11.3.7, 12,1.2. 12.2.5 Shop Orawings, Definition of .... 3,12.1 Shop Drawings, Product Date and Samples .... 3,11, 3.12, 4.2.7 Site, Use of.. _ ...... I ...... 3.13, 6.1.1, 6.2.1 Site lnspections ... 1.2.2, 3.3.4, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 4.3.6, 9.8.2, 9,10.1, 13.5 Site Visits, Atrhltect's . . ........... ... 4.2.2, 4.2.5, 4.2.9, 4.3.6, 9.4.2, 9.5.1. 9.,$.2, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 Special Inspections and Testing ........ . ..... 4,2.6, 12.2.1; 13.5 Speeiflcatlone, Definition of the...... 1.1.6 Specifications, The , .... , , 1.1-1,1.1.6, 1.1,7, 11A. I.J. 3.11 Statutes Of Limitations ............. 4.5.4.2. 12.2.6, 13.7 Sinpping the Work, . - ........ . 2.3, 4.3,7, 9.7. 10.1.2. 10.3. S4.1 Stared titateri315 , . , , ....... G.2,1, 9.3.2, I ().2.1.2, 11.3.1.4, 12.2.4 Subcontractor, Defininonaf............... 5.1.1 SUBCONTRACTORS .................................. 5 Subcontractors. Work by .................. I.2.4, i.3.2, 3.12.1. 4.2.3, 5.3. 5.4 S ubc a n tractu a I Relations , • , , ...... , , , . 5.3, 5,4, 9.3-1,2.9.6.2 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 10.2.1, 11,3.7, 1I.3.8, 14A .I, 14.2.1.2, 14.3.2 Submittals , ... _ . _ - . I.3, 3.2.3, 3,10, 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7. 5.2.1. 5.2.3, -.3.6. 9,2. 9.3.1. 9.8.2. 9.9.1. 0.10.2. 9.10..1, 10,1.2, 11.I.3 Subrogation, Waivers of ............ . . ... 6.1.1, 1 1.3.5,11.3.7 Substantial Completion ........ , ... 4?.9, 4.3.5.3, 8.1,1, 8.1.3, 13.2.3,9.8.9.9.1.122.1, 122.2. 13.7 Suhstan tia] Complclinn, DefinWon of .................... 9.8.1 SuhStItulion of Suhcontractors ................ _ ... 5:2.3, 51.4 Sub5tltution of rite Architect ............... . .. 4.1.3 Subst"utl"lssrrMaterials ........ _ ........ 1.5.1 Suh•stlhconIractor, DrfinitItm of . _ . , ........ ... 5.1.2 Subsurface Contiititms . 4,3.6 Successors and Assigns .......__............... 13.2 Superintendent ......... . 3.9, 10 2 6 5upervisIon and Construction Proc*dures .' I'2.4.3.3, 3.4. 4.2.3. 4.3,-t. 6.1.3, 6. 2.4. 7.1, 3, 7.3.4; 8.2, S.;1. I. 10, 12, 14 Nurety , , ... 5.4.1.2, 14.2.2 Surety, (Iln nt ttf.............. , _ 9.9:1, 9.10.2. 9.10.3 StInTti•s ..................................... 2.2.2. 3.18.3 Suspension by the Owner for Convenience ... ....... 14.3 Suspension of the Work ............. 4.3.7, 5.4.2. 14.1.1.4. 14.3 Suspension or Termination of the Contract ...... 4.3.7. 5.4.1.1, 14 Taxes .......... • .. 3.6, 7-3.6.4 Termination by the Contractor ................ . . . ..... 14.1 Termination by the Owner for Cause. 5.4.1. t ,14.2 Termination of the Architect .............. . . . .. . . ..... 4.1.3 Termination of the Contractor ...... .. . ... . . . ........ 14.2,2 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT ...... 14 Teats and Inspections _ .... 3.3.3, 4.2-O, Y.2;9, 9.4.2, 12.2.1,13.5 TIME 8 Tune, Delays and Extensions of .............. 4,3.8,' 2.1, 8.3 Time Limits, Specific . _ ... ... 2.1.2, 2.2.1, 2.4. 3,10, 3.1 1, 3,15.1, 4.2,1, 4.2.11, 443. 4A. 4.5. 5.3, 5.4, 7.3.5, 7.3.9. 8.2, 9.2, 9.3.1. 9.3.3, 9.4.1, 9.6.1, 9.7, 9.8.2. 9.10.2. 11.1.3, 11.3.6. I1.3.10, 11.3.11, 12.2.2. I2.2.4, 12.2,6, 13.7. 14 Time Limits on Claims ..... .... 4,3.2, 4.3.3, 4.3,6, 4.3.9.4.4, 4.5 Title to Work .......: . ...... . ........ I ........ 9:3.2, 9.3.3 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK ............. 12 Uncovering of Work ................................ 12.1 Unforeseen Conditions ......... . ...... . .... 4.3.6. 8.3.1, 10.1 Unit Prices ...................... _ ........... -. l .-I. 7.3.3.2 Use Of Documents ..... - , . , I ...... I.1.1. 1.3, 2.2.5. 3.12.-. 5.3 Use of Site .............. ............... 3.13, 6.1.1. 6.2.1 Values, Schedule of ...... . ................... 9.2, 9.3.1 Waiver of Claims. Final Payment ........... 4.3.5, 4.5.1. 9.10.3 Waiver of,Claims by the Architect ...................... 1 1.-1.2 Waiver of Claims bvthe Comractor......... 9.1OA, 11.3--. 13.4? Waiver of Claims by the Owner .............. 4.3.5. 4.5.1. 9.9.3. 9.10.3. 11.3.3. 11.3,5. 11 i.-• 13.4.2 Waiver of Liens .................. •:.. - - - ......... - - _ 9.10.2 Waivers of Subrogation ............ . ...... 6.1.1, 1 1.35. 1 1-3.7 Warranty and Warranties .............. . .......... 3.5, 4.2 9. 5- 1. 9.3.3. 9.8.2. 9.9.1. 12.2.2. 13.7.1.3 Weather Delays , ........... . ........... ....:....... �.i.H.3 When Arbitration May Be Demanded .................. 4.5.4 Work, Definition of .............. 1.1.3 Written Consent .............. 1.3.1, 3.12.8. 3.1-i.2. 4.1 .2, 4.3.4, 4.55, 9.3.2. 9.8.2. 9.9.1. 9.10.2. 9.10 3, 10.1.2. 10.1.3, 11,3.1, 11 ;i..1.4, Il.i.il, 13.2, 13.4.2 Written Interpretations .......... . ..... 4.2.1 I . (_?- l?. -4.3.7 Written Notice .......... ?,;i. 2.-1. 3.9, 3.12.8, 3.119. -1,3. a.4.4. 4-5, 5.2.1. 5.3. 5.4.1,1, ti.22.9,4.1, 9.5.1, 9.7. 9.1(), 10.1.2, 10.2.6. 11.1.3. 11.3, 12.2.2. 12.2.4. 13.3, 11.52. 14 Written Orders .................. I ........... 2.3. 3.9. -1 3.-, -. 8.2.2. 11.3 9. 12.1. 12.2, 13,5_2. 14.3.1 AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL C(riDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOL'RTEENTII EDITION AIA`- • 'c 19H- THE A\1ERICAN INSTITI-TE OFARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE. N-IX'., WASHINGTON. D.0 20(lon A201-1987 5 O�VM W;331 a O- vi rn am N O y c ? n = a o_ 5,0 0 n in N = 3M O O N Sao o "--I c m m3 o W 0 O N � +a 003 :3 N � N CL 7 n 3 c � � N 06 c a =0� o g p m on _m 0 2 N 2 �d C o. tr 0 00 v x `< o WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and Is subject to legal prosecution o 0 0 c � 2 y y C a t U P_ C a x a, v c 0 E- O U c w o y A LP C T d y � y E O U_ a E c m o c O1 0 E 'a= d m m E F-=o O y C Z c y .O • UO w O N E ct y � o o g -0 U Ec? m o C 0�� y W = y L � iatrafr: AM silt ,:.;•;7f GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS 1,1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between -Owner and Contractor (hereinafter the Agreement), Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings. Specifications, addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract, other documents listed in the Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. A Modifi- cation is (1) a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties, (2) a Change order, (3) a.Construction Change Directive or (`+) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect. L'niess specifically enumerated in the .Agreement, the Contract Documents do not include other documents such as bidding requirements (advertisement or invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, sample forms, the Contractor's bid or portions ,)i addenda relating to bidding requirements). 1.1.2 THE CONTRACT The Contract Documents form the Contract fnr Construction. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. The Con- tract may be amended or modified only by a Modification. The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contrac- tual relationship of any kind (1) between the Architect and Con- . tractor, (2) between the Owner and a Subcontractor or Suh- subcuntractor or (3) between any persons or entities other than the Owner and Contractor. The Architect shall, however, be entitled to performance and enforcement of obligations under the Contract intended to facilitate performance of the Architect's duties. 1.1.3 THE WORK The• term "Work" means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or partially completedincludes all O•ht- . and - �_ ,eho:. materiai's equipment and services providicd or to be provided bthe Contractor to fulfill the Conirat-ror's obligations. The 'Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. 1.1.4 THE PROJECT The Project is the total construction of which the Work per- formed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include construction by the Owner or by separate contractors. 1.1.5' THE DRAWINGS The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Con- tract Documents, wherever, located and whenever issued, showing the design• location and dimensions of the Work, generally including plans, elevations, sections, details, sched- ules and diagrams. 1.1.6 THE SPECIFICATIONS The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, equip- ment, construction systems, standards and workmanship for the Work, and performance of related services. 1.1.7 THE PROJECT MANUAL The Project Manual is the volume usually assembled for the Work which may include the bidding requirements, sample forms, Conditions of the Contract and Specifications. - 1..2- ---EXECUTION,-CORRELATION AND INTENT 1.2.1 The Contract Documents shall be signed by the Owner and. Contractor as provided in the Agreement. If either the Owner or Contractor or both do not sign all the Contract Documents, the Architect shall identify such unsigned Docu- ments upon request. 1.2.2 Execution Of the Contract by the Contractor is a repre- sentarion that the Contractor has visited the site, become famii- lar with local conditions under which the Work is to be per- formed and correlated personal observations with require- ments of the C:nnrrorr tiny, --, 1.2.3 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessan• for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are comple- .meniary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all; performance by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent consistent with the Contract Docu- ments and reasonably. inferable from them as being necessan• to produce the intended results- 1.2.4 Organization of the Specifications into divisions, sections and articles, and arrangement of Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. 1.2.5 Unless other -wise stated in the Contract Documents. words which have well-known technical 8r construction indus- try meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accord- ance with such recognized meanings. 1.3 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF ARCHITECT'S DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER DOCUMENTS 1.3.1 The Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the .Architect are instruments of the Architect's service through which the Work to be executed by the Con. tractor is described. The Contractor may retain one contract record set. Neither the Contractor nor an Subcontractor, Sub - subcontractor or material or equipment supplier shall own or claim a copyright in the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect, and unless otherwise indicated the Architect shall be deemed the author of them and will retain all common law , statutory and other resen•ed rights. in addition to the copyright. All copies of them, ext•e.pt the CUntr-.tctor's record set. shall be returned or suitably accounted for to. the Architect, on request, upon completion of the work. The Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect, and copies thereof furnished to the Contntc- tor, are for use soleh- with respect to this Project. They are not to be used by the Contractor or any Subcontractor, Sub - subcontractor or material or equipment supplier on other proj- ects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the 6 A201-1987 AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE (:ONTR4CT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOI'RTEENI-11 EDITION .4LV • E I`)8- THE A>IERICAN INSTITL'TE OFAR(:HITECTS. I-i5 NE\C' )'ORK A\'ENt'E. N IX \C'ASHINGTON. D.C. 2000(h WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and Is subject to legal prosecution. Work without the specific written consent of the Owner and Architect. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub -subcontractors and material or equipment Suppliers are granted a Iimited license to use and reproduce applicable portions of the Draw- ings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect appropriate to and for use in the execution of their Work under the Contract Documents, All copies made under this license shall bear the statutory copyright notice, if any, shown (in the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect. Submittal of distribution to meet Official regulator- requirements or for other purposes in con- nection with this Project is not to be construed as publication in derog Lion of the Architect's copyright or other reserved rights. 1.4 CAPITALIZATION 1.4.1 Toms capitalized in these General Conditions include those which are .(1) specifically defined, (2) the titles of num- bered articles and identified references 10 Paragraphs, Subpara- graphs and Clauses in the document or (3) the titles of other documents published by tine American Institute of Architects, 1.5 INTERPRETATION 1.5.1 in the interest of brevity the Contract Documents fre- quently omit mod 1fying words such as "all" and "anv" and ard- cles Ouch as ••the" and •• an, " but the fact that a modifier or an article i_s ahsc-nt from one statement and appears in another is not intended it) affect the interpretation cif either statement. ARTICLE 2 OWNER 2.1 DEFINITION 2.1,1 The 0,►vncr is the pers(in ur enrity identified as such in rile Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract ]k C11 T110 nN as if sizlgul:ir in number. The term "Ow'ner" means the Owner or the O -Vner's authorized representative. 2.1.2 The Owner upon reasonable wrillen request shall furnish n i [lie C:c Inmicttir in writing information which is ncctssar►' and relevant lit the Contractor to c►-aluure. give notice of or enforce mechanic's lien rights. Such inforntatfon shall include a coirrect Stalemeilt ill the record Ieg2l title to the property (in which ncc In rjeci is Iocaled. usual I%' referred to as the site, and The i}n•ner s inicrest therein at the time ❑f.exerution of the Agreement J11d. n•itllin five days after an%• change, information cif such 01:11ige In iitIe, recc3rded or unrecorded. 2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER 2.2.1 Thu Ownersshall. at the request of'the Contractor, prior to execution of the Agreement and prompolv. from time to time tlit reaficr, ftInIisIi io Ilse Contractor reasonable evidence rhat iinallcial arrangeiltents iia►'e been made to fulfill the Owner's oIll. i9atioI's uncler the Contract. /A'r0e, I'01tess such rec(sona ble vvielolcc• were fiir+lr.0ed urt +2tir(.es1 jrr•kn• to rite ('trceitiwr of lbe Agr'evinvul. h&e prospectkY• contrucloi, (tvr►riel rrul W rvyrrir(r1 ►u (allciele ►tic' .4grut•rueit► ur err ['rrrrt+rrc u[ tI d.K 4r'urk, f 2.2.2 The Owncr shall furnish sur►•e%-5 describing. physical ch:Iractcristio. Iey;d limitations and utility locations for the site of [he Prt*j c-t. and a Ieg;tl description of the site. • . 2.2.3 Except l'or permit~ and fees which are the resjwnsibiiit►' of [he C:oritrictor under the Contract Documents,. the Owner shall secure and pay list necessary approvals, casemen[s, assess - meats and charges required for construction, use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities. 2.2.4 Information or services under the Owner's contml shall be furnished by the Owner with reasonable promptness to avoid delay in orderly progress of the Work. 2.2.5 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, such copies of Drawings and Project NlantiWs as are reasonably necessary for execution of the Work. 2.2.6 The foregoing are in addition to other duties and respon- sibilities of the Owner enumerated herein and especially those in respect to Article 6 (Construction by Owner or by Separare Contractors), Article 9 (Payments and Completion) and Article i 1 (insurance and Bonds). 2.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK 2.3.`1 If the Contractor fails to correct Work which is trot in accordance with the requirements Of [he Contract Documents as required by Paragraph 12.2 or persistently fails [o carry out Work in accordance with the COntr261 Documents, the Owner, by written order signed personally or by an agent specifically so empowered by [he Owner in writing, may Order the Contrac- tor to stop the Work, or an por[inn thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however. the right of the Owner [o stop the Work shall not give rise to a du[}- on the part Of the Owner to exercise [his right for the benefit of the Con- tractor or -any other person or entity, except to the extent required by Subparagraph 6.1-3. 2.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK 2.4.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects [o tarry ow the Work in accordance with the Contraci Documents and fails within a seven-day Period after receipt (if written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner may after such -vei3-day period give the Contractor a sect 3nd --then notice to correct such defiiciencits within a scv(ind seven-day period. if [he Contractor within such second seven- day period after receipt of such second noticcafaiks 10 cont- mence and cominue t❑ correct any deficiencies, [he qw nor may, without prejudice to other remedies the 0,►vner may have, correct such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall he issued deducting Iron jxr►-menis then or thereafter due the Contractor the cost Of correc'Ung such defi- ciencies, includ1ng.c(3mpensation for the Architect's additional srr ices and exprn. made rleccssan' Fay such default, neglect or failure. Such action by the Owner and amounts chargc(1 I(5 the Contractor are both subject it) pricer :ippnwal of the Arrhi- [ect, if pa}'mcnts then or thereafter due the C:orltractor are no[ sufRcient [o Coycr sucl1 amowtIN, the C:onIractor shall. pay the difference to the Owner. ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR 3.1 DEFINITION 3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or emily identified as such in the Agreement and is rckirrred to throughout the Contract Documents xs if singular in number. The tumt ••Contractor" means the Contractor or the C:cmiracior's ctuthurind rcpresen1at ive. AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAI, CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH ED1110N AIA' - _ 198- THE A►1ER1(:AN INSTiTt-TE OF AR(.HITEC'rs, 1-35 NEVI' YORK AVENUE, N.V.. WASHINGTON. D.C. 201N6 A201-1987 7 c _N _-I Er in fD a d -C o' m ca a,aa om 0 N in C o m O O N Mz Z! Q 3 CD °'• m o =� m o m > > o �03 7 N = N CL .0 La 0am� C a a. o 0 m CD -o D o =m CD C� D y m d Q a o Q O D -0 �c •c w� o f m • � CO) O sa N O 0 p/ �d v d WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. �M ;a 2.5 a ° o N � a 3 o c �c a 0 0 0 U c o i U) Yl C . a u 2 1 . _ a`n x m c . o c 0 u N In E `o c01i o c C P o rn0 0 w= .— E F a A 0N� Z c w 0w• U c o a01i "Ecm w tl) 0 0 0 ,0 U v c cc o M 'a N ui L N L a, ra N W 3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR 3.2.1 The Con€ractor'shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents with each other and with information furnshed by the Owner pursuant to Subparagraph 2.2.2 and shall at once report to the Architect errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered. The Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or Architect for damage resulting from errors, inconsis- tencies or omissions in the Contract Documents unless the Contractor recognized such error, inconsistency or omission and krumvingly failed to report it to the .Architect. If the Con- tractor performs any construction activity knowing it involves 21reco}gni7ed error, inconsistent►• or omission in the Contract Documents without such notice to the Architect, the Contrac- tor shall assume appropriate resporisibillty for such perfor- mance and shall bear an appropriate amount of the attributable costs for correction. 3.2.2 The Contractor shall take field measurements and'verify field conditions and shall carefulh' compare such field mca- suremen[s and conditions and other information known to the Contractor with the Contract Documents before commencing :ittivitles. Errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered shall be reported to the Architect at once. 3.2.3 The Contractor shall perform [he Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and submittals approved pur- susmt to Paragraph 3.12. 3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES 3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and dirccl the Work, C. using the Contractor's hest skill and atterl[ifan, The Contractor ~hall he solely responsihle for and hive control 0vcr construc- tion InVarts, methods, techniques, sequences and proredures :and tor coordinating all portions of the Work under the Con- lract, unless Contract Documents give other specific ins[ruc- lions concerning these matters. 3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsfhle to the Owncr for acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and other perstlns performing portion% of the Work under a contract with the Contractor. 3.3.3 The Contractor shall not he ire Iie;•ed of tobligaIjons to per- form the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents either by actiVities or duties of the Architect in the Architect-s administration of the Contract, Or ,by tests, inspections or ;Ipprovals required or performed by persons other than the [:nn[rartttr 3.3.4 The Contractor shall he responsihit! For inspection of por- tions Of Work already performed under this Contract to deter- mine that such pun inns are in proper ccInditit) 11 cc) receis,e sub- sequent Work, 3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS 3.4.1 Unlem cHherw•ise provided in the Contract Dt�cumenrs, the Contractor shall pr(widc and pay for labor. materials. equip. merit. tools, construction Oquipmenl :umd niachinery, water, heal. utilities. transportation. and tither facilities anti services nccessary for proper execution and completion of the Work. whether ttin poran• or permanent and whether or not inenrpt)- rated or tot he incorp(mited in the NVork. 3.4,2 The Contractor shall enforce titrict discipline and good order arziong the Contractor's emplo%.ees ,Ind otlmer persons canyink out [he Contract. The C:ontraclor shall not permit employment of unfit persohs or persons not skilled in tasks atitii�netl to Iheltt. 3.5 WARRANTY 3.5.1 The Contractor warrants Io the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new unless otherwise required or permit- red by the Contract Documents, that the Work will be free from defects not inherent in the quality required Or permitted, and that the Work will conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Work not conforming to these require- ments, including substitutions not properly approved and authorized. map be considered defective. i'he Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse. modifications not executed by the Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or normal wear and tear under normal usage, If required by the Architect, the Conimctnr shall Furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and qualit}- of materials and equipment. 3.6 TAXES 3.6.1 The Contractor shall pay sales, consumer, use and similar taxes For the Work or portions thereof provided by the Con- tractor which are legtill• enacted when bids are received or negotimions concluded, whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect- 3.7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES 3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in [he Contract Documents. the Contractor shall SCCUrc and pay for [he building permit and Other permits anti gnvernmentaj fees, licenses and inspections necessan- for proper execution and completion of the Work n'IIich :are custtlm;IrII` Secured after execution of [he Contract and which are lcgajh• required when bids are rect:i■ed or nego• liations concluded. 3.7.2 The Cuntrlcltal shall comply with and give notices required hV I'Va's, ordinances, rules, regulations and ran-ful orders Of public authorities bearing on performance w the Work. 3.7.3 It is not the Contractor's responsibility to ascertain that - the Contracr Documents are in accordance with applicable law S. statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regula- tions. However, if the Contractor Observes that portions of the Contract Descurncnts are at variance therewith, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect and Owner in writing, and necessan- changes shrill be -accomphshed by approprj2w ,blodiFrarinn. 3.7.4 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to he rnn- trary to laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and ruses and regulations without such notice to the Architect and Owner, the C:ontracior shall assume full responsibility for such Work and shail bear the arrributable costs. 3.8 ALLOWANCES 3.8.1 Time Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. [terns covered by aliowarices shall be supplied for such amounts:lnd by such persons or entities as the owner may direct, but the Contractor shall not be required to employ persons or entities against which the Contractor makes reasonable obiection. 3.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents .1 ttla[erials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected promptly by the Owner to avoid deWy in the Work; .2 allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment delivered at the site and all required taxes, less applicable trade discounts; 8 A201-1987 AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE. CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA-' • 198^ THE A,MERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. i -" ,"'EW YORK AVENGE, N.WP WAS]UNGTON, D.C. 200(X, WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and Is subject to legal prosecution. .3 CUCl MCCOT 5 casts for unloading and handling at the site, labor, installation casts, overhead, profit and other expenses enriremplated for stated allowance amounts shall be included in the Contract Sum and not in the allowances: . .4 whenever costs are more than or less than allowances, the Contracr Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order, The amount of the Change order shall reflect (1) the difference between actual costs and the alitlwances under Clause 3.8.2? and (2) changes in Contractor's costs under Clause 3.8.2.3. 3.9 SUPERINTENDENT 3.9.1 The'Contractor shall employ a competent superinten- dent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project site during performance Of the Work. The superinten- dent shall represent the Contractor, and communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Con- tractor. Important communications shall be confirmed in writ- ing. Other communications shall be similarly conflrmed on written request in each case. 3.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 3.10.1 The Contractor, promptly after being awarded the Con- tract, shall prepare and submit for the 0wner's and Architect's information a Contractor's construction schedule for the Work. The schedule shall not exceed time limits current under the Contract Documents, shall be revised at appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and Project, shall be related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Con- tract Documents, and shall provide for expeditious and practi- cable execution of the Work- 3.10.2 The Contractor shall prepare End keep current, for the Architect's approval. a schedule of submittals which is coordi- nated with the Contractor's construction schedule and allows the Architect reasonable time to review submittals. 3.10.3 The Contractor shall conform. to the most recent schedules. 3.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE. 3.11.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of the Drawings, Specifications, addenda, ,Change Orders and other Modifications, in good order and marked currently to record changes and selections made during construction, and in addition approved Shop Drawings, Prod- uct Data, Samples and similar required submittals, These shall be available io the Architect and shall he delivered to the Archi- tect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work, 3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES 3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub -subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. 3.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, per- formanLe charts. instructions. brochures. diagrams and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials Or equipment for sonic portion of the -Work, 3.12.3 Samples are ph}'sical examples which • illustrate materials. equipment or workmanship and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. 3.12.4 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples -and similar sub- mittals are not C:o nmict Documents. The purpose of their sub- mittal is to demonstrate for those r-rdons of the Work for which submittals are required the way the Contractor proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Review by the Architect is subject to the limitations of Subparagraph 4.2.7, 3.12.5 The Contractor shall review, approve and submir to the Architect Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents with reason- able promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or Of separate con- tractors. Submittals made by the Contractor which are not required by the Contract Documents may be returned without action. 3.12.6 The Contractor shall perform no portion of The Work requiring submittal and review of Shop • Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals until the respective submit- tal has been approved b►• the Architect. Such Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals. 3.12.7 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the Contractor represents that the Cuntractor has determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto, or will do so, and has checked and coordinated the information contained within such submirtals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents- 3.12.8 The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations fr()m requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar .submittals unless the Contractor has specificaliv informed the Architect in -writing of such deviation at the time of submittal and the -Architect has given mitten approval to the specific deviation. The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or ()missions in Shop Iran - ings, Product Data, Samples ❑r similar submittals by the Archl- tect's approval thereof. 3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in -writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data. Samples or similar submittals, to revislons Other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals. y' 3.12-10 Informational submittals upon which the Architect is not expected to Take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. 3.12.11 When professional certification of performance criteria Of materials, systems or equipment is required by the Contract Documents, the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the accuracy and completeness of such calculations and certifi- cations. 3.13 USE OF SITE 3.13.1 The Contractor shall confine Operations at the site to areas permitted by 12w. ordinances, permits and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. 3.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING 3.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting or patching required To complete the Work or to make its parts fit together properly. 3.14.2 The Contractor shall nor damage or endanger a portion of the Work Or fully or partially completed construction of the Owner or separate contractors by cutting, patching or other- wise A]Ter ing such construction, or by excavation. The Contrac- tor shall not cut Or otherwise alter such cowuriiction by the AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION, AIA` - iK; 198, THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W-, WASHINGTON. D.C, 2000O A201-1987 9 kr. �+igtr9 ss�er.M Its A e u N � SN Om. m —C �dm c�ii »aa 60 0 0 y y C �'M 0 O O N m O -1 mto� o m a > > o F 03 m < H a-< � 0 1DSc COL rn so3 O � 7 v a �. � WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and Is subject to legal prosecution. M _ m n a m c a— o` 00 Hy o� a_ s a .0 U C 0 �o d = c N a, ; 2 a, — a a x a, c c 8.2 c N = a U � � C T al u r N - c E o U o c c m o o m r 3.18 INDEMNIFICATION 0 ° 3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor Oyc Z e'- shall indemniR, and hold harmless the QWli t, Architect, Arcni- y V 0 tect's consultants. and agents and employees of any of them w Z t from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, includ- y ing but not limited to attorne►-s' rims, arising out of or resulting c from performance of the Work, provided that such claim, dam- age, loss or expense is attributable tU hodily injury, sickness, v .2 disease or death, or to injury to or destrurrinn of tangible prop Hm — erry (other than the Work itself) including loss of use resulting W a y L a therefrom, but only to the extent caused in whole or in part by L N d negligent acts or omissions of the Cnnrr2CtOr, a �13bCtir'$rseiijr, anyone diret`tl• or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, -regardless of whether or not such Claim. darrtage. loss or expense. is caused in part by a part} - indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or Obligations of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Paragraph 3.18. 3.18.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Paragraph 3.18 by an employee of the Contractor, a Suhcimtracux, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, the indemn'iffca- don obligation under this Paragraph 3.1 H shall not be limited by a limnalion can amount or li•pe of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or li)r the Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers' or workmen's compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 3.18.3 The obligations of the ContractorjAnder this Paragraph 3.18 shall not extend tta the liability of the Architect, the Archi- Owner or a separate contractor except with written consent of the Owner and of such separate contractor; such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Contractor shall nor unrea- sonably withhold from the Owner or a separate contractor the Contracror's consent to cuttitlg or otherwise altering the Work. 3.15 CLEANING UP 3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surround- ing area free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by operations under the Contract. At completion of the Work the Contractor shall remove from and about the Project waste materials, rubbish, the Contractor's tools, construction e,quipment, machinery and surplus materials. 3.15.2 If the Contractor fails to rlean up as provided in the Contract, Documents, the Owner may do so and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor. 3.16 ACCESS TO WORK 3.16.1 The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever located. 3.17 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS 3.17.1 The Contractor shall pav ail royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof, but shall not be responsible for such defense or loss when a particular design, process or prod- uct of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents. However, if the Contractor has rea- son to believe that the required design, process or product is an Infringement of a patent, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless such information is promptly furnished to the Architect. leer's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them arising out of (1) the preparation or approval of maps, drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs a specifica- tions, or (2) [he giving of or the failure to give directions or instructions by the Architect, the Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them provided such giving or failure to give is the primary cause of the injury or damage. ARTICLE 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4.1 ARCHITECT 4.1.1 The Architect is the person lawfully licensed to practice architecture or an entity lawfully practicing architecture iden- tified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term "Architect" means the Architect or the Architect's authorized representative. 4,1.2 Duties, responsibifittes and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be reslricled, modified or extended without written consent of the Owner, Contractor and Architect. Consent shall not be unrea- sonably withheld. 4.1.3 In case of termination of employment of the Architecl, the Owner shall appoint an architect against whom the Con- tractor makes no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former architect. 4.1.4 Disputes arising under Subparagraphs 4.1.2 and 4. ] 3 shall be subject to arbitration. 4.2 ARCHITECT'S ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents, and will be the Owner's representative (1) during construction, (2) until final payment is due and (3) with the Owner's concurrence, from time to time during the correction period described in Para- graph 12.2. The Architect will adviseandconsult with the Owner. The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner oni►• to the extent provided in the Contract Documents, unlrsy utherwiSe modified by writren instrument in accordance with other provisions of the Contract. 4-2-2 The Architect nil' -.:__--`- a ��< urc site at intervals appropriate to the stage of construction to become generally familiar with the progress and quality of the completed Work and to determine in general if the Work is being performed in a manner indicat- ing that [lie Work. when completed, will be in accordance with the Contract Documents. However, the Archirect will not be required to maize exhaustive or continuous tin -site inspections to check quality or quantity of the Work. On the basis of on - site observations as an architect, the Architect will .keep the Owner informed of progress of the Work, and will endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work. 4.2.3 The Architect will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for construction means, methods, Technique.,;, sequences or procedures, or for safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, since these are saleiy the Contractor's responsihilin• as provided in Paragraph 3.3: The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to earn- out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Architect will not have control over or charge of and wjil not be responsible for acts or omissions of the Con- 10 A201-1987 AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE (A)NTRACT FOR CONSTRICTION • FOURTEENTH Eml-IoN' AIA `- • ¢ 198- THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, I -ii NE'W PORK AyENVE, N-W.. \1 ASI IINGTON. D.C;. _'IIULq, WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and Is subject to legal prosecution. tractor, Subcontractors, or their agents or employees, or of any other persons performing portions of the Work. 4.2.4 Communications Facilitating Contract Administra- tion. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or when direct communications have been speci--Ay autho- rized, the Owner and Contractor shall endeavor to cornmuni- care through the Architect. Communications by and with the Architect's consultants shall be through the Architect. Commu- nications by and with Subcontractors and material suppliers shall be through the Contractor. Communications by and with separate contractors shall be through the Owner. 4.2.5 Based on the Architect's observations and evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment, the Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts. 4.2.6 The Architect will have authority to reject Work which does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable for implementa- tion of the intent of the Contract Documents, the Architect will have authority to requireadditional inspection Or testing of the Work in accordance with Subparagraphs 13.5.2 and 13.5.3, whether or not such Work: is fabricated, installed Or completed. However, neither this authority Of the Architect nor a decision made in good Faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Archi- tect to the Contractor. Subcontractors, material and equipment suppliers, their agents or employees, or other persons perform- ing portions of the Work, 4.2.7 The Architect will review 'and approve or take other appropriate action ,upon the Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Docu- ments. The Arch!tect's action will be taken with such reason- able promptness as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities Of the Owner, Contractor Or- separate contractors, while allowing sufficient time in the Architect's professional judgment to permit adequate review. Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of deEermining•the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities, or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems, all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents. The Architect's review of the Contractor's submit- tals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations under Paragraphs 3.3, 3.5 and 3.12. The Architect's review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or, unless otherwise specifically stated by the Architect, of anv construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. The Architect's approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component.. 4.2.8 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construc- tion Change Directives, and may authorize minor changes in the Work as provided in Paragraph 7.4. 4.2.9 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final completion, will receive acid forward to the Owner for the Owner's review and records written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor, and Will issue a final Certiftcare for Payment upon compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect will pro- vide one or more project representatives to assist in carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the site. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of such project representatives shall he as set forth in an exhibit to be incorpo- rated in the Contract Documents. 4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concern- ing performance under and requirements of the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contrac- tor. The Architect's response to such requests will be made with reasonable promptness and within any tithe limits agreed upon. if no agreement is made concerning the time within which interpretations required of the Architect shall be fur- nished in compliance with this Paragraph 4.2, then delay shall not be recognized on account of failure by the Architect to fur- nish such interpretations until 15 days after written request is made for them. 4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings, When making such interpretations and decisions, the Architect will endeavor to'secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor, will not show partiality to either and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions so rendered in good faith: 4.2.13 The Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will he final if consistent with the intent expressed in the Contract Documents. 4.3 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 4.3.1 Definition. A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parbes'seeking, as a matter of right, adjustment or inieipre ration of Contract terms, payment of money, extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms of Elie Contract, The term "Claim" also includes other disputes and matters in qum- tion between the Owner and Contractor arising our of or rclat- -ing to the Contract. Claims must be made by written notice - The responsibility 10 substantiate Claims shall rest with the Parry making the Claim. 4.3.2 Decision of Architect. Claims, fncluding.I those alleging an error or omission by the Architect, shall be referred in itiaih to the Architect for action as provided in •Paragraph 4A. A deci- sion by the Architect, as provided in Subparagraph 4.4.4, shall be required as a condition precedent to arbitration or litigation Of a Claim'between the Contractor and Owner as to all such matters arising prior TO the date final payment is due, regardless of (1) whether such matters relate to execution and progress of the Work or (2) the extent to which the Work has been com- pleted. The decision by the Architect in response to a Claim shall not ben condition precedent to arbitration Or litigation in the event (1 ) the position of Architect is vacant. (2) the Architect has not received evidence or has failed to render a decision within agreed time limits, (3) the Architect has Failed to take action required under Subparagraph 4.4.4 within 3tl days after the -Claim is made, (4) 45 days have passed after the Claim has been referred to the Architect ❑r (5) the Claim relates to a mechanic's lien, 4.3.3 Time Limits on Claims. Claims by either party must be made within 21 days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim, whichever is later- Claims MUSE be made by written notice, An additional Claim made after the initial Claim has been implemented by Change Order will nor be considered unless submitted in a timer• manner. AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA``•' • U 19H? THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON. D.C. 20oiXi A201-1987 11 rye N � N a m r="om c ' n n a n n a n y rA C m O O N '3z 3a m o �'❑q �J re 0 as 7 7 ❑ _3 m� iA a `r aCD ny C O. 7 Q O 3 7 tp a A 0 N N M� o C ❑ x M �0 �T o �m S y M o n o0 �d m� :m WARNING: Unllcensed Photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and Is subject to legal prosecution. 4.3.4 Continuing Contract Performance. Pending final reso- lution of a Claim including arbitration, unless otherwise agreed in writing the Contractor shall proceed diligently with perfor- mance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. 4.3.5 Waiver of Claims: Final Payment. The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except those arising from: ; 06 .1 liens, Claims, security interests or encumbrances aris- es ` ing out of the Contract and unsettled; .2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements a of the Contract Documents; or it .3 terms of special warranties- required by the Contract e E Documents. a= CL T 4.3.6 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions. If con- cditions are encountered at the site which are (1) subsurface or V o otherwise concealed physical conditions which differ rnateri- m m ally from those indicated in the Contract Documents or (2) H c on physical conditions of an unusual nature, which diF 2 fer materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally :Ec recognized as inherent in construction activities of the L' `—' character provided for in the Contract Documents, then notice Ld by the observing party shall be given to the other party 0.2promptly before conditions are disturbed and in no event later —e 10 ; than 21 days after first observance of the conditions. The Arch!- .42 tect will promptly investigate such conditions and, if they differ E m materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's c cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the y Work, will recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract E `o Sum or Contract Time, or both. If the Architect determines that w e the conditions ar the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the c „ ° teen's of the Contract is justified, the Architect shall so notify the Owner and Contractor in writing, stating the reasons. I- x Claims by either party in opposition to such determination z c c must be made within 21 days after the Architect has given y u° w notice of the decision. If the Owner and Contractor cannot v `o agree on an adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, E e y the adjustment shall be referred to the Architect for initial deter- 0 0 o minarion, subject to further proceedings 'D 0 4A. P gs pursuant to Paragraph v g H 4.3.7 Claims for Additional Cost. if the Contractor wishes to m 15 — make Claim for an Increase in the Contract Sum, written notice to v y L d as provided herein shall be given before proceeding to execute ;aN :.5! the Work. Prior notice i5 not 'r—uh-cd for Clans :elwaii% w an emergency- endangering life or property arising under Para- !~ a graph 10.3. if the Contractor- believes additional cost is involved for reasons including but not limited to (1) a written interpreration from the Architect, (2) an order by the Owner to stop the Work where [he Contractor was not at fault, (3) a writ - ye ten order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Archi- tect, (4) failure of payment by the Owner, (5) termination of the Contract by the Owner, (6) Owner's suspension or (7) other r reasonable grounds, Claim shall be filed in accordance with the procedure established herein. 4.3.8 Claims for Additional Time 4.3.8.1 If the Contractor willies to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Time, written notice as provided herein shall be given. The Contractor's Claim shall include an estimate of cost and of probable effect of delay on progress of the Work. In the case of a continuing delay only One Claim is necessary. 4.3.8.2 If adverse weather conditions are.the basis for a Claim for additional time, such Claim shall be documented by data substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time and could not have been reasonably anticipated, and that weather conditions had an adverse effect on the scheduled construction 4.3.9 Injury or Damage -to Person or property, if either party to the Contract suffers injury or datnage to person or property because of an act or omission of the other party, of any of the other parry's employees or agents, or of others for whose acts such party is legally liable, written notice of such injury or damage,' whether or not insured„ shall be given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after first observance. The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other party to investigate [he matter, if a Claim for addi- tional -cost or time related to this Claim is to be asserted, it shali be filed as provided in Subparagraphs 4.3.7 or 4.3.8. 4.4 RESOLUTION OF CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 4.4.1 The Architect will review Claims and take one or more of the following preliminary actions wirhin ten days of receipt of a Claim: (1) request additional supporting data From the claimant, (2) submit a schedule to the parties indicating when the Archi- rect expects to take action, (3) reject the Claim in whole or In part, stating reasons for rejection, (4) recommend approval of the Claim by the other parry ar (5) suggest a compromise. The Architect may also, but is not obligated to, notify the surety, if any, of the nature and amount of the Claim. 4.4.2 If a Claim has been resolved, the Architect will prepare or obtain appropriate documentation. ' A-4.3 If a Claim has not been resolved, the party making the Claim shall, within ten days after the Architect's preliminary response, take one or more of tine following actions: (1) submit additional supporting' data requested by the Architect, (2) modify the initial Claim or (3) notify the Architect that the initial Claim stands. 4.4.4 If a Claim has not been resolved after consideration of the foregoing and of further evidence presented by the parties or requested by the Architect, the Architect wit] notify the parties In writing that the Architect's decision will be made within seven days, which decision shall be Final and binding on the parties but subject to arbitration. Upon expiration of such time period, the Architec: will render to rite parties the Architect's written decision relative to the Claim, including any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both. If there is a surety and the: appear; to be: a possibility of a Contractor's default, the Architect ma}, but is not obligated to, notify the -surety and request the surety's assistance in resolving. the controversv. 4.5 ARBITRATION 4.5.1 Controversies and Claims Subject to Arbitration. Any controversy or Claim arising our of or related to the. Contract, or the breach thereof, shall be settled by arbitration in accor- dance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof, except controversies or Claims relating to aesthetic effect and except those waived as provided for in Subparagraph 4.3.5. Such controversies or Claims upon which the Architect has given notice and rendered a decision as pmvided in Subparagraph 4.4.4 shall be subject to arbitration upon written demand of either party. Arbitration may be commenced when 45 days have passed after a Claim has been referred to the Architect as provided in Paragraph 4.3 and no decision has been rendered. AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION 12 A201-1987 AIA° • ©1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W. WASHINGTON, D.C. 20(ft WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. 4.5.2 Rules and Notices for Arbitration. Claims between the Owner and Contractor not resolved under Paragr2ph.4.4 shall, if subject to arbitration under Subparagraph 4.5.1, be decided by arbitration In accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association cur- rently' in effect, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise. Notice of demand for arbitration shall he filed in writing with the other parry to the Agreement between the owner and Con- tractor and with the American Arbitration Association, and a copy shall be filed with the Architect. 4.5.3 Contract Performance During Arbitration, During arbi- tration proceedings, the Owner and Contractor shall comply with Subparagraph 4.3.4, 4.5.4 When Arbitration May Be Demanded. Demand for arbi- tration of any Claim may not be made until the earlier of (1) the date on which the Architect has rendered a final written deci- sion on the Claim, (2) the tenth day after the parties have pre- sented evidence to the Architect or have been given reasonable opportunity to do so, if the Architect has not rendered a final written decision by that date, or (3) any of the five events described in Subparagraph 4.3.2. 4.5.4.1 When a written decision of the Architect states that (1) the decision is final but subject to arbitration and (2) a demand for arbitration of a Claim covered by such decision must he made within 30 days after the date on which the party making the demand receives the final written decision,, then failure to demand arbitration within said 30 days' period shall result in the Architect's decision becoming final and binding upon the Owner and Contractor. if the Architect renders a decision after arbitration proceedings have been initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence, but shall not supersede arbitration pro- ceedings unless the decision is acceptable to all parties concerned. 4.5.4.2' A demand for arbitration shall be made within the time limits specified in Subparagraphs 4.5.1 .and 4.5.4 and Clause 4.5.4.1 as applicable, and in other cases within a reasonable time after the Claim has arisen, and in no event shall it be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such Claim would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations as determined pursuant to Paragraph 13.7. 4.5.5 Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder. No arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents shall include, by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner, the Architect, the Architect's employees or consultants, except by written consent containing specific reference to the Agree- ment and signed by the Architect, Owner, Contractor and any other person or entity sought to be joined. No arbitration shall include, by consolidation or joinder or.in any other manner, parties other than the Owner, Contractor, a separate contrac- tor as described in Article G and other persons substantially involved in a common question of fact or law whose presence is required if complete relief is to be accorded in arbitration. No person or entity other than the Owner, Contractor or a separate contractor as described in Article 6 sh211 be included as an orig- inal third party or additional third party to an arbitration whose interest or responsibility is insubstantial. Consent to arbitration involving an additional person or entity shall not,consthute consent to arbitration of a dispute not described therein or with a person or entity not named or described therein. The fore- going agreement to arbitrate and other agreements to arbitrate with an additional person or entity duly consented to by parties to the Agreement shall be specifically enforceable under appli- cable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. 4.5.6 Claims and Timely Asearflon of Chards, A party who flies a notice of demand for arbitration must assert in the demand all Claims then known to that party on which arbitra• tlon is peimirted to be demanded. When a party fails to include a Claim through oversight, inadvertence Or excusable neglect, or when a Claim has matured or been acquired subsequently, the arbitrator or arbitrators may permit amendment. 4.5.7 Judgment on Final Award. The award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final, and judgment may be entered upon it- in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof; ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS 5.1 DEFINITIONS 5.1.4 A 5ubconrractor'ls a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term "Subcontractor" is referred to throughout theContr-acr Documents as if singular in number and means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcon. tractor. The term "Subcon62CtOr" does not include a separate contractor or subcontractors of a separate contractor. 5.1.2 A Sub -subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or Indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a portion of the Work at the sire. The term "Sub -subcontractor" is referred'to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Sub -subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub -subcontractor. 5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK 5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents or the bidding requirements, the Contractor, as soon as prac- ticable after award of the Contract, shall Furnish in writing to the Owner through the Architect the names of persons or enti- ties (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each, principal por- tion Of the Work. The Architect will promptly reply to the Con- tractor in writing stating whether or not the Owner or the Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity. Failure of the Owner or Architect to reply promptly shall constitute notice of no reason- able objection. 5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed per- son or entity to whom the Owner or Architect has made rea- sonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has Made reasonable objection. 5.2.3 If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner or Architect has no reasonable objection. The Contract Sum shall be increased or decreased by the difference in cost occasioned by such change and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued. However, no increase in the Contract Sum shall be allowed for such change unless the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in submitting names as required. 5.2.4 The Contractor shall not change a Subcontractor, person or entity previously selected if the Owner or Architect makes reasonable objection to such change. AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOLATEENTH EDITION AIA'& • ©1987 THE AMERICAN INSTrFUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A201-1987 13 F-31 =rm WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright lava and Is subject to legal prosecution. ss� 5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS 5.3.1 By appropriate agreement, written where legally required for validity, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be, performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Docu- ments, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities which the Contractor, by these Docu- ments, assumes toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcon- tract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights, and stall allon, to the Subcontractor, unless specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement, the_ benefit- of all - rights, remedies and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor, by the Contradt Documents, has against the Owner. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub -sub- contractors. The Contractor shall make available to each pro- posed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound, and, upon written request of the Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor terms and condi- tions of the proposed subcontract agreement which may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors shall similarly make copies ofapplicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub -subcontractors. 5.4 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS 5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner provided that: .1 assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for cause pursuant to Para- graph 14.2 and only for those subcontract agreements which the Owner accepts by notifying the Subcon- tractor in writing; and .2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety, if any, obligated under bond relating to the Contract. 5.4.2 if the Work has been suspended for more than 30 clays, the Subcontractor's compensation shall be' equitably adjusted. ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS 6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or Operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces, and to award separate contracts in connection with olher por- tioms of the Project or other construction or operations on the site under Conditions of the Contract identical or substantially similar to these including those portions related to insurance and -aiver of subrogation. If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by the Owner, the Contractor shall slake such Claim as pro_ vided else- where in the Contract Documents. 6.1.2 % hen separate contracts are awarded for different por- tions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site, the term "Contractor" in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner -Contractor Agreement. 6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for COOrdination of the activi- ties of the Owner's own forces and of each separate contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with them. The Contractor shall participate with other separate Con- tractors and the Owner in reviewing tftcir construction sched- ules when directed to do so. The Contractor shall make any revisions to the construction schedule and Contract Sum deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement. The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the Contractor, separate contractors and the Owner until subsequently revised. 6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, when the Owner performs construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces, the Owner shall be deemed to be subject to the same obligations and to have the same rights which apply to the Contractor under the Condi- tions of the Contract, including, without excluding others, those stated in Article 3, this Article 6 and ArEicles 10, 1I and 12, 6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY 6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate con- tractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage Of their materials and equipment and performance of their activi- ties and shalt connect and coilydinatc the Contractor's con- struction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents. 6.2.2 if part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution Or results upon construction or operations by the Owner or a separate contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly report to The- Architect apparent discrepancies or defects in such other construction that would render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor so to report shall constitute an acknowledgment 1112E the Owner's or sepa- rate contractors' cam plered Or partially completed construction is flit and proper to. receive the Contractor's Work, except as to defects not then reasonably discoverable. 6.2.3 Costs caused by delays or by im ro Y p patio timed activities or defective construction shall be borne by the party responsi- bie therefor. 6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damaee wrnno- fuiiv caused by the Contractor to completed or partiall} com- pleted construction or to property of the Owner or separate contractors as provided in Subparagraph 10.2.5. 6.2.5 Claims and other disputes and matters in question between the Contractor and a separate contractor shall be sub- ject to the provisions of Paragraph 4.3 provided the separate contractor has reciprocal Obligations, 6.2.6 The Owner and each separate contractor shall have the same responsibilities for cutting and patching as are described for the Contractor in Paragraph 3,14. 6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP 6.3.1 If a dispute arises among the Contractor, separate con- tractors and the Owner as to the responsibility under their respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surround- ing area free from waste materials and rubbish as described in Paragraph 3.15, the Owner may clean up and allocate the cost among thazse responsihle as the Architect determines to. be just. 14 A201-1987 AIAsDOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA ©1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OFARCHITECTS, 1735 NEVI' PORK AVENUE, MW_ WASHINGTON. D C. 2()U1K, WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and Is subject to legal prosecution. ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.1 . CHANGES 7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execu- tion of the Contract, and without invalidating the Contract, by Change Order. Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work, subject to the limitations stated in this Article " and elsen•here in the Contract Documents. 7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the OwnL%r, Contractor and Architect; a Construction Change Directive requires agreement by the Owner and Architect and may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor; an order for a minor change in the Work may be issued by the Architect alonc. 7.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under appli- cable provisions of the Contract Documents, and the Contrac- tor shall proceed promptly, unless'; otherwise provided in the Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work. 7.1.4 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon, and if quantities originally con- templated are so changed in a proposed Change Order or Con- struction Change Directive that ;application of such unit prices ur quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial inequity to the Owner or Contractor, the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted. 7.2 CHANGE ORDERS 7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner, Contractor and Architect, staling rheir agreement upon all of the fnllon ing: .1 a change in the Work; .2 the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Sum, if any; and .3 the extent of the adjustment in the Contract Time, if any. 7.2.2 %IethodS used in determining adjustments to the Contract Sum may include those listed in Subparagraph 7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES 7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a n ritwn order pre- pared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and Architect, tliFMing; a change in the Work and starting a proposed basis for :adjustment, ii' any, in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. The Owner may by Construction Change Directive ; withotit invalidating the. Contract, order changes in the Work ,;vithtn the general scope of the Contract coosisling of addi- tions, dcletit3ns or other revisions, the Contract Sum and Con tract Time heing adjusted accordingly, 7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order. 7.3.3 if the Construction Change Directive provides for an :idjuscment to the Contract Sum. the adjustment shall be based on one of the following methods: -1 mutual acceptance of a lump Sum properly itemized and Supported by sufficient substantiating data to per- mit evalualion; .2 unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or sub- sequently agreed upirn; cost 10 be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percent- age fee; or .4 as provided in Subparagraph 7.3.6. 7.3.4 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved and advise the Architect of the Contractor's agreement or disagreement with the method, if any, provided in the Construction Change Directive for determining the pro- posed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. 7.3.5 A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contrac- tor indicates the agreement of the Contractor therewith, includ- irrg adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method for determining them. Such agreement shall be effec- tive Immediateiv and shall be recorded as a Change Order. 7.3.6 If the Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum, the method and the adjustment shall be determined by the Archi- tect on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change, includ• irg, in case of an increase in the Contract Sum, a reasonable allowance for overhead -and profit. In such case, and also under Clause 7.3.3.3, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the Architect may prescribe, an tremized accounting together with appropriate supporting data. Untess otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, costs fur the purposes of this Subparagraph ?.3.6 shall be limited to the following; .1 costs of labor, including social security, old age and unemployment Insurance, fringe benefits required by agreement or custom, and workers' or workmen's compensation insurance; .2 costs of materials, supplies and equipment, includ- ing Cost of transportation, whether incorporated or Consumed; .3 rental costs of machinery and equipment, exclusive of hand tools, whether rented from the Contractor or others; .4 costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance, permit fees, and sales, use or similar ta-ees'frclated to the Work; and .5 additional costs of supervision and Field office person- nel directly attributable to the change. 7.3.7 Pending final determination of cost to the Owner, amounts not in dispute map be included in Applications for Payment, The amount trf credit to be allowed by the Contrac- tor to the Owner for:t deletion or change which results in a net decrease in the .Contract Sum shall he actual net cost as con- firmed by the Architect. When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net increase, if any, with respect to that change. 7.3.8 If the Owner and Contractor do not agree with the adjustment in Contract Time or the method for determining it, the adjustment or the method shall be referred to the Architect for determination. 7.3.9 When the Owner and Contractor :agree with the deter- mination made by the ArChiteL't concerning; the adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time, or othcrwise reach agree - mem upon the adjustments, such agreement shall he effective immediately and shall be recorded by preparation and execu- tion of an appropriate Change Order. AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL Ct)tiDITIONs OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA! - ��;) 198- THE AMERICAN INSTrrt"I-E OF ARCHITECTS. 1.35 NEW PORK AVENUE. NW.. WASHINGTON. D.C. _11om A201-1987 15 r`� r - E @ S N '=r°nm ZL N O iv c ? n a CX 5,0 0 cCD 0 n N C m o O O N z '^ o 3E01 W(D3 0 CL o 9 S 7 5 0 m �3 N N a� CD3c '0-0 N a c n 0 0 7 k -A A n n 7 N N = m m o n C, o 0 0 -0 X 'C 0 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution- U t _m '; a w C 0 C P 0 d � o-c - L -- Q a x 4) c 0 C 0 U 0 01 0 � Eiz U — C N U, •• c E `o c°1i o c c m o v �C 0m2 Ee,E cc &t- w ti 2 c a, o ao$' Ecr- N 0 0 '2 c 2 O r H Lu t N t " L N d A A WPM& 7.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.4.1 The Architect will have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment in the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the Intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes shall be effected by written order and shall be binding on the Owner and Contractor. The Contractor shall carry out such written orders promptly. ARTICLE 6 TIME 8.1- DEFINIT-IONS - 8,1.1 Unless otherwise provided, Contract Time is the period of time, including authorized adjustments, allotted in the Con- tract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work. 8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in the Agreement. The date shall not be postponed by the failure to act of the Contractor or Of persons or entities for whom the Contractor is responsible. 8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance with Paragraph 9.8. 8.1.4 The term "day" as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined. 8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION 8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. By executing the Agreement the Con- tractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work. 8.2.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly, except by agree- menr or insrruction taf the Owner in writing, prematurely com- mence operations on the site or elsewhere prior to the effective date of insurance required by Article l I to be furnished by the Contractor. The date of commencemenr of the Work shall not be changed by the effective date of such Insurance, Unless the date of commencement is established by a n0lice to proceed given by the Owner, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in nailing not less than five days or other agreed period before commencing the Work to permit the timely tiling of mortgages, mechanic's liensand otlict security interests. 8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with ade- quate forces and shall grhi-� L.Vr11PXLIUn within the Contract Time. 8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME 8.3.1 1F the Con iracroris delaved at an time in progress of the Work by an act or neglect of the Owner or Architect, or of an employee of either, or of a separate contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor dixpules, fire, unusual delay in deliveries, unavoidable casualties or other causes beyond the. Contractor's control, or by delay authorized by the Owner pending arbitration, or by Other causes which the Architect determines may justify delay, then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Architect may determine. 8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of Paragraph 4..3. 9.3.3 This Paragraph 8.3 dues not preclude recovery of dam- agus for delay by either parry under other provisions of the Conimet Documents. ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9.1 CONTRACT SUM 9.1.1 The Contract Sum is slated in the Agreement and, includ- ing authorized adIustments, is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under . the Contract Documents, 9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 9.2.1 Before the first Application for Payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect a schedule of values allocated to various portions of the Work, prepared in such form -and su�- ported by such dais to substantiate Its accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule, unless objected to by the Archirect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractors Applica- tions for Payment. 9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 9.3.1 At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment,'the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment for operations completed in accordance with the schedule Of values. Such application shall be notarized, if required, and supported by such data substantiating. the Contractor's right to payment as the Owner or Architect may require, such as copies of requisitions from Subcontractors and material suppliers, and reflecting retainage if provided for elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 9.3.1.1 Such'applications may include requests for payment an -account of changes in the Work which have been properly authorized by Construction Change Directives but not vel included in Change Orders, 9.3.1.2 Such applications may not include requests for pav- ment of amuunrs the Contractor does not intend to pay to a Subcontractor or material supplier because of a dispute or other reason_ 9.3.2 Unless Otherwise provided in ihv Contract Documents, payments shall be made on account 0fma[erials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site F;rr subsequent incor- ved in advance by the Owner, potation in the Work, If appro payment may similarly be made for materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a lucaliun agreed upon in writing, Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned upon et�mpliance by the Contractor with p r`-'eedur ; 5stiafatton to the Owner to establish the Owner's title to such materials and equipment Or oihenvisc protect the Owner's interest, and Shall include applicable insurance, storage and transportation to the sire for such materials and equipment stored off the site. 9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title ttr all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment. The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Applicatlon for Pavntent all Work for which Certificates for pa}rment have been prevlously issued and payments received frnm the Owrter shpH, it) the best of the Contractor's knowledge, information and belief, he free and clear of hens, claims, security interests or encumbrances in favor of the Contractor, Subcontractors, material suppliers, or other persons or entities making .a claim by reason of having provided labor, materials and equipment relating to the %vo rk, 9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT 9.4.1 The Architect will, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, either issue to the 16 A201-1987 ALA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL. CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION AIAe • ©198: THE AeIERICAN INSTrruTE OFARCHITECTS, 1715 NFW PORK AVENUE, N W'„ WASHINGTON, D.C. 20111Ki WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and Is subJect to legal prosecution. Owner a Certificate for Payment, with a copy to the Contrac. tor, for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due, or notify the Contract6r and Owner in writing of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in whole or in part as provided in Subparagraph 9.5.1, 9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate far Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect to the On•ner, based on the Architect's observations at the site and the data comprising the Application for Payment, that the Work has progressed to the point indicated and that, to the best of the Architect's knowl- edge, information and belief, quality of the Work is in accor- dance with the Contract documents, The foregoing representa- tions are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion, to results of subsequent tests and inspections, to minor deviations from the Contract Documents correctable prior to completion and to specific qualifications expressed by the Architect. The issuance of a Cenificate for Payment will further constitute a representation that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. However, the issuance of a Certificate for Pay- ment mill not be a representation that the Architect has (I) made exhaustive or continuous ort.site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the. Work, (2) reviewed construction means, methods. techniques, sequences or procedures. (3) reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors and material suppliers and other data requested by the Owner to substanriatc the Contractor's tight Ito payment or (-4) made examination to ascertain hove- or for what purpose the Contrac- Ior has used money prcviousI paid on account of the Contract Sum. 9.5 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION 9.5.1 The Architect may decide mm Io certif" payment and may ithhtfld a Certificate for Payment in wh(rle ore in part. to the extent reasonably necessan' to protect the Owner, if in the Architect's opinion the representations to [he Owrier required h}• Subparagraph 9_4.2 cannot hie remade. If the Architect is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application, the Architect will notify the Cori mor a or and Ownes provided in Subparagraph 9.�1.1. .If the Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a revised amount, the Architect ovill prtrmpily issue a Certificwc for P:nmen[ for the amount for which the Architect is able t(r make such representations to the Owner. The Archi- tect may aiso decide not to certify payment or. because of subsequently discovered cvidencc ear subsequent otrsery ttlnns- may nullify the whale or a part trf a Ccrtiflcttte for Payment previously issued, to such extent as may he necessary in the Architect's opinion to protect the Owner from loss because of: .1 defective Work not remedied: .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicat- ing probable filing of such claims; .3 failure of the Contractor to make payments prop- erh• to Subcontractors or for labor, materials or equipment; .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be com- pleted for the unpaid balance Of the Contract Sum; .5 damage to the Owner or•another contractor; .6 reasonable evidence that the work will n6t be com- plcied within [lie Contract Tune, :md that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to COver actual or liquidated damages for the anticiprrted delay; or .7 persistent failure to earn• out the Work- in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.5.2 When the above reasons for withholding certification are removed, certification will be made for amounts previously withheld. 9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS 9.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documents, and shall so norifv the Architect. 9.6.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcontractor, upon receipt of payment from the Owner, out of the amount paid to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's por- tion of the Work, the amount to which said Subcontractor is entitled, reflecting percentages actually retained from payments to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion Of the Work. The Contractor shall, by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, require each Subcontractor to make payments to Sub -subcontractors in similar manner. 9.6.3 The Architect mill, on request, furnish to a Subcontrac- tor, if practicable, information regarding percentages of com- pletion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and action taken thereon by the Architect and Owner on account of por- tions of the Work done by such Subcontractor. 9.6.4 Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay or to see to the payment of money to a Subcontractor except as may otherwise be required by law. 9.6.5 Pa},ment to material suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided in Subparagraphs 9.6.2, 9.6.3 and 9.6.4. 9.6.6 A Certifcte for Payment, a progress payment, or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT 9.7.1 If the Architect drat', not issue a Certificate for Payment, through no fault of the Contractor, within seven dav', after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within seven days after the date established in the Contract DocurtiLms the amount cer- tified by the Architect or awarded by arbitration? then the Con- tractor mav, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and Architect, stop the Work •until payment of the amount owing has heen received. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractors reasonahle casts ❑f Shur -down; delay, and start-up, n•hich shall be accomplisbed as provided in Article 9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 9.8.1 -Substantial Compie tion is the gage-ih the progress erf the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof is suffi- ciently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so tine Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. 9.8.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work, or a por. titan thereof which the Owner agrees to accept separately, is substantially complete. the Contractor shall prepare anti submit to the Architect a comprehensive list of items 10 he completed Or corrected. The Contractor shall proceed promptly to com- plete and correct items on the list. failure to Include an item on such list does not alter the responsibililt• Or the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract EXWU- ments. Upon receipt of the Contractor's list, the Architect will make an inspection to determine whether the Work or desig- AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRICTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA` • 5- I9H-THE.4,%IFRICAN INSTITI'TE OFARCIIITECTS. I'35 NEVC i'ORK A\'ENL'E. N.W., WASHINGTON. D.C. _0(10(, A201-1987 17 ❑ S 07 xmm "a6 5_a eta 0,aa 6,0 ❑ NN C N O m 0 0 � 7 N p � 1 �m m pa � � N CL fD3c � � N cap a. o 5 O 7 m m v a o' WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. _ m �a � o o -o� a� o— Ya �a o U c = c N O t� Q a x v c o c O c a yaa c E LS r. N A N m o "D °i o o m= Earn A�� H =' 2 c —` f07 w c E co U) 0 4) (� C 02 '0v� 1? a-2 m o m Vr Yam_ N Lu L U) t t N nated portion thereof .is substantially complete. If the Architect's inspection discloses any item, whether or not included on the Contractor's list, which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Con trac- loi shall, before issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Com- pledon, complete or correct such item upon notification by the Architect. The Contractor shall then submit a request for another inspection by the Architect to determine Substantial Completion. When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Architect will prepare a Certificate Of 5ubstantial Completion which shall establish the date of Sub- stantial Completion, - shall establish responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and shall fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all items an the list accompanying the Cerdficate: Warranties required by the Con- tract Documents shall commence on the dare of Substantial Completion of the Work Or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Comple- tion. The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be sub- mitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written accep- tance of responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate. 9.5.3 Upon Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion Thereof and upon application by the Contractor and cerrification by the Architect, the Owner shall make payment, reflecting ndjustmentin retainage, if any, for such Work or por- tion thereof as provided in the Contract Documents. 9.9 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE 9.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or par. WHY completed portion of the Work at any stage when such portion is designated by separate agreement with the Contrac- tor, provided such occupancy or use is consented To by the insurer as required under Subparagraph l 1.3.1 I and authofi ccl by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Work. Such partial Occupancy or use may commence whether or not The portion is subsiantiailv complete, provided the Owner and Contractor have accepted in writing the responsibilities aksigned to each of them for payments, retaina,ge if any, secu- rity. maintenance, heat, utilities, damage ui the Work and insur- ance, and have agreed in writing concerning the period for cor- rection of the Work and commencement of w2rrar1tie5 required by the Contract Documents. When the Contr--cTor considers a portion substandalliv complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a Iist lo) the Architect as provided under Subparagraph 9.191.2. Con sen['nf rhr crintractor pancy or use shall •not be unreasonably withheld, The stage -Of the progress of the Work shall be determined by written agree- ment between the Owner and Con[rac[or or, if no agreement is reached, by decision of the Architect. 9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial ❑ccupanc} or use, the Owner. Contractor and Architect shall jointly inspect the area to he occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to. determine and record the condition of the Work. 9.9.3 t'nless otherwise agreed upon, partial .occupancy o .r use Of a portion or pnnions of the Work shall not consti[ute accep- tance Of Work not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. such inspection and, when the Architect finds the Work accept. able under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully per- formed, the Architect will promptly issue a Boat Certificate for Payment stating that To the hest of Lilt Architect's knowledge, information and belief, and on the basis of the Architect's observations and inspections, the Work has been completed in accordance with terms and, conditions of the Contract Docu- ments and that the entire balance found to be due the Contrac- tor and noted in said final Certificate is due and payable. The Architect's final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further representation that conditions Iisted in Subparagraph 9,102 as precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to final payment have been fulfilled. 9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits to the Architect (1 ) an affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property might be responsible or encumbered (less amounts withheld by Owner) have been paid or otherwise satisfied, (2) a Certificate evidenc- ing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been givers to the Owner, (3) a written statement that the Contractor knows of no substantial reason that the insurance sill not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract Documents, (4) consent of surety, if any, to final payment and (5). if required by the Owner, other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations, such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contractt to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the Owner. It' a 5ubcon- tractor refuses to furnish a release or v.,aiver required by the Owner, The Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactorv, to the Owner to indemnify the Ou•ner against such lien. If such lien remains unsatisfied after payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money thal the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien, including, all costs and reasonable attorneys' fees. a 9.10.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final com- pletion thereof is materially delayed thn)ugh rin fault of the Contractor or b►' issuance of Change Orders affecting final completion, and the Architect so conrirrns, the Ovvner shall. upon application by the Contractor ;ar}rt ccrEf-Icatinn by the Architect, and without terminating the Contract, stake payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. if the remaining balance for Work nor fully com- pleted or corrected is less than rezainage stipulated in the Con - Eric' Documents. and if bonds have been fumished, the written consent of surery to payment of the balance due For that por- tion of the Work full}' completed and accepted shatl be submit- ted by the Contractor to the Architect Prior to certification of such payment. Such payment shall he made under terms and conditions governing final payment. except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims- The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver e)f claims by the Owner as provided In Sub- paragraph 4.3.5. 9.10.4 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor, a Suh- 9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT contractor or material supplier shall constitute a waiycr tlf claims by that payee except those preyiouslr made in n.riting 9.10.1 Upon recelpc of written notice that the Work is ready and Identified by that payee as unsettled ar the lime of final for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a fsnrl Application for Payment. Such waivers shall he in addition to Application for Payment, the Architect will promptir make the waiver desrrihetl in Suhparagraph A-3,5. 18 A201-1987 AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRICTION - FOI-RTEENTH EDITION AIA'- - l? 198' THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OFARCHITECI.'S. 1-35 NEW YORK A\VENUE. N.W_ \Y"ASHINGTON. D C-?pppt, WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and Is subject to legal prosecution. ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS 10.1:1 The Contractor shrill he responsible. for initiating, main- taining and supervising all safer precautions and programs in connection 'With the performance of the Contract. 10.1.2 1n the event the Contractor encounters on the site material reasonably helieyed to he :LSbestos or polychlorinated hiphenyl (PCB) which has not been rendered harmless, the Contracn)r shall Immediateh• stop Work in the area affected and report the condition n the 0%-Iier and Architect in writing. The Work in the affected area shall not thereafter be resumed cxct-(rt by writIe:n agrecmenI of the Owner and C.ontracrOr if in rkl the nl.achal is ashestos or palvChlorina[ed biphenyl (PCB) Ind has not heen rendered harmless. the ULOrk in the dfiected area shall be resumed in the absence of asbestos or polrchlori- m fired. hiphenyi WCB). or when it has been rendered harmless, by written agreement of the Owner and .Contractor, or in ;Iccordanee wirh final determination by the Architect on which arbitration has not heen demanded, 'or by arbitration under Article -4. 10.1.3 The CI Intraclor shall not he required pursuant to Article to pertorm 'kyithnu( Consent any Work relating to asbestos or poh•chlorin(1[ed hihhenvi 10.1.4 To the fullest extent permitted by ias►-, File Owner Shall uldcn111d%- And hold harnil6is the Collin Architect, Archi- tect's Consul [ants :tnd agents and empkivees of any of them Iron anti Jpj linst cl:limti, damages. IONSC'y and expes3scS, includ- ing but not IiinILed to :tl[ornc)',S' fens, arising (tut Of or resulting fn mt lit! rfiarni:u1cc or the 1X'ork in the itffecIed are:[ if in fact the Inalcri:d is ashctiun or poh•chlorinaicd hiphowl (PCB) and has not heen rendered 1%,rnnless, prtlyicicLl that such claim. damage, I(1ss or cx}nnse is it11ributab le ter bodily injury, sickness, disease or LlUlh. Or to injun• to or dCsJFuctit:n of tangible property Jollier than [heWork i[ticlfa including IONS of use resulting there faIn1. ISLII only to 111c cx[etlt caused in W11cI]e or in par[ by negligcni act~ or omissions of tile Un nor. anyone directh• or indircclly elnplo yed by the 0,wrier or ;ulyone for whose acts the: O net may he liable. regardless of ""lluthcr or not such cl:tinl. claniajte. lass or cxpcllst is caused in (ran by a parry incienlnifiLld hereunder, Such obligation shall not he construed (0 negate. ahridgc. or reduce other rights or [obligations of it1det1lIIIIV'ylll('11 W MI[d 01herR'Itie exlyt aS I a parts' for person descrihcd in Iltis Stthparagraph l(i, l .-r. 10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.2.1 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safely of, and %hall provide rc:Lsonable protection to prevent damage. injury or loss to: .1 employees on the Work and (ether persons who may be-111-Ccled therchy; .2 tilt 11 ork :md mat ri;lk anti tyuipnlcnt to hG incoq" r:uccl therein. lehethcr in stOrtgc on (muff the site, under C:trc, cuSTOLIV or et)IJtrol r1f the COnrrac'tOr or the Collmwtor•s Subcorttraciurs srr.SLlh:suhcontrac stirs; ;Intl 3 tither prolpcn7' a[ the site or adjacent thereto. sorb is trco:s. shruhs. lawns. n•alks. paycments. road��ays, xtrLICRIVes and ulilitiCS not designawd for. rcmtn"al, relo- r:liinn tar replacement in the 041 Pie of cuns[rucion. 10.2.2 The Contractor shall give notices and comply with applicable laws, Ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful (orders of public authorities bearing on safety of persons or property of their protection from damage, injury or loss. 10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and performance of the Contract. Feastm- ahle safeguards for safety and Protection. including posting danger signs and other warnings against h:trards, promulgating safety regulations and notiN-ing owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities. 10.2.4 When use or storage of explosiVes or other hazardous materials or equipment or unusual methods are necessury for execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel. 10.2.8 The Contractor shall prOmplly remedy tarnage and loss (other than damage or loss insured under prtoperly insurance required by the Contract Documents) to proper[}• referred ro in Clauses 1011.2 and 1 C}?.l .i caused in whole or in par[ by the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a -Sub-subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectIv employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose aces they may he liable and for which the C c*)nIracIor is responsible under Clauses 102.1 ? and io.2,1. i, except damage or lass arldbutahle to acts or omJ.sslons of the Owner or Architect or anyone directly or indirecth• employed by uiIher of tho em, or by anyne fur n hOStiC acts cif ht_r of Ihurn mac he liable. and noI ;utributable to the fault or negligence of the Ccontractor, The foregoing 0hrJ1gations of the Conrrac•tor are in addition i() the Contractors obligations under paragraph i.18. 10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of 'tic Contractor's orFanivation ar the sire �► hose dun sltali he the prevention of accidents. This -person shall he the Contractor's superintendent unless O[herwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and Architect. 10.2.7 The Contractor shall not load or permit in)- part of the construction or site to he loaded so as to endanger its safety. 10.3 EMERGENCIES 10.3.1 In an crrlergency affecting safe()• of peFSOF)s or prtapen� , the Contractor shall act. at the Contractor's discrerion, it) pre- vent threatened damage. in)ur• or loss. Additional ccompena• Iit; n or extension o r I i m c claimetf lay the Con tractor on account of an emergency shall he drtcrmined as proyidcd in Paragnlph -I.3 and Article ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS 11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a cortl,pany or companies lawhilly authorized lu der huffiness in the jurisdiction in which the Projec[ is located such insursutcc as will prorect the Contractor from claims tie[ forth helon' which may arise out of or result from the C(ontraClor-'s Operations under the Contract and for which the Con Iracuor maywhe IcgalIv liable. whether such operations 1)e by the Con[rarr or by a SubconIrac[nr or lay anyone directh• or Indirectly employed by any of Ihem, or by in% -one for wlit' )se acts any of IInem Inay he liable: .1 claims under workers' or workmen's compensation, disability henefir and other zimilar employer laenefit acts which are applicable to the Work to he pcif(rnned: AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL C[]Nf71Tl0NS OF THE C AIA-' ONTRACT FOR CONSTRICTION • F0I'RTEENTI-1 EDITION • `b 19R- THE A,MERICAN INSTITUTE OFARCHITECTS. 1-35 NEW 1'ORh AVENUE. N V[' • WASHINGTON. D C. 200w, A201-1987 19 vo ts� 4 a W N 7 � 7 N mMW a7 N [] Iv a ^aa t0A r- ro o ro o a+� a 2 o =q C y 6t � Q. m a > > o ID o 3 N 7 N aK .o 3 c _N CL M c:a� 0 P m a X D ci 7 N M = m m o c 0 0 0 0 vx K C � o m V � N o m 5d w k' WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and Is subject to legal prosecution. L U a a x Y w c 0 oho G C a N N C = Ca C E `o as'i w c c m c b1 v 0 oM E m E �. O " c z c - y 02 — O � 61 Ea N C 0 0 0 �v2 ac2 '.2 Z; m 'o c yWMe H�tA .2 claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupa- tional sickness or disease, or death of the ContrartOr`s employees; .3 claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than the Can - tractor 9 emplovees; .4 claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage which are sustained (1) by a person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to cmpio►•ment of such person by the Contractor, or (2) by another person; .5 claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible prop- erty. including loss of use resulting thcrefrorm; .6 claims for damages because of bodily injury, death of a person or property damage arising out of owner- ship, maintenance or use of a motor vehicle; and .7 claims involving contractual liability insurance appli- cable to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph i.18. 11.13 The insurance required by Subparagraph I I.1, I shall be written for not less than limits of liability specified in the Con- tract Documents or required by Ftw, whichever coverage is greater. Coverages. whether written on an occurrence or claim~ -made basis, shall be mainlained withOUE interruption ftom date of commencement of the Work until date of final payment and termination of any coverage, required to be main- tained after final payment. 11.1.3 Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the owner prior to commencement of the Work. These Certificates and the insurance policies required by this. Paragraph 11.1 shall contain a provision that coverages atforded under the policies will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given [ti the Owner, If any of the foregoing insurance coverages are required To remain in force after final payment and are r=- on - ably available, an additional certificate evidencing continuation of such coverage shall be submitted with ncc final Application for Payment m,5 required by Subparagraph 9.10.2. Information concerning reduction of coverage shall be furnished by the Contractor with reasonable promptness in accordance with the Contractor's information and belief. 11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.2.1 The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining the Owner's usual liability insurance. Optionally, the Owner may purchase and maintain other insurance for self- protection against claims which may arise from operations under The Contract. The Contractor shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining this optional Owner's liability insurance unless specifically required by the Contract Documents- 11.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE 11.3.1 Unless otherwise provided. the Owner shall purchase .Ind maintain, in a company or companies lawfully authorrized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is loo zed, property insurance in the amount of the initial Con- tract sum ac '-"ell I; suhsequent modifications thereto for the entire Work at the site on a replacement cos basis without vol- untary deductibles. Such proper}' insurance shall be main- tained, unless oth—ist- provided in the Contract Documents or otherwise tigrceti in writing by all pemiris and entities who arc heneliciaries of such insurance, until final payment has been made ;is provided in Paragraph 9 I t1 or until no person or entity other than the Owner has an insurable interest in the property required by this Paragraph 11.3 to be covered, whichever is earlier. This insurance shall include interests of the Owner, the Contractor. Subcontractors and Sub -subcontractors in the Work. 11.3.1.1 Property insuraiice shall be on an all-risk policy form and shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage and physical loss or damage including, without duplication of coverage, theft, vandalism, malicious mischief, collapse, faise- work, temporary buildings and debris removal including demolition occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal requirements, and shall cover reasonable compensation for 'Architect's services and expenses required as a result of such insured loss. Coverage for other perils shall not be regtdred unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 11.3.1.2 If the Owner does nor intend to purchase such prop- erty insurance required by the Contract and with all of the coverages in the amount described above, the Owner shall so inform the Contractor in writing prior to commencement of the Work. The Contractor may then effect insurance which will protect the interesis-of the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub - subcontractors in the Work, and by appropriate Change Order the cost thereof shall be charged I(' the Owner. if the Con Erac- tax is damaged 1iy The failure or neglect of the Owner to pur- chase or maintain insurance as described above, without so notifying the Contractor, I h c n the Owner ~hall bear all reason - able.costs properl►• -attributable thereto, 11.3.1.3 1f the property insurance requires minimum deducti- bles and such deductibles are identified in the Contracr Docu- ments, the Contractor shall pav costs not covered because of such deducIlbles. If the Owner or insurer increases the required minimum deductibles above the amounts sir identified or if the Owner elects to purchase this insurance with voluntary deduc- tible amounts, the Owner shall be responsible for payment of the additional costs not co►•cred because of such increased or voluntary deductibles. If deductibles are not identified In the Contract Documents, the Owner shall pay costs not covered because of deductibles, 11.3.1.4 Unless otherwise prii,vided in the Contract Docu- ments, this property insur nce shall cover portions cif the Work stored off the site after written approval of the Owner at the value established In the approval, and also pcxlions of Ehe Work in transit. 11.3.2 Boiler and Machinery Insurance. The Owner shall burlier and machinery insurance required by' [he Contract Documents or h%- law, which shall specificaliv carver such insured ohjecrs during inst.tllWittn and until final acceptance by the Owner; this insurance shall include interests of the Owner. Contractor. SLOCirntractalrK and Sub - subcontractors in the Work, and the Owner and Contractor shall he marled insureds. 11.3.3 Lass of Use Insurance, The Owner, at the Owner s option, may purchase and maintain such insurance as will insure the Owner against loss of use of the Owner's prurpeny due to fire or inhcr hazard~, However caused. The .Owner waives all rights of action against the C:onlrrctor For Itiss of use of the Owner's property, including consequential losses due to fire or other hraarda htrwe►'cr'caused, 11.3.4 If the Contractor requests in writing that insurance for risks other than Those described herein or for either special haz- ards be included in the property insurance policy, the Owner Shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the' cost thereof shall he charged to the C:ontrictor by appropriate Change O rder. AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION 20 A201-1987 AIA* - ©19R7 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE. N.W.. WASHINGTON. D.C. 2ornx, WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and Is subject to legal prosecution. 11.3.5 If during the Project construction period the Owner insures properties, real or personal or both, adjoining or adja- cent to the site by property insurance under policies separate from those insuring the Project, or if after final payment prog- eny insurance is to be provided on the completed Prajeet through a policy or policies other than those insuring the Proj- ect during the construction period, the Owner shall waive all rights in accordance with the terms of Subparagraph 11.3.7 for damages caused by fire or other perils covered by this separate property insurance. All separate policies shall provide this waiver of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. 11.3.6 Before an exposure to loss may occur, the Owner shall file with -the Contractor a copy of each policy that includes insurance coverages required by this Paragraph 11.3. Each policy shall contain ail generally applicable conditions; defini- tions. exclusions and endorsements related to this Project. Each policy shall contain a provision that the policy will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior writ- ten notice has been given to the Contractor. 11.3.7 Waivers of Subrogation. The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against (1) each other and any of their subcon- tractors, sub -subcontractors, agents and cmpiovices, each of the other. and (2) the Architect, Architect's consultants, separate contractors described in Article 6, if any, and any of their sub- contractors. sub -subcontractors, agents and emplavees, for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to this Paragraph 11.3 or other property insurance applicable to the Work, except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as fiduciary. The Owner or Contractor, as appropriate, shall require of the Archirect, Architect's consultants, separate contractors described in Article 6, if any, and the subcontrac- tors, sub -subcontractors, agents and emplovices of any of them, by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, similar waivers each in favor of other parties enum- erated herein. The policies shall provide such waivers of subro- gation by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver of subrogation shall be effective 25 to a person Or entity even though that per- son Or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification, contractual or otherwise, did not pay the insurance premium directly, or indirectly, and whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the property damaged. 11.3.8 A loss insured under Owner's property insurance shall be adjusted by the Owner as fiduciary and made payable to the Owner as fiducian, for the insureds, .as their interests may appear, subject to requirements of any, applicable mortgagee clause and of Subparagraph l 1.3.10. The Contractor shall pay Subcontractors their just shares of insurance proceeds received by [he Contractor• and by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, shall require Subcontractors to make payments to their Sub -subcontractors in similar manner. 11.3.9 If required in writing by a party in interest. the Owner as fiducian•'shall, upon occurrence of an insured loss, give bond for proper performance of the Owner's duties. The cost of required bonds shall be charged against proceeds received as fiduciary. The Owner shall deposii in a separate account pro. reeds so received, which the Owner shall distribute in accor- dance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or in accordance with an arbitration award in which case the procedure shall be as provided in Paragraph 4.5. If after such loss no other special agreement is made, replacement of dam- aged property shall be covered by appropriate Change Order. 11.3.10 The Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle a loss with insurers unless One of the parties in interest shall object in writing within five days after occurrence of loss to the Owner's exercise of this power; if such Objection be made, arbitrators shall be chosen as provided in Paragraph -i.5. The Owner as fiduciary shall, in that case, make settlement with insurers in accordance with directions of such arbitrators. If distribution of insurance proceeds by arbitration is required. the arbitrators will direct such distribution. 11.3.11 Partial.Occupancy or use in accordance with Paragraph 9-9 shall no[ commence until. the insurance company ❑r com- panies providing property insurance have consented to such partial occupancy or use by endorsement or otherwise. The Owner and the Contractor shall take reasonable steps to obtain consent of the insurance company or companies and shall, without mutual written consent, take no action with respect to Partial occupancy or use that would cause cancellation, Iapse Or reduction of insurance. 11.4 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 11.4.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the Contrac- [or to furnish bonds covering faithful performance of the Con- tract and payment of obligations arising thereunder as stipu- lated in bidding requirments or specifically required in the Contract Documents on the date of execution of the Contract. 11.4.2 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary Of bonds covering payment of obliga- tions arising under the Contract, the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall permit a copy to be made. ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 12.1 UNCOVERING OF WORT( 12.1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Architect's request Or to requirements specifical v expressed in the Contract Documents, it must• if required in Writing by the Architect, be uncovered for the Architect's observation and be replaced at the Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Time. 12.1.2 If .1 portion of the Work has been covcred which the Architect has riot specilcally icquested to observe prior ti its being covered, the Architect tnav request to sce such Work and it shall be tincovcred by the Conimctur. If such Work is in accordance with'the Contract Documents, costs of uncover- ing and replacement shall, by appropriate Change Order, be charged to the Owner. If such Work is no' in accordance with [he Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay such costs unless the condition was caused by the Owner or a separate contractor in which event the Owner shrill be responsible for payment of such costs. 12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK 12.2.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Architect or failing to conform it) the requirements of the Contract Documents, whether Obser•cd before or after Subs[anthil Completion and whether or not fr,hricated, installed or completed. The Comractor shall bear rusts of correcting .such rejected Work. including additional testing and inspec- tions and compensaJ0n for the Architect'..; services and expenses made necessary rhereby, 12.2.2 If, within one year after the date of Substantial Comple- tion of the Work or designated portion thereof, or;lfter the date AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION AIAQ: - C: 198- THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1-35 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON. D.C. 20w6 A201-1987 21 =.W ;3 7 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal Prosecution. 0 .be a 0 0 c 0 i 0 W C d �2 a, — a a x :Ede 0 C C v 0 C 2E� N W C c d 0 °mo 0C 0 m.2 E d 10 ca c o () y C Z c . moo E�� to o 0 0,00 '2 c 2 W N mid yWt hr m L N .� for commencement of warranties established under Sub- paragraph 9.9.1, or by terns of an applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of written notice from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a written accep- tance of such condition. -This period of one year shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first performed after Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substan- tial Completion and the actual performance of the Work. This obligation under this Subparagraph I2.2.2 shall survive ace' tance of the Work under the Contract and termination of the Contract. The Owner shall give such notice promptly after dis- covery of tht- rendition. 12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work which are: not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the Contractor nor accepted by the Owner. 12.2.4 If the Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time, the Owner may correct it in accor- dance with Paragraph 2.4. If the Contractor does not proceed with correcrion•of such nonconforming Work within a reason- able time fixed by written notice from the Architect, the Owner may remove it and store the salvable materials or equipment at the Contractor s expense. It' the Contractor does not pay costs of such removal and storage within ten days after written notice, the Owner may upon ten additional days' written notice sell such materials and equipment at auction or at private sale and shall account for the proceeds thereof, after deducting costs and damages that should have been borne by the Con- tractor, including compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby. if such proceeds of sale do not cover costs which the Contractor should have home, the Contract Sum shall be reduced by the deficiency. If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amount, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. 12.2.5 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction, whether completed or partially completed, of the Owner or separate contractors caused by the Contractor's correction or removal of Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Con- tract Documents. 12.2.6 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 12.2 shall be con- strued to establish a period of - limitation with respect to other obligations which the Contractor might have under the Con- tract Documents. Establishment of the time period of one year as described in Subparagraph 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work, and has no relationship to :he time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Contractor's liability with respect to the Con- tractor's obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. 12.3 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK 12.3.1 If the Owner prefers to accept Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and cor- rection, in which case the Contract Sum will he reduced as appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be. effected whether or not final payment has been made. ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 13.1 GOVERNING LAW 13.1.1 The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located. 13.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS 13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind them- selves, their partners, successors, assigns and legal representa- tives to the other party hereto and to partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives of such other party in respect to covenants, agreements and obligations contained in Ihr con. tract Documents. Neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of the other. if either parry attempts to make such an assignment without such consent, that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract. 13.3 WRITTEN NOTICE 13.3.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or a member of the firm or endiv'or to an officer of the corporation for which it was intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified •••�• ... the ,.5..,,,s,,,css add,eas kuuwn to the party giving notice. 13.4 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES 13.4.1 buries and obligations imposed by the Contract Docu- ments and rights'and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. 13.4.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, Architect or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract, nor shall such action or Failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder, except as may be specifically agreed in writing. 13.5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 13.5.1 Tests, inspections and approvals of nnrrinnc of the Work required by the Contract Documents or by laws, ordi- nances, rules, regulations or orders of public authorities having .jurisdiction shall be made at an annrnr rintP rinse L,nless Gth__ wise provided, the Contractor shallrmake arrangements for such tests„ inspections and approvals with an independent test- ing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner, or with the appropriate public authority, and shall bear all related costs of tests, inspections and approvals. The Contractor shall give the Architect time]• notice of when and where tests and inspec- tions are to be made so the Architect may observe such proce- dures. The Owner shall bear costs of tests, inspections or approvals which do not become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded. 13.5.2 If the Architect, Owner or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require addi- tional testing, inspection or approval not included under Sub- paragraph 13.5.1, the Architect will, upon written authorization from the Owner, instruct the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing, inspection or approval by an entity acceptable to the Owner• and the Contractor shall give timely notice to -the Architect of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so the Architect may observe such procedures. 22 A201-1987 AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION AIAO • © 19H7 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OFARCHITECTS; 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W'., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and Is subject to legal prosecution. The Owner shall bear such costs except as provided in Sub- paragraph 13.5.3. 13.5.3 if such procedures for testing, inspection or approval - under Subparagraphs 13.5.1 and 13.5,2 reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall bear all costs made necessary by such failure including those of repeated procedures and campeosation for the Architect's services and expenses. 13.5.4 Required certificates of testing; inspection or approval shall, unless Otherwise required by the Contract Documents, be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Architect. 13.5.5 If the Architect is to observe tests, inspections or approvals required by the Contraer Documents, the •Architect will do so promptly and, where practicable, at the normal place of testing. 13.5.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Con- tract Documents shall be made promptly to avoid unreasonable delay in the Work. 13.6 INTEREST 13.6.1 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Docu- ments shall bear interest from the date paymem is due at such rate as the parties may agree upon in writing or, in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevaiIing from time to time at the place where the Project is located. 13.7 COMMENCEMENT OF STATUTORY LIMITATION PERIOD 13.7.1 -As between the Owner and Contractor: .1 Before Substantial Completion. As to acts or failures to act occurring prior to the relevant date of Substan- tial Completion -any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of anion shall be, deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than such date of Substantial Completion; .2 Between Substantial Completion and Final Certifi- cate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occur- ring subsequent to the relevant date of Substantial Completion and prior to issuance of the final Certifi- cate for Paymenr, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence ra run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in anv- and all events not later than the date of Issuance of the final Certificate for Payment; and .3 After Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts of failure, to act occurring after the relevant date of issu- ance of the final Certificate for Payment, any appli- cLi6le statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of any act or failure to act by the Contractor pursuant to any narr3nty provided under Paragraph 3.5, the date of any correction of the Work or failure to correct the Work by the Contractor under Paragraph 12.2, or the date of actual commission of any other act or failure to perform any dun, or obligation by the Contractor or Owner. whichever occur, J:zst. ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR 14.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period of 30 days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub -subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing portions of the Work under contract with the Contractor, for any of the following. reasons: .1 issuance of an order of a court or other public author- ity having jurisdiction; .2 an act of government, such as a declaration of national emergency, making material unavailable; .3 because the Architect has not issued a Certificate for Payment and.has not notified the Contractor of the reason for withholding certification as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1, or because the Owner has not made payment on a Certificate for Payment within the time stated in the Contract Documents; .4 if repeated suspensions, delays or interruptions by the Owner as described in Paragraph 14.3 constitute in the aggregate more than 100 percent of the total num- ber of days scheduled for completion, or 120 days in any 365-day period, whichever is less: Or .5 the Owner has failed to furnish to the Contractor promptly, upon the Contractor's request, reasonable evidence as required by Subparagraph 2.2.1. 14.1.2 1f one of the above reasons exists, the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' -written notice ro the Owner and Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner Payment for Work executed and for proven loss with respect to materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery, including reasonable overhead, profit and damages. 14.1.3 If the Work is stopped for a period of Gtl days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor or their ageltt5 or employees or any other persons performing portions of the Work under contract with the Contractor because the Owner has persistently failed to fulfill the Owner': obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters.iinpor- iant to the progress of the Work, the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and the Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner as provided in Subparagraph 14.1.2. 14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE 14.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor: .1 persistently or repeatedly refuses or fails to suppiv enough properly skilled workers or proper materials; .2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors for materials or labor in accordance with the respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors; .3 persistently disregards laws, ordinances, or rules, rrg- ulations or orders of a public authority having juris- diction; or .4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents, 14.2.2 When -any of the above reasons exist, the Owner, upon certification by the Architect that sufficient cause exists to jus- AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAI CONDITION, OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOVRTEENTH EDITION AIA"• �,19H- THE A,%IERICAN 1N,TITt'TE OF ARCII1TECTs, 1735 NEV(' PORK AVENGE. N,V4'.. V'ASHINGTON. D.(:, _'INn)(, A201-1987 23 Qf;5 ecx�.�x +aaxor� a ■ 1° a to 3 �o C : a a0.a amp+ N w 5 eo Via^ o 0 x :3 w Q g=1 �03 d a m 0 o 3 � � N CL 5 CL C G o� o ?0c�o � D Fi zr WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. N t Q I°rib tify such action, may without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the Contractor's surety, if any, seven days' written notice, termi- nate employment of the Contractor and may, subject to any prior rights of the surety: -1 take passesaion of the site and of all materials, equip- ment, tools, and construction equipment and machin- ery thereon owned by the Conuactor; .2 accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Para- graph 5.4; and .3 finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient. 14.2,3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Subparagraph 14.2.1, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished. 14.2.4 if the unpaid balance of the Contract Stun exceeds -costs of finishing the Work, including compensation for the Archi- tect's servicez and expenses made necessary thereby, sut11 excess shall be paid to the Contractor. 11such costs exceed the unpaid baJ?-nce, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the 24 A201-1987 Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the rase may be, shall be certified by the Architect, upon appli- cation, and this obligation for payment shall survive iermina- lion of the Contract, 14.3 SUSPENSION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE 14.3.1 The Owner may, without cause, order the Contractor in writing to suspend, delay or interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such pedad of time as the Owner may determine. 14.3.2 An adjustment shall be made for increases in the cost of performance of the Contract, including profit on the increased cost of performance, caused by suspension, delay or interrup- tion_ No adjustment shall be made TO the extent: .1 that performance is, was or would have been so sus- pended, delayed or interrupted by another cause for which the Contractor is responsible; or .2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of this Contract. 14.3.3 Adjustments made in the cost of performance may have a mutually agreed fixed or percentage fee. AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA'" • ©1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE. N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 I'l"" WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and Is subject to legal prosecutlon. DOCUMENT 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 1. INTRODUCTION The following supplements modify the "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction," AIA Document A201, Fourteenth Edition, 1987. Where a portion of the General Conditions is modified or deleted by these Supplementary Conditions, the unaltered portions of the General Conditions shall remain in effect. 2. ARTICLE 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Add: 1.1.8 ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS 1. Reference to Drawings: Where the words "shown", "indicated", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, designation, selection, or similar import of the Architect is intended, unless stated otherwise. The word "required" and words of similar import shall be understood to mean "as required to properly complete the work as directed by the Architect". 2. Equals_and Approvals: Where the words "equal", "approved equal", "equivalent", and words of similar import are used, it shall be such words are followed by the expression "in the opinion of the Architect", unless stated otherwise. Where the words "acceptable", "acceptance", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the acceptance, or similar import of the Architect and Owner is intended. The word "similar" means in its general sense, not as identical. 3. Including: Where shown, the words "includes", and "including", do not limit the work to the items following those words. 4. Work Not Included: Where the caption "Work Not Included In This Section" is used in these specifications, it means work included under another section of the specifications (unless the items happen to not be in the Contract), but related to the work of the section in which it appears. 5. Perform and Provide: The word "perform" shall be understood to mean that the Contractor, at Contractor's expense, shall perform all operations necessary to complete the work, including furnishing of necessary labor, tools, and equipment, and further including the furnishing and installing of materials that are indicated, specified, or required to complete such performance. The word "provide" shall be understood to mean that the Contractor, at Contractor's expense, shall furnish and install the work, complete in place and ready for use, including furnishing of KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 00800-1 necessary labor, materials, tools, equipment, and transportation. These definitions apply the same to future, present, and past tenses, except the word "provided" may mean "contingent upon" where such is the context. 6. Lan ua e and Intent: The specification sections are written in a modified brief style consistent with clarity. In general, the words "the", "shall", "will", and "all" may be omitted. Where such words as "perform", "install", "erect", "test", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that such words include the meaning of the phrase "The Contractor Shall". The requirements indicated and specified apply to all work of -the same kind, class, and type, even -though theword"all" is -not stated. 7. Days: The word "days" shall be understood to mean normal business days and shall not include standard holidays or weekends. B. Article 1.2.3: After the last sentence of Article 1.2.3, add: "The Contractor and each Subcontractor shall be responsible for examining all Drawings, all divisions of the Specifications and all items of Addenda to fully inform themselves of the entire requirements of their parts of the work. The Architect and Owner assume no responsibility for omission of an indication of an item or part of the work from a location of one Drawing which is indicated in the same relative location on another Drawing. Requirements indicated on any Drawing shall constitute a requirement of the trade having jurisdiction and responsibility for same, unless specifically noted to the contrary. The Specifications are divided into Divisions for the convenience of the Contractor. Items or parts of work specified shall constitute a responsibility of the Contractor regardless of where they are located in the Specifications. The Architect or Owner will not make decisions on jurisdiction or responsibilities of Subcontractors. In the event of a conflict or discrepancy between the drawings and the Project Manual, or between various drawings or specification sections, the larger quantity and/or the higher quality shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner, unless otherwise modified by the Architect." 3. ARTICLE 2: OWNER A. Delete Subparagraph 2.2.5 and substitute: 2.2.5 The Contractor will be furnished free of charge [# - coordinate w/ 00200] copies of Drawings and Project Manuals. Additional sets will be furnished at the cost of reproduction, postage and handling. Partial sets will not be issued. 4. ARTICLE 3: CONTRACTOR A. 3.4 Labor and Materials Add the following Subparagraphs 3.4.3 and 3.4.4 to 3.4: KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 3.4.3 After the Contract has been executed, the Owner and the Architect will consider a formal request for the substitution of products in place of those specified only under the conditions set forth in the General Requirements, Division 1 of the Specifications, Section 01600. 3.4.4 By making requests for substitutions, the Contractor: 1 represents that the Contractor has personally investigated the proposed substitute product and determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified; 2 represents that the Contractor will provide the same warranty for the substitution that the Contractor would for that specified; 3 certifies that the cost data presented is complete and includes all related costs under this Contract except the Architect's redesign costs, and waives all claims for additional costs related to the substitution which subsequently become apparent; and 4 will coordinate the installation of the accepted substitute, making such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete in all respects. B. 3.5 Warranty Delete the next to last sentence of Subparagraph 3.5.1. Replace with: "Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse or modifications not executed by the Contractor." C. 3.7 Permits, Fees, and Notices Delete Subparagraph 3.7.1 and substitute: 3.7.1 The Owner shall secure and pay for the building permit, the health and environmental impact fees for water and sewer connections, utility/meter/ connection fees established by the serving utilities companies, and the zoning regulation fees and permits. The Contractor shall secure and pay for all other permits and governmental fees, licenses and inspections necessary for proper execution of and completion of the Contract which are legally required when bids are received or negotiations concluded. D. 3.8 Allowances 3.8.2.3 Add to the end of Clause 3.8.2.3: except when installation is specified as part of the allowance in the General Requirements, Division 1 of the Specifications, Section 01210. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 00800-3 E. 3.9 Superintendent 1. Add the following subparagraph: 3.9.2 The Contractor shall employ a full-time on -site superintendent and full-time on -site assistant superintendent exclusively for the work of this Contract. F. 3.10 Contractors Construction Schedule 1. Delete the word "approval" in Article 3.10.2. Replace with the words "information only." G. 3.11 Documents and Samples at the Site 1. Add the following subparagraph: 3.11.2 Record drawings shall be prepared in accordance with General Requirements, Division 1, Section 01781. H. 3.12 Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples 1. In Subparagraph 3.12.8, last sentence, add the word "sole" before the word "responsibility." 5. ARTICLE 7: CHANGES IN THE WORK A. 7.1 Changes 1. In subparagraph 7.1.3, add: 7.1.3.1 The Owner reserves the right to order changes in the work without notice to the Surety Company for any bond guaranteeing the performance of the Contract. B. 7.3.6 In the first sentence, delete the words "a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit" . � ... a �� - - - - - - -� andprofit =-------'�-'--- ...:aL ,.�_•.--- profit" and substitute an allowance for overhead and profit In accordance with C-11auses 7.3.10.1 through 7.3.10.5 below. C. Add the following Subparagraph 7.3.10 to 7.3: 7.3.10 In Subparagraph 7.3.6, the allowance for the combined overhead and profit included in the total cost to the Owner shall be based on the following schedule: 1 For the Contractor, for Work performed by the Contractor's own forces, 5 percent of the cost. .2 For the Contractor, for Work performed by the Contractor's Subcontractor, 5 percent of the amount due the Subcontractor. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 00800-4 3 For each Subcontractor or Sub -subcontractor involved, for Work performed by that Subcontractor's or Sub -subcontractor's own forces, 15 percent of the cost. 4 Cost to which overhead and profit is to be applied shall be determined in accordance with Subparagraph 7.3.6. 5 In order to facilitate checking of quotations for extras or credits, all proposals, except those so minor that their propriety can be seen by inspection, shall be accompanied by a complete itemization of costs including labor, materials and Subcontracts. Labor and materials shall be itemized in the manner prescribed above. Where major cost items are Subcontracts, they shall be itemized also. In no case will a change involving over $5,000 dollars be approved without such itemization. 6. ARTICLE 9: PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION A. 9.3 Applications for Payment In Subparagraph 9.3.1, and after the first sentence, insert the following: "The Application for Payment form and format shall be prepared in a manner acceptable to Owner and Architect." 2. Add the following Clause 9.3.1.3 to 9.3.1: 9.3.1.3 Based on certified pay requests, the Owner shall pay 90 percent of the amount due the Contractor on account of progress payments. From 50% completion, the Owner will pay 95% of the amount due the Contractor. B. 9.5 Decisions to Withhold Certification In Subparagraph 9.5.1, add: 9.5.1.8 Failure to submit required submittals, including change order documentation, record drawings, and other documentation. 7. ARTICLE 10: PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY A. 10.1 Safety Precautions and Programs In Subparagraph 10.1.1, add the following new paragraphs: The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the job site, including safety of all persons and property during performance of the work. This requirement shall apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800-5 The duty of the Architect or Engineers to conduct construction review of the Contractor's performance is not intended to include review of the adequacy of the Contractor's safety measures, in, on, or near the construction site. The inclusion of the term "services" in Article 1.1.3 shall in no way be construed to require the Architect or Engineers review of Contractor's safety measures, programs, or means. B. 10.2 Safety of Persons and Property 10.2.4.1 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment or unusual methods are necessary, the Contractor shall give the Owner reasonable advance notice. S. ARTICLE 11: INSURANCE AND BUN A. 11.1.1.8 The General Liability coverages shall be provided by a Commercial General Liability Policy on an occurrence basis. The policy form shall be CG 00 01, or equivalent. General Aggregate limits must be on a "Per Project" basis, using Endorsement CG 25 03 or equivalent. The policy date shall predate the Contract; the expiration date of the policy and its renewal policies shall be no earlier than the termination date of coverages required to be maintained after final payment, certified in accordance with Subparagraph 9.10.2. All insurance companies shall be licensed to do business in California, and have a current Best's rating of A-:VII or better. All policies shall provide a minimum thirty days notice of cancellation to Owner. Contractor shall provide Certificates of Insurance to all additional insureds prior to beginning work, and Renewal Certificates at least ten (10) days prior to policy expirations. B. Add the following Clause 11.1.2.1 to Clause 11.1.2: The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than the following limits: 1. Workers' Compensation: (a) State of California: (b) Employer's Liability: Bodily Injury (by Accident): Bodily Injury (by Disease): Bodily Injury (by Disease): KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 Statutory $ Policy Limit $ Each Employee SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800-6 2. Commercial General Liability: (a) General Aggregate $ General Aggregate limit, applied per project. (b) Products and Completion Operations coverage shall be maintained for ten (10) years after final payment and be written for not less than the following aggregate limit: $ Aggregate (c) Personal Injury and Advertising Injury Limit: $ each person or organization (d) Each occurrence limit: 5_ (e) Fire Damage Limit: $_ on any one Fire. (f) Medical Expense Limit: $ on any one person. 3. Provide Automobile Liability (owned, non -owned, hired) insurance for Bodily Injury Aggregate and Each person limits of $ each, with Property Damage Units of $ _ Aggregate. 4. Provide Umbrella and/or Excess Liability coverage in the amount of no less than $ excess of primary insurance, with a self insured retention of $ or less. C. 11.1.3 Add the following sentence to Subparagraph 11.1.3: All insurance provided by Contractor shall name the following as additional insureds: 1. [Owner] 2. SGPA Architecture and Planning. 3. [Other] D. 11.3.1.3 Add the following sentence to Clause 11.3.1.3: This property insurance is written with a deductible not to exceed $ per occurrence. E. Delete Clause 11.3.1.4 and substitute: 11.3.1.4 The Contractor shall provide insurance coverage for portions of the Work stored off the site after written approval of the Owner at the value established in the approval, and also for portions of the Work in transit. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 00800-7 F. Delete Clause 11.3.2. G. 11.4 Performance Bond and Payment Bond Delete Subparagraph 11.4.1 and substitute: 11.4.1 The Owner may require the Contractor to furnish bonds covering faithful performance of the Contract and payment of obligations arising thereunder. Bonds may be obtained through the Contractor's usual source and the cost thereof shall be as defined on -the Bid Form. The amount of each -bond -shall be equal -to 100 - percent of the Contract Sum. 11.4.1.1 If required, the Contractor shall deliver the required bonds to the Owner not later than three days following the date the Agreement is entered into, or if the Work is to be commenced prior thereto in response to a letter of intent, the Contractor shall, prior to the commencement of the Work, submit evidence satisfactory to the Owner that such bonds will be furnished. 11.4.1.2 The Contractor shall require the attorney -in -fact who executes the required bonds on behalf of the surety to affix thereto a certified and current copy of the power of attorney. END OF DOCUMENT KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 00800-8 SECTION 01110 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work under this contract is described per these specifications and on Drawings labeled "Komar Desert Center", Architect's Job Number 26012-A/D/H-01, dated B. Site Work: Site grading as necessary to establish final sub grade for buildings, site improvements, asphaltic and concrete paving, and landscaping improvements/contouring. 2. Asphaltic and concrete paving assemblies, curbing and related hardscape improvements within work areas shown on plans and including all paving work as shown on SGPA Drawings. 3. All site civil and utility services, including trenching and backfill, to a point of connection as shown on drawings, and specified, including, but not necessarily limited to the following: a. Sanitary sewer system, including all connections and manholes. b. Domestic water supply system, including all valves, thrust blocks, meters and vaults. c. Fire suppression and water supply system, including all valves, hydrants, thrust blocks, and other improvements as shown on drawings. d. All site utility services for power, communication, and cable television systems, including vaults, conduit, transformer structures, main distribution, switches, and related components. e. All site lighting systems, including light bases, poles, fixtures and service. f. All gas system distribution, including trenching, backfill, and piping, as shown on drawings. 4. All landscaping and landscaping irrigation improvements, including those associated with tree removal/maintenance shown on drawings. 5. Miscellaneous site improvements, including pavement marking, site signage, fencing, and related items. C. Architectural: All architectural work associated with providing a complete weatherproof enclosure, fully finished on exterior surfaces. In addition, work includes certain finished interior improvements. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 SUMMARY OF WORK PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01110-1 D. Structural: All foundation, floor and roof structural framing systems, including all trenching, and backfill. Structural Systems include cast -in -place concrete, concrete unit masonry, structural steel, steel joists, wood framing, glued laminated timbers, panelized roof system, prefabricated wood joists. E. Fire Protection System: All work associated with providing complete fire protection systems as required for the scope of construction of each component of the project. Components include fully constructed retail uses, shell buildings for future retail tenants, and common areas. Work to be Design -Build in accordance with governing codes, Owner and tenant insurance requirements, and performance specifications, and shall include coordination - with related trades. F. Mechanical: All HVAC primary components [brief general description of systems types] and all ventilation systems associated with the project. G. Plumbing: All above and below grade plumbing system work, including roof drainage, sanitary waste/supply, all tenant toilets and all fixtures at all common areas, and provision for tenant extension of sanitary waste/vent, gas, and domestic water. H. Electrical: All above and below grade electrical and communication work as shown on drawings, including all switchgear, conduit, alarm and communication systems, power including conduit to j-boxes at each sign location, tenant lighting, and lighting at interior service areas and exterior canopies. I. All engineering design in Design -Construct work shall be performed by professional engineers, licensed in State of California. All Design -Construct documentation shall be coordinated and integrated with SGPA documents, and shall be submitted per Section 01330. 1.2 WORK PERFORMED BY OTHERS A. shown on drawings prepared by_ dated , includi B. Construction of Building , shown on drawings prepared by SGPA, dated 1.3 COORDINATION A. General: Work under this contract requires close coordination of all phases of the work, as well as sequencing construction operations and schedule to coordinate with work by others. Monitor, schedule, and organize work tasks to complete work under these contracts and respond to scheduling requirements of work under other contracts. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 SUMMARY OF WORK PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01110-2 2. Field verify existing conditions. Report any discrepancies, conflicts or inconsistencies between the drawings and existing conditions, to the Architect. 3. Coordinate required inspections in a timely manner. Provide sufficient prior notice as required by jurisdictions and agencies having authority. B. Lay -out Coordination: Coordinate benchmark, offset, and datum surveying with that of site grading to maintain consistent and accurate surveying. C. Site Utilities/Services Field locate and verify condition of all previously installed or existing utilities/services, including elevations, flow lines, and points of connection. Provide sufficient prior notice as required by jurisdictions and agencies having authority over existing utilities in the vicinity of work. 2. Protect all utility and service systems as necessary during construction of this work. 3. Coordinate, if applicable, the placement and termination of site utilities and services for maximum efficiency and building function. Revisions to utility and service entrances shown on drawings shall be approved by Architect prior to revision. D. Owner Installed Products: The Owner may install certain items during the course of construction. Provide all necessary access, utility and service support, and schedule all necessary work items to accommodate Owner's work. E. Grade all surfaces on the site where indicated and within the construction areas to elevations indicated and as required to insure proper drainage away from structures and disposal of surface water. Shape grades to drain away from buildings at minimum 2% slope, as shown on drawings, or as directed by Architect. Maximum cross slopes at all walkways shall be 2% for disabled access. F. Construction Means, Methods, Techniques, Sequences and Procedures The Contractor is solely responsible for, and has sole control over, construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures, and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract. 2. Shoring, including shoring for structural foundations, structures, and trenching, that is required to complete the Work, is considered a method or technique and is the sole responsibility of the Contractor. If a regulatory agency requires a licensed engineer to design, approve or provide drawings for shoring, then it is the sole responsibility of the Contractor to contract with a qualified Engineer for shoring design services. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 SUMMARY OF WORK PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01110-3 3. Provide, as part of the Base Bid, all necessary construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures, including shoring design, for coordinating and completing all portions of the Work. 1.4 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. All penetrations of materials and structures shall be as shown on drawings, called for in specifications, or with prior approval of the Architect. All such cutting shall be per applicable codes and standards. Patching shall maintain integrity of cut systems, and shall be as directed by Architect or as specified. 1.5 APPLICABLE CODES A. Current applicable codes, including but not limited to the following shall be adhered to: 1. Building Code, as currently adopted by the local authority. 2. All applicable trade codes and regulations. 3. All applicable NFPA documents. 4. California Code of Regulations, including Titles 19 and 25. 5. Current Local Municipal Codes, Regulations, and Engineering Standards. 6. Applicable occupational and safety regulations, including Title 8, California Code of Regulations, and applicable Safety Orders. 7. Americans with Disabilities Act Architectural Guidelines 8. Federal and State environmental regulations. 9. California Code of Regulations Title 24 access, seismic and energy requirements. 1.6 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS A. See Sections 01421 and 01422. Those not so defined are to be used in the current trade sense of the word or symbol. 1.7 LAY-OUI AND MEASUREMENT A. Contractor is responsible for iay-out of work, as weii as all measurements necessary for material ordering, construction and all work tasks. B. Contractor shall provide licensed surveyor to lay -out building. Verify line, grade and building position of all improvements, based on site benchmark. Provide certification, signed by contractor and surveyor, on Architect provided form, that buildings are located per approved drawings with regard to line, grade and position. 1.8 CONTRACTORS USE OF PREMISES A. Contractor shall confine operations to the area of work defined by this contract, permitted by law, ordinance, and permits, and per the following: KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 SUMMARY OF WORK 01110-4 B. Materials and equipment shall be placed, stored and secured at Architect approved locations, and in such manner as to not conflict with operations of work under other contracts. Relocate any materials, equipment, barricades, and related items that the Architect determines are in conflict with the operations of the work under other contracts. C. Contractor shall provide and pay for all protection and security of all work under this contract. D. Contractor shall obtain and pay for any additional off -site storage or work areas required for completion of the work. 1.9 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Within 14 days of contract award, and in format established by Owner -Contractor Agreement, provide a construction schedule for all work defined for this project. Integrate work of all phases of the project, including coordination of established milestone dates with overall scheduled defined by the Contract. Schedule to indicate all work areas, early/late start and finish dates for each task, and representation of the critical path. B. Schedule may be developed using a logic network based upon CPM, PERT, or other Architect approved method. C. Schedule shall be updated and revised on a monthly basis, accompanying pay request, or as necessary to reflect modifications and change orders relating to construction progress. 1.10 ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARDS AND CONDITIONS A. Should Contractor encounter materials or products believed contaminated or hazardous, Contractor shall immediately notify the Owner. Contractor shall be entitled to stop work, in such areas only, until direction is provided by Owner. PART 2 — PRODUCTS & PART 3 — EXECUTION: Not Used END OF SECTION KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 SUMMARY OF WORK PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01110-5 KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 SUMMARY OF WORK PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01110-6 SECTION 01311 PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. In order to expedite and maintain job progress and communication, certain meetings shall be provided for by the Contractor. B. Within seven days of award of contract to Contractor by Owner, Contractor shall meet with Architect, Owner's representative, major trade sub -contractors, and other parties, to discuss operations and progress of the work. Said meeting time and place to be established by Architect C. Progress meetings shall be held a minimum of twice a month, at a mutually convenient time, day, and place. To the maximum extent possible, the meetings shall be held at the job site or at a mutually acceptable location. Each meeting shall address, as a minimum agenda, the following: 1. Schedule review and projection 2. Work in progress 3. Status of submittals 4. Status of modifications in process and review of any proposed or required modifications 5. Actions necessary to maintain job progress/product approvals 6. Proposed current pay requests D. During the course of the work, the Owner, Contractor or the Architect may call such meetings as are necessary to discuss work to date or performance of specific parts of the work. Meetings shall be scheduled in conjunction with, or immediately preceding or following regular progress meetings. E. In order to assure an understanding of the intent and coordination of the various components of specific project work areas, the Contractor confer with all affected subcontractors immediately prior to progress meetings with Architect. F. The Contractor shall document all meetings by written reports or meeting minutes and distribute copies to Owner and Architect, for review within 3 days of the meeting. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PROJECT MEETINGS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01311-1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PROJECT MEETINGS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01311-2 SECTION 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Throughout the Contract Documents, the minimum acceptable quality of workmanship and materials has been defined either by manufacturer's name and catalog number or by reference to recognized industry standards. B. In order to ensure that the specified products are furnished and installed in accordance with design intent, procedures have been established for advance submittal of design data and for its review by the Architect. 1.2 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE A. Request for Information Procedures B. Product Requirements C. Operations and Maintenance Data D. Individual Submittals Required: PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBMITTALS Section 01340 Section 01600 Section 01782 Pertinent sections of these specifications A. General: Provide submittals, including, but not necessarily limited to, the following work items: 1. Product mix designs. 2. Material mill tests or certifications 3. Shop Drawings, Samples and Product Data as defined in respective sections of the specifications. 4. Special inspection reports. B. Manufacturers Recommendations 1. Submittals shall include all installation, operations, maintenance and other product data/criteria. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01330-1 2. Where applicable, submit all ICBO, FM, and similar code or agency review results with submittal. C. Responsibility Contractor is responsible for determining all submittals required by the Contract Documents. 2. Contractor is solely responsible for preparation errors and omissions in submittals. 2.2 COLORS A. General: Unless the precise color and pattern is specifically described in the Contract Documents, whenever a choice of color or pattern is available in a specified product, submit accurate color charts and pattern charts for Architect's review and selection. B. Comparative Analysis: Unless all available colors and patterns have equal cost and performance characteristics, and are equally suited for the installation, completely describe the relative costs and capabilities of each. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 IDENTIFICATION OF SUBMITTALS A. Completely identify each submittal and resubmittal by showing at least the following information: Name, address, and phone of Contractor, installer, and supplier, with individual who may be contacted for further information. 2. Name of project, date of submission, and resubmittal dates. 3. Drawing number and Specitications Sections number to which the submittai appiies, applicable standards, field measurements, and adjacent conditions. 4. Contractor's stamp showing action taken and required. Submittals without Contractor's review and action will be rejected by Architect. Submittals stamped as reviewed by the Contractor that have clearly not been reviewed by the Contractor ("rubber stamped") will be rejected. Do not transmit submittals without Contractors specific marking "approved for submission" on approved equal. B. Number all submittals and resubmittals sequentially as directed by Architect. C. Clearly indicate item, model, component or material submitted by arrow, highlighting, or other graphic means. Submittals not so noted will be rejected. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01330-2 3.2 COORDINATION AND PROCESSING OF SUBMITTALS A. General Prior to submittal, use all means necessary to fully coordinate all material, including the following procedures. a. Determine and verify all field dimensions and conditions, materials, catalog numbers and similar data. b. Coordinate as required with all trades and with all public agencies involved. c. Secure and document all necessary approvals from public agencies and others. d. Submit within time period required by specifications. 2_ Clearly indicate all deviations from the Contract Documents by clouding or written notation. Substitutions must be processed separately according to Section 01600. B. Groupings of Submittals Provide an individual submittal for each specification section or, if necessary, separate products within a specification section. 2. Do not combine multiple products or specification sections within a single submittal. Submittals containing such combinations will be rejected. C. Number and Form of Submittals In addition to submittals established below, submit one copy of final approved submittal directly to Owner, if so directed. 2. Submit Shop Drawings in clearly legible and reproducible formats. Architect will return stamped copies for Contractors use. 3. Architect will retain four copies of Submittals. Submit additional number of Submittals to be returned to Contractor as are necessary for coordination. 4. Unless otherwise specified, submit three samples of adequate size to show specified quality, type, color range, finish, and texture. 5. Permanently label samples with material name, quality, Contractor's name, date, project name and other pertinent data. 6. Accompanying all submittals, submit transmittal letter requesting approval. 7. Prepay all shipping, mailing, and delivery charges to Architect's office on all submittals. 8. Submittals sent by facsimile are not acceptable. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01330-3 3.3 TIMING OF SUBMITTALS A. General Provide submittals within 30 days of contract award, unless noted otherwise in individual specification sections. The purpose of this provision is to encourage the contractor to identify long lead time items in a timely manner. 2. Make all submittals far enough in advance of scheduled dates of installation to allow for: a. Two weeks minimum in -hand review time for Architect and Architect's consultants b. Securing necessary approvals by agencies c. Possible revision and resubmittal d. Ordering, lead times and delivery 3. Do not order materials until related submittals have been approved. 4. Only one submittal and one resubmittal, if necessary, will be processed for each product. When resubmittal is not accepted, provide specified product. If Contractor requests Architect's review of additional resubmittals, such review may be provided at Architect's discretion, and all costs associated with such additional resubmittal reviews shall be borne by Contractor. B. Delays: Costs of delays occasioned by Contractor's tardiness of submittals may be backcharged as necessary and shall not be borne by Owner or Architect. 3.4 ARCHITECTS ROLE A. General The Architects role in reviewing submittals is defined by the Agreement and as follows: a. The Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon ine contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. The Architect's action will be taken, with reasonable promptness and as required, in the Architect's professional judgement, to permit adequate review. Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities, or for substantiating instruction for installation or performance of equipment or systems, all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents. The Architect's review of the Contractor's submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations under the Construction Agreement. The Architect's review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or, of any construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01330-4 procedures. The Architect's approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. 2. Indicate in written form review comments and requirements, if any, for resubmittal. 3. Return to Contractor for action as needed and specified, with copy to Owner. 4. Return will be by first class mail unless alternate methods are arranged by Contractor. Such alternate delivery methods shall be at Contractors cost. B. Architect's Marking on Submittals Based on review, Architect will mark submittals as follows: a. No Exceptions Noted: No exceptions noted in Architect's review. b. Make Corrections: Make minor corrections noted in Architect's review; all items may be fabricated or provided without additional submittal. c. Submit Specified Item: Resubmit with specified item(s). No substitution is allowed. d. Revise and Resubmit: Items noted shall not be fabricated without revision and resubmittal. Items not noted may be fabricated or provided without additional submittal. e. Rejected: Submittal rejected as not being in accordance with the Construction Documents, requiring excessive corrections, or other reason as noted. These items must be properly corrected and resubmitted. No items with this marking shall be fabricated or provided. C. Design -Build Submittal Review 1. All Design -Build engineering submittals shall be submitted for review by Architect's consultants unless noted otherwise in Section 01110 Summary of Work or other respective sections. 2. Submittals shall be prepared per criteria defined in respective sections and this Section. 3. The initial submittal and one resubmission will be reviewed by Architect at no charge to Contractor. All costs associated with subsequent reviews shall be borne by Contractor. 3.5 SUBMITTAL DISTRIBUTION A. Contractor shall be responsible for distribution of all submittals. B. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals to: Job -site file KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01330-5 2. Record documents file 3. Sub -contractors affected by submittal END OF SECTION KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01330-6 SECTION 01340 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Throughout the construction process, it may become necessary for the Contractor to request document clarification or information beyond that contained in the Contract Documents in order to complete the work. This is normally accomplished by the submittal of a Request for Information (RFI). B. In order to ensure that RFIs are consistent and are handled as expeditiously as possible, the following procedures have been established for submittal to the Architect, review and return to the Contractor. 1.2 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE A. Product Requirements B. Project Record Documents 1.3 RFI DEFINITION Section 01600 Section 01781 A. A Request for Information (RFI) is defined as a document clarification question from the Contractor to the Architect regarding information, beyond that contained in the Contract Documents, that is necessary to accurately complete the project. B. An RFI is not: 1 _ A means to request a substitute material or construction method. See Section 01600 for substitution procedures. 2. A means for the Contractor to request approval or documentation for correction of field errors. 3. A means to request changes documenting Owner or Tenant change requests. 4. A method of confirming field direction for revisions, unless specifically authorized by the Architect. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (Not Used) KOMAR DESERT CENTER—SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION PROCEDURES PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01340-1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 IDENTIFICATION OF RFIs A. Completely identify each RFI by showing at least the following information: Name, address, and phone of General Contractor and originating Sub -Contractor, installer or supplier (if applicable), with individual who may be contacted for further information. 2. Name of project, date of origination, and requested response time. 3. Provide sufficient information to clearly explain question, including Drawing number and/or Specifications Section number to which the RFI applies, applicable standards, field measurements, adjacent conditions, and sketches. B. Number all RFIs sequentially as directed by Architect. 3.2 COORDINATION AND PROCESSING OF RFIs A. General Prior to submittal of RFI, use all means necessary to fully identify the issue. a. Determine and verify all field dimensions and conditions. b. If necessary, document condition or question with a sketch or digital photo. 2. Clearly identify all known schedule and cost impacts of the issue. 3. Where possible, provide suggested resolution of issue for review by Architect. If the suggested resolution involves a substitution, see Section 01600 for substitution procedures. 4. If question results from Agency inspector comment, provide all pertinent information, such as exact description of deviation, specific code section at question, inspector's name, telephone number and hours of availability. B. Grouping of RFIs Provide an individual RFI for each particular issue. 2. Do not combine questions involving multiple issues within a single RFI. 3.3 TIMING OF RFIs A. General Submit RFIs immediately upon discovery of question. KOMAR DESERT CENTER—SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION PROCEDURES PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01340-2 2. Submit RFIs far enough in advance of project impact dates to allow for: a. Five working days minimum for review, if review is required by Architect only - no consultant(s) review required b. Ten working days minimum for review, if review is required by Architect and Architect's consultant(s) c. Securing of any necessary approvals by agencies 3. Failure by the Contractor to allow for adequate review and response time will not be considered as reason for granting change order costs or construction time extension. 3.4 RFI DISTRIBUTION A. Contractor shall be responsible for distribution of all RFIs. Distribute copies of reviewed RFIs to: a. Job -site file b. Record documents file c. Sub -contractors affected by submittal d. Agency inspector and any affected special inspectors e. Others as directed by Owner or Architect. B. Contractor shall be responsible for posting of all completed RFIs to job -site record documents as directed by the agency inspector. END OF SECTION KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION PROCEDURES PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01340-3 KOMAR DESERT CENTER—SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION PROCEDURES PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01340-4 SECTION 01400 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work includes testing and inspection services and general quality control measures. 1.2 RELATED WORK: DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE A. Additional quality control requirements may be described in various sections. B. Where no testing requirements are described, but Owner decides that testing is required, Owner may require such testing to be performed under current pertinent standards for testing. Payment for such testing will be made as described in this section. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General Manufacturers: Manufacturers shall be capable of producing specified products per delivery and quantity criteria of project. 2. Staff: For fabrication and installation of work, use only personnel who are thoroughly trained and experienced in skills required, have installed similar applications of specified products within one year prior to beginning work of this section, and who are completely familiar with manufacturers' recommended methods of installation as well as requirements of this work. Additional skill requirements are described in applicable specification sections. In acceptance or rejection of installed work, no allowance will be made for lack of installer skill. 3. Protection: Deliver, store and handle products in a manner to prevent damage and deterioration. Use all means necessary to protect installed work and materials of other trades. 4. Repairs and Replacements: In event of damage, immediately make repairs and replacements necessary to approval of Architect at no additional cost to Owner. 5. Materials Verification: Promptly inspect shipments to assure products comply with contract requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01400-1 B. Testing and Inspection Laboratory Testing and inspection laboratory will be qualified to Owner's approval in accordance with ASTM E329. 2. Submit qualifications for Owner's approval prior to commencing construction. 3. Testing, when required, will be in accordance with pertinent codes and regulations, and with selected standards of the American Society for Testing and Materials. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Comply with pertinent provisions of each section. B. Cooperate with Owner's selected testing/inspection agency and others responsible for testing and inspecting work. C. Promptly process and distribute required copies of test reports and related instructions to assure necessary retesting and replacement of materials with least possible delay in progress of work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PAYMENT FOR TESTING A. Initial Services 1. Owner will pay for concrete, masonry, and steel special inspection and testing, as required by UBC Section 1701 and per Specification. Special inspection shall be performed by a deputy inspector currently approved by local permit jurisdiction. 2. Owner may contract for independent roofing testing and inspection services, as defined by specitication. 3. Contractor shall pay for testing and inspection services for the following work areas: a. Inspections or testing for Contractor's convenience. b. Testing and inspection required by failure of Contractor's material or workmanship. c. Any other portion of work as directed by building department and/or governmental agencies. d. Utility company and fire department tests and inspections. e. Cooperation with Owner's testing laboratory. f. other required tests and inspections, not specified as paid by Owner, shall be paid by Contractor as part of general construction costs. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01400-2 B. Retesting When initial tests indicate non-compliance with contract documents, including roofing system requirements, subsequent retesting occasioned by non-compliance shall be performed by same testing agency, and costs thereof will be paid by Contractor. 2. Extended or extra observation, verification, or inspection costs caused by contractors negligence, faulty material/workmanship, or delay shall be paid by Contractor. 3. If Contractor covers work before it has been inspected and tested, costs of uncovering shall be borne by Contractor. Costs of retesting defective materials and workmanship, together with cost of replacement of defective work, shall be borne by Contractor. 2.2 CODE COMPLIANCE TESTING A. Inspections and tests required by codes or ordinances, or by a plan approval authority, and which are made by a legally constituted authority, shall be the responsibility of and shall be paid for by Contractor, unless otherwise provided in Article 2.1 above and in other contract documents. 2.3 CONTRACTOR'S CONVENIENCE TESTING A. Inspecting and testing performed exclusively for Contractor's convenience shall be the sole responsibility of Contractor. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 COOPERATION WITH TESTING LABORATORY A. Representatives of testing laboratory shall have access to work at all times and at locations where work is in progress. Provide facilities for such access to enable laboratory to perform its functions properly. 3.2 TAKING SPECIMENS A. Specimens and samples for testing, unless otherwise provided in contract documents, shall be taken by testing personnel. Sampling equipment and personnel will be provided by testing laboratory. Deliveries of specimens and samples to testing laboratory will be performed by testing laboratory. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400-3 3.3 SCHEDULES FOR TESTING A. Establishing Schedule 1. By advance discussion with testing laboratory selected by Owner, determine time required for laboratory to perform its tests and to issue each of its findings. 2. Provide required time within construction schedule. 3. Provide a minimum of two working days advance notice to testing laboratory that work areas are ready to test or review. B. Revising Schedule: When changes of construction schedule are necessary during construction, coordinate such changes with testing laboratory as required. C. Adherence to Schedule: When testing laboratory is ready to test according to established schedule, but is prevented from testing or taking specimens due to incompleteness of Work, extra charges for testing attributable to delay shall be back -charged to Contractor and shall not be borne by Owner. 3.4 TESTING DOCUMENTATION A. General: Testing lab shall prepare test reports in format acceptable to applicable jurisdiction and Owner, and shall document results of tests and observations as defined by referenced standards. B. Special Inspection: Deputy inspector shall prepare reports as defined by UBC, Section 1701, and as required by Owner. C. Report Distribution: Testing lab will distribute reports and test results to the following in quantity specified. 1. Architect: 2. Structural Engineer: 3. General Contractor: 4. Owner: 5. Local Jurisdiction Building Department: END OF SECTION KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 2 copies 1 copy 1 copy 1 copy 1 copy QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400-4 SECTION 01410 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Include in contract amount, and pay for the following fees, unless noted otherwise. B. Permits 1. Demolition, trade or system shoring permits a. Special inspection fees required by public agencies b. Storage of combustible materials permit. c. Foundation/retaining wall shoring permits 2. Design -Build Permits 3. Encroachment permits a. Temporary b. Permanent 4. Use permits regarding construction trailer. C. Business Fees and Taxes 1. License to do business in project jurisdiction 2. Sales taxes 3. Consumer and/or use taxes 4. Value added taxes as may be applicable D. Water Service Fees 1. Fees regarding service termination 2. Meter charges a. Temporary water service b. Continuation of existing water services where shown on drawings. c. Inspection fees regarding service KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01410-1 E. Sewer Fees 1. Fees regarding service termination 2. Inspection fees regarding service F. Storm Drain Fees 1. Fees regarding termination 2. Inspection fees regarding service G. Electrical Utility Fees 1. Fees regarding service termination 2. Fees associated with provision of temporary service/relocation 3. Inspection fees regarding service H. Gas Utility Fees 1. Fees regarding service termination 2. Inspection fees regarding service I. Telephone and Communication Utility Fees 1. Fees regarding service termination 2. Fees associated with provision of temporary service/relocation 3. Inspection fees regarding service 1.2 PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT BONDS/INSPECTION FEES A. Identify estimated dollar amounts of bonds, improvement fees, and inspection services, associated with improvements in public right-of-way. Communicate such costs to Owner. 1.3 PAYMENT CERTIFICATION A. Submit evidence in the form of receipts, copies of work orders and/or permits for payment of fees, licenses, permits and special bonds to Architect with pay requests, including amounts due in this category. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01410-2 ') 1.4 INSPECTION & PERMIT DOCUMENTATION A. As part of project closeout documentation, submit original signed off inspection cards, and permit documentation, including receipts, from all jurisdictions, agencies, governmental departments, etc. PART 2 — PRODUCTS & PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION KOMAR DESERT CENTER—SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01410-3 KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01410-4 SECTION 01421 ABBREVIATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Abbreviations: Abbreviations listed below may be used in drawings. Abbreviations not listed below are defined on drawings. B. Organizational Acronyms: The list of acronyms below represents organizations that may be referenced in drawings and specifications. Not all organizations listed are necessarily referenced. 1.2 ABBREVIATIONS A. List of Abbreviations AB ......................................ANCHOR BOLT ABV................................................ ABOVE AC .............................AIR CONDITIONING AC........................ALTERNATING CURRENT AC..........................ASPHALTIC CONCRETE ACOUS ..................................ACOUSTICAL ACOUS PNL................A000STICAL PANEL ACOUS TILE ....................ACOUSTICAL TILE AD .......................................... AREA DRAIN ADDL..................................... ADDITIONAL ADJ......................................... ADJUSTABLE AFF......................ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AFG ..................... ABOVE FINISHED GRADE AGGR .....................................AGGREGATE AHU........................... AIR HANDLING UNIT ALT........................................... ALTERNATE ALUM....................................... ALUMINUM AMP ............................................... AMPERE AMT........................................... AMOUNT ANOD ....................................... ANODIZED ARCH ............. ARCHITECT/ARCHITECTURAL ASSY ............................................ASSEMBLY AWG........................AMERICAN WIRE GAGE BAL..............................................BALANCE BC ..................................... BACK OF CURB BD.................................................. BOARD BETW........................................... BETWEEN BEV.................................................... BEVEL BITUM................................... BITUMINOUS BLDG........................................ BUILDING BLK.................................................. BLOCK BLKG........................................ BLOCKING BLKHD....................................... BULKHEAD BLW................................................ BELOW BM.................................................... BEAM BM ........................................BENCH MARK BOT............................................. BOTTOM BRG.............................................. BEARING BTUH......... BRITISH THERMAL UNITS/HOUR BUR ................................... BUILT-UP ROOF C&G............................ CURB AND GUTTER C/C............................. CENTER TO CENTER CAB__ .......................................... CABINET CBC ............ CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE CCR CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS CCW ...................... COUNTER CLOCKWISE CEM............................................. CEMENT CEM PLAS ........................ CEMENT PLASTER CER............................................. CERAMIC CER TILE ............................... CERAMIC TILE OFOI........................ OWNER FURNISHED - .................................... OWNER INSTALLED KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 ABBREVIATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01421-1 OFCI .........................OWNER FURNISHED - .......................... CONTRACTOR INSTALLED Cl .............................................CAST IRON CIP...................................... CAST IN PLACE CJ......................... CONSTRUCTION JOINT CL..................... .................... CENTER LINE CLG.............................................. CEILING CLG DIFF .......................CEILING DIFFUSER CLG HT ............................. CEILING HEIGHT CLG REG ....................... CEILING REGISTER CLR.................................................. CLEAR CMP ...................CORRUGATED METAL PIPE CMU...............CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT CO .......................................... CLEANOUT COL ........................................... COLUMN COM........................................ COMMON COMB ............................... COMBINATION COMPL..................................... COMPLETE CONC ......................................CONCRETE CONC FL ......................CONCRETE FLOOR COND .......... CONDENSOR/CONDENSATE .vi�F.................................. CONFEREPvCE CONN................................ CONNECTION CONSTR ..........................CONSTRUCTION CONT...... CONTINUOUS/CONTINUATION CONTR ............ CONTRACT/CONTRACTOR COORD ............................... COORDINATE rinoQ .....I 11 I ........................'--. rnaQinnQ ............ ......� �� 11v..� , COV............................................... COVER CP.................................... CONCRETE PIPE CSK .......... COUNTERSUNK/COUNTERSINK CS ..................... COMMERCIAL STANDARD CTV ........ .......................CABLE TELEVISION CW....................................... COLD WATER CYL............................................. CYLINDER DAT................................................DATUM DBL ACT .......................... DOUBLE ACTING DC .................................. DIRECT CURRENT DEMO.....................................DEMOLITION DEPT.......................................DEPARTMENT DF ........................... DRINKING FOUNTAIN DIAM ............... ........................... DIAMETER DIFF........................................ DIFFERENCE DIM ........................................ DIMENSION DIV............................................... DIVISION DN................................................. DOWN DO................................................... DITTO DS........................................ DOWNSPOUT DTL........................... ..................... DETAIL DUPL........................................ DUPLICATE DWG .......................................... DRAWING DWL............................................... DOWEL DWV......................... DRAIN WASTE & VENT E........................................................ EAST ECON .... ..............................ECONOMIZER ECU ............ EVAPORATIVE COOLING UNIT EG................................... EXISTING GRADE EIFS ..................... EXTERIOR INSULATION & ...........................................FINISH SYSTEM EJ.................................. EXPANSION JOINT EL ............................................. ELEVATION ELAST................................... ELASTOMERIC ELEC.........................................ELECTRICAL ELEV........................................... ELEVATOR EMERG.............. .............. ..... -EMERGENCY EMT............ ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING ENAM............................................ ENAMEL ENGR .........................................ENGINEER ENTR .........................................ENTRANCE EP...............................EDGE OF PAVEMENT EPDM ...................... ETHYLENE PROPYLENE ..................................... DIENE MONOMER EO SP ............................. EQUALLY SPACED EQUIP ..... ....................EQUIPMENT EST.............................................. ESTIMATE EW............................................ EACH WAY EWC...............ELECTRICAL WATER COOLER EXI I .............................................. EXHAUST EXIST ........................................... EXISTING EXP.......................................... EXPANSION EXT.............................................. EXTERIOR F.F....................................... FINISH FLOOR F/F..................................... FACE TO FACE FA ............................................ FIRE ALARM FACP ............ FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL FC....................................... FOOTCANDLE FCO ............................. FLOOR CLEANOUT FCU....................................FAN COIL UNIT FD........................................FLOOR DRAIN FDC ....... FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION FDN.................................... FOUNDATION FE.................................FIRE EXTINGUISHER KOMAR DESERT CENTER - SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 ABBREVIATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01421-2 FEM-............................................. FEMALE FGL............. .............................. FIBERGLASS FH ....................................... FIRE HYDRANT FHC.............................FIRE HOSE CABINET FHMS............ FLAT HEAD MACHINE SCREW FHWS................ FLAT HEAD WOOD SCREW FIN.................................................. FINISH FIN FL..................................FINISH FLOOR FIN GR................................. FINISH GRADE FIXT ...... ....................................... FIXTURE FL ............................................. FLOW LINE FLA................................. FULL LOAD AMPS FLR................................FLOOR/FLOORING FLR FIN ................................ FLOOR FINISH FLSHNG..................................... FLASHING FLUOR .................................FLUORESCENT FOC .......................... FACE OF CONCRETE FOF.................................. FACE OF FINISH FOM ........................... FACE OF MASONRY FOS.................................. FACE OF STUDS FPM .................................FEET PER MINUTE FPRF....................................FIREPROOFING FREQ ......................................FREQUENCY FRT .................... FIRE RETARDANT TREATED FS ........................ FEDERAL SPECIFICATION FSTNR......................................... FASTENER FTG ............................................FOOTING FURR............................................ FURRING FUT................................................ FUTURE G........................................................ GAS GA.................................................... GAGE GAL..............................................GALLON GALV..................................... GALVANIZED GI.................................GALVANIZED IRON GL................................................... GLASS GL BLK................................. GLASS BLOCK GLU LAM ........................GLUE LAMINATED GND.......................................... GROUND GOVT................................. GOVERNMENT GPH........................—GALLONS PER HOUR GPM ....................... GALLONS PER MINUTE GR................................. GRADE/GRADING GR BM ...................................GRADE BEAM GRTG.......................................... GRATING GRVL........................... .... --............. GRAVEL GYP ..............................................GYPSUM GYP BD ............................ GYPSUM BOARD H....................................................... HIGH HB............................................. HOSE BIBB HC.................................... HOLLOW CORE HC..................................... HOSE CABINET HD.................................................... HEAD HDBD.................................... HARDBOARD HDR.............................................. HEADER HDWR...................................... HARDWARE HGR............................................. HANGER HGT ...............................................HEIGHT HID ............... HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE HM................................... HOLLOW METAL HMD ..................... HOLLOW METAL DOOR HMF ...................... HOLLOW METAL FRAME HORIZ ...................................HORIZONTAL HP........................................HORSEPOWER HPT........................................ HIGH POINT HR.................................................... HOUR HS................................... HIGH STRENGTH HSB ........................ HIGH STRENGTH BOLT HTG............................................ HEATING HTR................................................ HEATER HVAC .................. HEATING, VENTILATION, .................................. AIR CONDITIONING HW.......................................... HOT WATER IC ....................... INTERRUPTING CAPACITY ID....................................INSIDE DIAMETER ILLUM ..................................ILLUMINATION INCAND ........................... INCANDESCENT INL.................................................... INLET INSUL..................................... INSULATION INT.............................................. INTERIOR INV.................................................. INVERT INV EL .......................... INVERT ELEVATION IPS.....................................INSIDE PIPE SIZE IPS........... INTERNATIONAL PIPE STANDARD ISO............................................ISOMETRIC JAN.............................................. JANITOR JB ...................................... JUNCTION BOX JST.................................................... JOIST JT..................................................... JOINT KID ............................................ KILN DRIED KOMAR DESERT CENTER - SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 ABBREVIATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01421-3 KID ..................................... KNOCK DOWN KO ........................................... KNOCKOUT L......................................................... LEFT LAV............................................ LAVATORY LB...............................................LAG BOLT LB.................................................. POUND LDR.................................................LEADER LF......................................... LINEAR FOOT LH.............................................LEFT HAND LIN.................................................. LINEAR LL............................................... LIVE LOAD LOC.......................................... LOCATION LONG................................LONGITUDINAL LP ............... ........................ LOW PRESSURE LS..............................................LUMP SUM LT..................................................... LIGHT LT WT................................... LIGHTWEIGHT LTG.............................................LIGHTING LTG PNL...........................LIGHTING PANEL LVR................................................LOUVER LWC ..................L 1G "TE1Gir1 C0INI RETr MACH RM ....................... MACHINE ROOM MAINT ................................MAINTENANCE MAN ............................................ MANUAL MAS........................................... MASONRY nA ATI MACOIAI Ivim I L.......................................... i�ATE, 11A, MAU ..............................MAKE-UP AIR UNIT MAX........................................... MAXIMUM MB.....................................MACHINE BOLT MB..........................................MIXING BOX MBF.................... THOUSAND BOARD FEET MDO ............. MEDIUM DENSITY OVERLAID MECH................................... MECHANICAL MED.............................................. MEDIUM MEMB...................................... MEMBRANE MET................................................. METAL MEZZ....................................... MEZZANINE MFR................................. MANUFACTURER MH............................................ MANHOLE MI....................................................... MILE MO............................MASONRY OPENING MON..................................... MONUMENT MPH ................................. MILES PER HOUR MR............................MOISTURE RESISTANT MS or MIL SPEC.... MILITARY SPECIFICATION MTD........................................... MOUNTED MTG......................................... MOUNTING MULL ............................................ MULLION MULT............................................ MULTIPLE N.................................................... NORTH NA ...................................NOT APPLICABLE NAT............................................ NATURAL NEC_ .......... NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE NEG........................................... NEGATIVE NIC ............................. NOT IN CONTRACT NO............................................... NUMBER NOM.......................................... NOMINAL NRC .......NOISE REDUCTION COEFFICIENT NTS.................................... NOT TO SCALE 0/0......................................OUT TO OUT OA .........................................OUTSIDE AIR OA............................................... OVERALL OBSC......................................... OBSCURE OC..........................................ON CENTER ^vD .............................. %JUT 3 Li L/ M L_TER OD...........................OUTSIDE DIMENSION OFCI ...OWNER FURNISHED -CONTRACTOR INSTALLED OFOI......................... OWNER FURNISHED - OWNER INSTALLED lrll OPNG........................................ OPE — I— Opp_ ................... .................... OPPOSITE ORD................... OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN ORIG.......................................... ORIGINAL OVFL ........................................OVERFLOW OZ................................................ OUNCE PAR ............................................. PARALLEL PBD.................................. PARTICLEBOARD PC .............................. PORTLAND CEMENT PCF .................. POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOT PERF....................................... PERFORATED PERIM........................................ PERIMETER PERM.......................................PERMANENT PERP................................. PERPENDICULAR PH.................................................... PHASE PHOTO ............................... PHOTOGRAPH PHS ......................... PHILLIP'S HEAD SCREW PIV........................ POST INDICATOR VALVE PKG............................................. PACKAGE KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 ABBREVIATIONS 01421-4 PL..................................................... PLATE PL....................................... PROPERTY LINE PLAM ............................ PLASTIC LAMINATE PLAS.............................................. PLASTER PLBG......................................... PLUMBING PLYWD...................................... PLYWOOD PNL.................................................. PANEL PNT................................................... PAINT POS ..............................................POSITIVE PR........................................................PAIR PRCST........................................... PRECAST PREFAB ............................... PREFABRICATED PREFIN................................... PREFINISHED PRELIM ................................... PRELIMINARY PREP ...................................... PREPARATION PRKG........................................... PARKING PROJ...... ...................................... PROJECT PROP ..........................................PROPERTY PRV ................. PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE PSF ................ POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT PSI ..................POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH PTD............................................... PAINTED PTD..................... PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER PTR ................... PAPER TOWEL RECEPTACLE PVC .........................POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PVG............................................... PAVING PVMT ......................................... PAVEMENT PWR................................................ POWER QT......................................... QUARRY TILE QTR............................................ QUARTER QTY.......... ... ...........................QUANTITY QUAIL ............................................QUALITY RA ............................................ RETURN AIR RAG .............................. RETURN AIR GRILLE RAID ................................................RADIUS RBR................................................ RUBBER RC ...................... REINFORCED CONCRETE RCP.............PREINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE RD.................................................... ROAD RD......................................... ROOF DRAIN REC.............................................RECESSED RECD.......................................... RECEIVED RECIRC................................. RECIRCULATE RECPT..................................... RECEPTACLE RECT................................... RECTANGULAR REF .......................................... REFERENCE REFL......................................... REFLECTOR REG............................................. REGISTER REINF .............REINFORCED/REINFORCING REM ......................................... REMOVABLE REQD.........................................REQUIRED RESIL........................................... RESILIENT RET............. .................................. RETURN RFG............................................ ROOFING RH ............................... RELATIVE HUMIDITY RH......................................... RIGHT HAND RHMS ...... ROUND HEAD MACHINE SCREW RHR .......................... RIGHT HAND REVERSE RHWS .......... ROUND HEAD WOOD SCREW RLNG............................................ RAILING RM.................................................. ROOM FIND.............................................. ROUND RO ................................ROUGH OPENING ROW .................................. RIGHT OF WAY RWC................. RAIN WATER CONDUCTOR RWL............................ RAIN WATER LEADER S.................................................... SOUTH SA .............................................SUPPLY AIR SAG ............................... SUPPLY AIR GRILLE SALV.................. ...... ...................SALVAGE SAN-... • .......................................SANITARY SB...................................... SPLASH BLOCK SC .......................................... SOLID CORE SCHED ....................................... SCHEDULE SD ................ ---................STORM DRAIN SD ................................... SUPPLY DIFFUSER SEC.-- ........ .................................SECOND SECT ............................................ SECTION SGL................ ................................ SINGLE SHR ...............................................SHOWER SHT................................. SHEET/SHEETING SHTNG .................................... SHEATHING SHV ............................. SHELVES/SHELVING SIM................................................. SIMILAR SLV.................................................. SLEEVE SM......................................... SHEET METAL SND ............. SANITARY NAPKIN DISPENSER SNR ............SANITARY NAPKIN RECEPTACLE SPCL.............................................. SPECIAL SPEC ..................................SPECIFICATION SPKLR .........................................SPRINKLER KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 ABBREVIATIONS 01421-5 SPKR............................................. SPEAKER SPLY................................................ SUPPLY SQ................................................ SQUARE SQ FT ................................. SQUARE FOOT SQ IN ..................................SQUARE INCH SQ YD................................. SQUARE YARD SS .................................... SANITARY SEWER SS ..................................... STAINLESS STEEL ST ....................................................STREET STA.............................................. STATION STAGG ................................... STAGGERED STC.............SOUND TRANSMISSION CLASS STD ........................................... STANDARD STIFF .......................................... STIFFENER STIR ............................................... STIRRUP STL..................................................... STEEL STOR.......................................... STORAGE STRUCT .................................. STRUCTURAL SUSP....................................... SUSPENDED SWR................................................. SEWER SWPPP..................................STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN SYM.............................................. SYMBOL SYMM.................................. SYMMETRICAL SYNTH. ...................... ...... ... SYNTHETIC SYS................................................ SYSTEM T TCC T........................................... THERMOSTAT T...................................................... TREAD T&B.............................. TOP AND BOTTOM T&G..................... TONGUE AND GROOVE TAN ............................................TANGENT TB ........................................ TOP OF BEAM TB ............................................ TOWEL BAR TC .............................. TOP OF CONCRETE TD .................................TOWEL DISPENSER TD..................................... TRENCH DRAIN TDR....... .... TOWEL DISPENSER/RECEPTACLE TE..................................... TOP ELEVATION TECH ....................................... TECHNICAL TEL........................................... TELEPHONE TEMP... ......... ........................ TEMPERATURE TEMP .......................................... TEMPERED TEMP ....................................... TEMPORARY TERR.......................................... TERRAZZO TERM ...................... ....................TERMINAL TF..................................TOP OF FOOTING THK................... ......................THICKNESS THHES......................................THRESHOLD THRU......................................... THROUGH TOC .....................................TOP OF CURB TMPD .........................................TEMPERED TOL......................................... TOLERANCE TOT.................................................. TOTAL TOS............................ TOP OF SHEATHING TOP..................................TOP OF PARAPET TP................................. TOP OF PAVEMENT TP ........................................TOP OF PLATE TPH .........................TOILET PAPER HOLDER TRANS ..................................TRANSPARENT TSTL..................................... TOP OF STEEL TV ............................................TELEVISION TW....................................... TOP OF WALL UDC ................ UNIFORM BUILDING CODE UNFIN.................................... UNFINISHED uNIF.......................................... UNIFORM UON .............. UNLESS O T In' ER'W1SE Nv I ED UR............................................... URINAL UTIL................................................ UTILITY UV ......................................... ULTRAVIOLET V....................................................... VOLT n k1 ................. V"r' nrr xinl Tc P-1 V V V L lJ VAV ......................... VARIABLE AIR VOLUME VCT ................... VINYL COMPOSITION TILE VD .................................. VOLUME DAMPER VENT.. .................................... VENTILATOR VERT............................................ VERTICAL VEST ........................................... VESTIBULE VIT.............................................. VITREOUS VOL.............................................. VOLUME VWC...................... VINYL WALL COVERING W...............................---.................... WEST W/..................................................... WITH W/O..................... ...................... WITHOUT W/W................................... WALL TO WALL WC ..................................... WATER CLOSET WCO............................... WALL CLEANOUT WD................................................. WOOD WDW......................................... WINDOW WF....................................... WIDE FLANGE KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 ABBREVIATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01421-6 WH ....................................WALL HYDRANT WHTR.................................. WATER HEATER WI....................................WROUGHT IRON WL...........................................WATER LINE WL.......................................... WIND LOAD WP.................................. WORKING POINT WP...................................... WATERPROOF WR................................. WATER RESISTANT 1.3 ORGANIZATIONAL ACRONYMS WSP.................................. WET STAND PIPE WT................................................ WEIGHT WTR................................................. WATER WTRPRF..........................WATERPROOFING WWF ........................ WELDED WIRE FABRIC XFMR ...................................TRANSFORMER AA - Aluminum Association AABC - Associated Air Balance Council AAMA - Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers Assoc. AASHTO American Association of State High and Transportation Officials ACI American Concrete Institute ACIL - American Council of Independent Laboratories ACRI - Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute AGA - American Gas Association Al - Asphalt Institute AIA - American Institute of Architects AIEE - American Institute of Electrical Engineers AIMA - Acoustical and Insulating Materials Association AISC - American Institute of Steel Construction AISI - American Iron and Steel Institute AITC American Institute of Timber Construction ALSC - American Lumber Standards Committee ANSI - American National Standards Institute APA American Plywood Association ASAHC American Society of Architectural Hardware Consultants ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials ASME - American Society of Mechanical Engineers AWI - Architectural Woodwork Institute AWPA - American Wood Preservers Association AWPI - American Wood Preservers Institute AWS - American Welding Society AWSC - American Welding Society Code AWWA - American Water Works Association BHMA - Builders Hardware Manufacturers Institute BIA - Brick Institute of America BOMA - Building Owners and Managers Association BSI - Building Stone Institute CLFMI - Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute CPSC - Consumer Products Safety Commission CRA California Redwood Association CRI - Carpet and Rug Institute CRSI - Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute CSI - Construction Specifications Institute KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 ABBREVIATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01421-7 CTIOA - Ceramic Tile Institute of America DHI - Door and--Hardware-Institute FIA - Factory Insurance Association FMRC Factory Mutual Research Corporation GA Gypsum Association GANA Glass Association of North America ICC (ICBO) - International Code Council (formerly ICBO) IEEE - Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers MIA Marble Institute of America ML/SFA Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association NAAMM - National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers NAIMA North American Insulation Manufacturers Association NAMM National Association of Mirror Manufacturers NAPA - National Asphalt Pavement Association NBHA - National Builders Hardware Association NBS National Bureau of Standards NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer Association NrPA National Fire Protection Association NFPA National Forest Product Association NMWIA National Mineral Wool Insulation Association NPCA National Paint and Coatings Association NRCA - National Roofing and Contractors Association NTMA - National Terrazzo and Mosaic Association NWMA - National Woodwork Manufacturer's Association PCA - Portland Cement Association PCI - Prestressed Concrete Institute PDCA - Paint and Decorating Contractors of America PDI - Plumbing and Drainage Institute RTI - Resilient Tile Institute SDI - Steel Deck Institute SDI - Steel Door Institute SIGMA - Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association SJI - Steel Joist Institute SMACNA - Sheet Meal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association SSPC - Steel Structures Painting Council TCA - Tile Council of America UL - Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. USDA - United States Department of Agriculture WCLA - West Coast Lumberman's Association WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau WPA - Western Pine Association KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 ABBREVIATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01421-8 WPOA - Western Plumbing Officials Association WRC - Welding Research Council PART 2 — PRODUCTS & PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 ABBREVIATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01421-9 KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-AJD/H-01 ABBREVIATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01421-10 SECTION 01422 DEFINITIONS AND STANDARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DEFINITIONS A. General: The following terms are defined for purposes of administration and interpretation of the work. 1. Indicated: A cross-reference to graphic representations, notes or schedules on drawings, other paragraphs or schedules in specifications, and similar means of recording requirements in contract documents. Where terms such as "shown," "noted," "scheduled" and "specified" are used in lieu of "indicated," it is for purpose of helping reader locate cross-reference, and no limitation of location is intended except as specifically noted. 2. Directed, Requested: Where not otherwise explained, terms such as "directed," "requested," "authorized," "selected," "approved," "required," accepted," and "permitted" mean "directed by Architect," "requested by Architect," and similar phrases. However, no such implied meaning will be interpreted to extend Architect's responsibility into Contractor's area of construction supervision. 3. Approve: Where used in conjunction with Architect's response, the meaning of "approved" will be held to limitations of responsibilities and duties as specified in contract for construction. In no case will "approval" be interpreted as a release of Contractor from responsibilities to fulfill requirements of contract documents. 4. Furnish: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail, "furnish" is used to mean supply and deliver to project site. 5. Install: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail, "install" is used to describe operations at project site, from unloading to completion in place, ready for intended use. 6. Provide: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail, "provide" means furnish and install, complete and ready for intended use. 7. Installer: Entity (person or firm) engaged by the Contractor, its first -tier subcontractor, or sub -subcontractor, for performance of the particular unit of work at project site, such as installation, erection, application, and similar operations. It is a general requirement that such installers be expert in operations they are engaged to perform. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 DEFINITIONS & STANDARDS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01422-1 8. Testing Laboratory: Independent entity engaged to perform specific inspections or tests of work, either at project site or elsewhere; and to report, and (if required) interpret, results of those inspections or tests. 1.2 DOCUMENT FORMATS AND METHODS A. Specifications Format: Although some portions of these specifications may not be in complete compliance with one format, no particular significance shall be attached to such compliance or non-compliance. 2. Imperative Language: Except as otherwise indicated, requirements expressed imperatively are to be performed by Contractor. 3. Overlapping Requirements: Where there is a conflict between or within the contract documents or where compliance with two or more industry standards or sets of requirements is specified, and the different standards or requirements establish different levels of quality, the most stringent requirement is intended, is assumcd to have been bid, and will be enforced without cost to Owner. Refer requirements that are different but approximately equal, and uncertainties as to which quality level is more stringent, to Architect for a decision before proceeding. 4. Minimum Quality: The quality level shown or specified is intended to be the minimum for the work. Work may either comply exactly with that minimum quality (within specified tolerances), or may exceed that minimum quality within reasonable limits. 5. Specialists: In certain instances, specification text requires that work is to be assigned to specialists or expert entities. Such assignments are intended to establish which party or entity involved in a specific unit or work is recognized as "expert" for the indicated constructlon processes or operatiuris. Nevertheless, final responsibility for fulfillment of the entire set of contract requirements remains with Contractor. 6. Trades: Use of titles such as "carpentry" in specification text implies neither that work must be performed by an accredited or unionized trades -person nor that specified requirements apply exclusively to work by tradespersons of that name. 7. Incomplete Sentences and Abbreviations: Language of specifications and other contract documents is abbreviated in certain instances, and implies words and meanings appropriately interpreted. B. Drawing Formats In some cases, drawings may be reduced from stated scale or not drawn to scale. Do not scale drawings. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 DEFINITIONS & STANDARDS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01422-2 2. General: Where not otherwise noted, architectural symbols are defined by "Architectural Graphic Standards," published by John Wiley & Sons, Inc., eighth edition. 3. Mechanical and Electrical: Graphic symbols used on mechanical and electrical drawings are generally aligned with symbols recommended by ASHRAE, supplemented by symbols recommended by other recognized technical associations including ASME, ASPE, IEEE, and similar organizations. Refer instances of uncertainty to Architect for clarification before proceeding. 1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability: Applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect (and are made a part of the contract documents by reference) as if copied directly into contract documents. B. Referenced standards (referenced directly in contract documents or by governing regulations) have precedence over non -referenced standards which are recognized in industry for applicability to work. C. Copies of Standards: Where copies of standards are needed for proper performance of the work, obtain such copies directly from publication source. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION KOMAR DESERT CENTER—SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 DEFINITIONS & STANDARDS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01422-3 KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 DEFINITIONS & STANDARDS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01422-4 SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 `Wa 1.3 RESPONSIBILITIES A. These facilities shall be maintained by the Contractor until completion of the project, or sooner, as directed by Architect or Owner. Recondition and restore, including re -grading and re -certification of site areas if required, portions of site occupied by temporary facilities to a condition acceptable to Architect and Owner. B. Costs for all temporary facilities, including costs for connection of services and disconnection when no longer required, shall be borne by the Contractor. C. Temporary water, electricity, and telephone services shall be paid for by the Contractor. D. Provide all necessary design, permitting, and implementation of temporary power system. Exact location of power system supply shall be at discretion of Contractor, in cooperation with serving utility and with operations of work by others. RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE A. Summary of Work B. Demolition FIELD OFFICE SPACE Section 01110 Section 02225 A. Provide on -site temporary office space. The Architect and Owner shall be entitled to use of this space. B. Temporary office space shall be within a trailer or an enclosed structure of substantial waterproof construction. Space to be equipped as follows: Table. 2. Telephone service, including exterior mounted horn or bell. In addition, provide portable phone with sufficient range to be operable at any point on site. 3. Adequate heating, ventilation, and natural and electrical lighting. 4. Facsimile equipment, coordinated with Architects and Owners systems, and suitable for transmission of written and graphic data. 5. On -site computer and printer, Internet access, and e-mail service. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01500-1 6. Phone, facsimile and Internet access shall each have a dedicated phone line. 1.4 SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide temporary toilet buildings conforming to requirements of all Health and Sanitation Codes. Provide portable hand -washing stations. 1.5 TEMPORARY WATER AND FIRE PROTECTION A. Provide all water necessary for construction and drinking purposes. B. Provide adequate fire protection for the duration of all work in accordance with local codes, ordinances and governing regulations. 1.6 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY A. Provide all temporary electric service main, meter, distribution, and lighting system necessary for construction and shall provide all distribution facilities necessary. Electrical service shall be adequate to operate all hand tools and machines. B. Lighting shall be adequate to carry on work and be in accordance with rules and regulations of OSHA and all local codes and ordinances. 1.7 TEMPORARY EQUIPMENT A. Provide and maintain all temporary equipment such as stairs, ladders, ramps, scaffolds, hoists, chutes, etc., as required for proper and safe execution of work. 1.8 CONSTRUCTION FENCE A. Provide and install a fenced enclosure for the protection of those building materials which are lu be lempuidiily slured on the site and which are vulnerable to theft and vandalism. B. Locate construction storage area and fencing at area acceptable to Owner. Keep areas orderly, free of unnecessary hazards, clean, and in condition acceptable to Architect and Owner. C. Install and maintain protective fencing, barricades, gates, warning lights and additional protective devices as necessary for public and work force safety and trespassing deterrent during entire time from Contract execution until final acceptance of work. D. Construct and maintain temporary facilities in conformance with requirements of governing authorities and in compliance with phasing requirements established by Owners representative. Protective facilities shall remain in place until alternate safety methods are provided. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01500-2 1.9 PUMPING AND DRAINAGE A. Do not permit surface or subsurface water or other fluid to accumulate in excavations or under structures. Should such conditions develop or be encountered, water or other fluid shall be controlled and suitably disposed of by means of temporary pumps, piping, drainage lines and ditches, dams, or other methods as reviewed by the Architect. 1.10 SECURITY SERVICES A. Provide such security services as Contractor deems necessary to properly safeguard the site, buildings, materials, tools, and equipment at all hours. Owner will not assume any responsibility for loss of, or damage to, materials, tools, appliances, or work arising from acts of theft, vandalism, malicious mischief or other causes, except to extent covered by required insurance under Construction Contract. 1.11 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS A. Effectively dust palliate the construction site as frequently as necessary to allay dust during hours that work is being performed. Maintain public right-of-way in a condition acceptable to applicable agencies by sweeping, hosing, or other approved methods. B. Comply with all local ordinances, such as those concerning traffic, noise, atmospheric pollution, and storm water pollution, including construction phase Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan preparation and implementation. C. Maintain access to adjacent properties at all times. D. Do not permit storage of materials within the parking area designated to remain open during construction. E. Do not permit any open burning of either ground cover or rubbish. F. Arrange for daily removal of accumulated rubbish, or organic waste in a manner that complies with Federal, State and local requirements. G. Do not allow the accumulation of malodorous or hazardous materials, rubbish and organic waste which attracts insects and vermin. H. Hours of operation shall be as required by local codes and agency regulations. Work operations impacting traffic shall comply with city engineering requirements for traffic control. 1.12 EXISTING OBSTRUCTIONS A. Where the proper completion of the work requires temporary or permanent removal of existing site improvements, remove, replace or relocate all water pipe, pipelines, conduits, KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01500-3 culverts, roads, driveways, fences, wires, poles, retaining walls, curbs, gutters, concrete walks, and all other improvements of whatever character. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01500-4 SECTION 01600 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Specific products and assemblies have been selected to satisfy the design intent of the project. Optional products may be approved by the Architect in accordance with the procedure specified in this section. 1.2 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE A. Instructions to Bidders Section 00200 B. Submittals Section 01330 C. Request for Information Procedures Section 01340 D. Closeout Procedures Section 01770 1.3 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Specification Method: Based on specification method used in the individual sections, the following options for submittals are available to the Contractor: Products Specified Exclusively by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Provide any product meeting the specification. Substitution request is not required. 2. Products Specified by Listing One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions ("equal" or "equivalent" product provision): Provide specified product or submit a request for substitution for equivalent product by unlisted manufacturer. 3. Products Specified by Listing Several Manufacturers: Submit products by listed manufacturers only. No substitutions. 4. Products Specified by Proprietary Specifications of a Particular Manufacturer: Submit specified product. No substitutions. 1.4 LIMITATIONS ON SUBSTITUTIONS A. General During Bidding period, no requests for substitutions of products will be considered within 10 days of Bid Date. 2. After the Bidding period, requests for substitutions of products will be considered only within 30 days after date of Owner -Contractor Agreement. Subsequent KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01600-1 requests will be considered only in case of product unavailability or other conditions beyond control of Contractor. 3. Substitutions will not be considered when indicated on shop drawings or product data submittals without separate formal request, when requested directly by subcontractor or supplier, or when acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents. 4. Substitute products shall not be ordered or installed without written acceptance. 5. Only one request for substitution for each product will be considered. When substitution is not accepted, provide specified product. 6. Architect will determine acceptability of substitutions. 1.5 REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS A. General Submit separate requests for each substitution, using Substitution Request Form and Substitution Warranty Form at end of this section. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance oil proposed substitution with requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Identify product by Specifications section and Article numbers. Provide manufacturer's name and address, trade name of product, and model or catalog number. List fabricators and suppliers as appropriate. 3. Attach product data as specified in Section 01330. 4. List similar projects located within California, using product, dates of installation, and names of Architect/Engineer and Owner. 5. Give itemized comparison of proposed substitution with specified product, listing variations, and reference to Specifications section and Article numbers 6. Give quality and performance comparison between proposed substitution and the specified product. 7. Give cost data comparing proposed substitution with specified product, and amount of net change to Contract Sum. 8. List availability of maintenance services and replacement materials. 9. State effect of substitution on construction schedule, and changes required in other work or products. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600-2 B. Contractor Representation Request for substitution constitutes a representation that Contractor has investigated proposed product and has determined that it is equal to or superior in all respects to specified product. 2. Contractor will provide same warranty for substitution as for specified product. 3. Contractor will coordinate installation of accepted substitute, making such changes as may be required for Work to be complete in all respects. 4. Contractor certifies that cost data presented is complete and includes all related costs. 5. Contractor waives claims for additional costs related to substitution which may later become apparent. C. Submittal Procedures Submit three original copies of completed Request for Substitution and Substitution Warranty Forms, with original signatures. 2. Architect will review Contractor's requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness. 3. During the bidding period, Architect/Engineer will record acceptable substitutions in Addenda, if feasible. 4. After award of Contract, Architect/Engineer will notify Contractor, in writing, of decision to accept or reject requested substitution within 14 days of receiving submittal. 5. For accepted products, submit shop drawings, product data, and samples in accordance with Section 01330. 6. As part of project closeout, submit documentation supporting each accepted substitution. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not used. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01600-3 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01600-4 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM A. PROJECT DESCRIPTION 1. Project: 2. Architect: SGPA Architecture and Planning 3. Architects Job Number: 4. Contractor: B. PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION 1. Specified Product: 2. Project Manual Section: Page 3. Proposed Substitution: a) Description: b) Manufacturer Name/Rep/Phone: C. CONTRACTORS REPRESENTATIONS Item No. 1. The proposed product meets or exceeds specification requirements? Yes No. 2. Will Changes be required to project design in order to properly install the proposed product? Yes No. If yes, please explain: 3. Contractor is responsible for all changes to the project design, including engineering and drawing costs, caused by requested substitution? _ Yes No. 4. Does substitution affect drawing dimensions? Yes No. If yes, please explain: 5. What affect does the substitution have on other trades? KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01600-5 6. Proposed product is subject to and complies with all requirements of the specifications, including warranties. Yes No. 7. Will proposed substitution affect progress schedule or completion of work? No. If yes, please explain: 8. Will maintenance and service parts be locally available for proposed substitution? Yes No. Yes 9. Will proposed substitution require more license fees or royalties than specified product? Yes No. 10. Will proposed product meet all requirements of reviewing agencies? Yes No. If no, please explain: 11. Summarize differences in product characteristics between proposed substitution and specified item. 12. Proposed substitution by: Representative: Company: Address: Phone: D. ARCHITECTS EVALUATION Accepted: Rejected: By:. Remarks: Accepted As Noted: Received Too Late: Date: E. Fill out, sign and attach Substitution Warranty Form (immediately following this document)_ KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01600-6 (Reproduce on Contractor Letterhead) SUBSTITUTION WARRANTY FORM PROJECT: We propose to provide an equivalent to the Contract Documents. in lieu of, and as as currently indicated in We agree to assume all costs for testing, research, etc. and any modifications to other portions of the work as necessary to accommodate our material(s) and system(s) including all appurtenances required for proper installation and functioning of said material(s) and system(s) and obtaining all governing agency approvals. We hereby warrant the _ (provide description) is the equivalent of _(specified product) in every aspect and will perform satisfactorily under the conditions and use indicated on the Drawings and described in the Specifications. We are hereby responsible for any costs or modifications (if any) to any other trade or portion of the project as necessary to accommodate the use of the requested substitution whether immediately apparent or discovered at a later date. Unless indicated otherwise, in writing, there will be no delay in the Project Schedule as a result of this substitution. Signed:_ Signed: Signed: Date: (Manufacturer/Supplier/Other) Date: (Subcontractor) Date: (General Contractor) END OF SECTION KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600-7 KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01600-8 SECTION 01721 FIELD ENGINEERING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Owner has employed the services of FUSCOE Engineering, referred to hereafter as Engineer of Record, to provide initial engineering datum for project. The Engineer of Record has: Located and marked property lines of site. 2. Established one benchmark for project, referenced to city standard, and located in protected location near property corner. 1.2 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. General Bench marks, control base line, and property lines may have been established on or adjacent to site. Replace monuments, property corners, or reference points disturbed or destroyed during Work [by employing the Engineer of Record]. Layout shall be at no additional expense to Owner. 2. Lay out and maintain record drawings, reference points, additional bench marks, and all other engineering at all stages of construction necessary to accomplish Work. 3. At time of layout, verify locations and elevations of existing utilities at point of connection with new services [by employing the Engineer of Record that prepared original engineering drawings]. Layout shall be at no additional expense to Owner. 4. Submit, for Owner's approval, name and qualifications of proposed engineering firm for field engineering. Engineering firm shall not be associated with or a business division of Contractor. 5. The Engineer of Record is an Owner approved engineering firm. 1.3 FIELD ENGINEERING A. General 1. Engage, at Contractor's sole expense, a licensed land surveyor or civil engineer, KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 FIELD ENGINEERING PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01721-1 approved by Owner, to layout and establish lines and grades for construction of this work, including rough grade staking, fine grade staking, building corners, drainage devices and pipes, sewer mains and laterals, water mains and fire hydrants, pavement stakes, curbs, gutters, utility system connections, curb -and -gutters, streets, system connections, and framing/wall/structure elevation control. 2. As part of project closeout, submit original surveys, reports, and certifications specified below. B. Pad and Utility Certification After completion of [rough][final] grading and prior to commencement of any building construction, obtain certificate from project Geotechnical Engineer, and submit two copies to the Owner, Architect, and project Civil Engineer for approval, that pad subgrade has been inspected and tested, has been properly prepared and compacted in conformance with established recommendations and meets with Geotechnical Engineer's approval for building construction. This certificate shall include compaction reports, types of materials encountered and a description of work performed. 2. After completion of [rough][final] grading and prior to start of any building construction, obtain a certificate from approved licensed surveyor or civil engineer and submit two copies to Owner and Architect for approval, that building pad is at proper location and size and is within 0.10 foot of design plan subgrade. This certificate shall include a map denoting as -built pad location, size and elevations thereon. n n__ I..a:,.... c r..—..�. l�i'..wll .J'r. r. rl +ram n+ r+ of n�i . +;1;+%, J. HILCI UUMPlullulI UI Llvuyh��linal" grading and prior o Stal, dl any duuLy construction, obtain certificate from Geotechnical Engineer and submit two copies to Owner, project Civil Engineer, and Architect for approval, that grading has been inspected and tested and meets with Geotechnical Engineer's recommendations and approval. This certificate shall include compaction reports, types of materials encountered and description of work performed. 4. After completion of [rough][final] grading and prior to start of any utility construction, obtain certificate from approved surveyor or engineer, and submit two copies to the Owner, Architect, and project Civil Engineer for approval, that site has been graded to within 0.10 foot of design plan subgrade. This certificate shall be on a map drawn to same scale as grading plan and denote as -built rough grade elevations thereon. 5. Prior to installation of any utility line, trench shall be inspected and approved by Geotechnical Engineer. Submit two copies of Geotechnical Engineer's inspection report and approval to Owner, project Civil Engineer, and Architect. C. Foundation Certification KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 FIELD ENGINEERING PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01721-2 Prior to pouring any building concrete, obtain, and submit two copies to the Owner, Architect, and project Civil Engineer for approval, survey prepared by approved licensed surveyor or civil engineerof foundation forms. Immediately after foundations have been poured, obtain, and submit two copies to the Owner, Architect, and project Civil Engineer for approval, map survey of constructed foundations prepared by licensed survey or engineer. This survey shall clearly show location of foundations in respect to property lines and dimensions and elevations thereof. This map shall contain certification that there are no encroachments over existing property lines and that building footings are at proper location and elevation in accordance with approved plans, and shall be signed and dated by surveyor. Any encroachments or discrepancies from approved plans shall clearly be shown. 2. Cost of these surveys shall be paid for by Contractor. Provide two copies to Owner for approval prior to proceeding. 3. This survey requirement shall also apply to site walls, trash enclosures, trellises, and other similar site improvements. D. Penetrations Make suitable preparations for installation of work, including penetration, embedment, and attachment of piping, conduit, hangers, inserts, anchors, grounds, supports and similar items in concrete and masonry walls, floors, partitions, or structural members. 2. Provide and install sleeves, boxes, receptacles, chases, and other openings or recesses to receive work. 3. Locate penetration and attachment provisions accurately and secure firmly in place before erecting masonry or placing concrete. 1.4 PAYMENT A. Owner shall designate and pay for Geotechnical Engineer's services, tests and certifications. B. Engage and pay for licensed surveyor or civil engineer's testing, inspections, certifications, surveys, and construction staking as required. Additionally, any re -testing, re -certification, or re -staking due to Contractor's faulty workmanship or material, or negligence in protecting survey points in use, shall be paid for by Contractor. C. Schedule Geotechnical Engineer and surveyor or civil engineer's services and provide minimum of two working days advance notification thereto. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 FIELD ENGINEERING 01721-3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION KOMAR DESERT CENTER —SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 FIELD ENGINEERING PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01721-4 SECTION 01770 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the following task areas: 1. Final cleaning of complete project. 2. Procedures for substantial completion and final completion. 3. Procedures for final payment. 1.2 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE A. Project Record Documents B. Operating and Maintenance Data 1.3 COORDINATION Section 01781 Section 01782 A. Provide _ days prior written or oral notice to Owner and tenant's project manager of anticipated turnover date. 1.4 FINAL CLEANING A. Immediately prior to inspection for Substantial Completion, remove waste materials and rubbish from Buildings and Site. Remove protective coatings, barriers and other protective devices, temporary work, and surplus materials. B. Clean the Buildings and Site. Leave building in neat and orderly condition, ready for subsequent work of other contracts and use by Owner. 1. Wash and polish glass on both faces. Wash and polish mirrors. 2. Dust and vacuum finished spaces, including cabinetry, shelves and furnishings; wash and otherwise clean as necessary to remove stains, dust, and dirt. 3. Leave mechanical rooms and similar unfinished spaces "Broom Clean." 4. Mop and rinse clean all finished flooring products. Wax all resilient flooring. Vacuum all carpet. 5. Wet wipe all exterior metals railings, trim, and similar items. 6. Hose clean all concrete and asphalt paving. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01770-1 C. Clean and sterilize plumbing fixtures. D. Remove unnecessary temporary facilities.. E. Dust, vacuum, wash and otherwise clean heaters, grilles and registers, and other mechanical work in finished spaces to remove stains, dust, and dirt. Dust equipment, ducts, pipes, and other mechanical work in mechanical rooms and similar unfinished spaces. Remove construction dirt and debris from interior of ductwork and air handling equipment. Replace all filters. F. Dust, vacuum, wash and otherwise clean light fixtures and other electrical work to remove stains, dust, and dirt. Remove protective plastic covering from light fixtures. Dust electrical equipment in mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, and similar unfinished spaces. Replace burned out lamps. G. Maintain Work in clean condition until Architect and Owner determines Work to be Substantially Complete. H. Upon Completion of Work remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus materials from premises. i. Touch up damaged surfaces completely. J. Touch up blemished or damaged paint surfaces. 1.5 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND FINAL COMPLETION n R Ggiesa for Preliminary rel'in ayRe VIeV. When Aorl- approaches Subs+antinl Completion, i+ Anr 1VVIIV Vn I IIlulti %a cUii0v1111L to Architect and Owner a written request for a preliminary review for Substantial Completion, including a list of items to be completed or corrected. Submit request approximately 15 days prior to scheduled date for Substantial Completion. If Architect considers Work to be sufficiently complete, preliminary review will be conducted as part of the regularly scheduled progress meeting prior to scheduled date for Substantial Completion. B. Preliminary Review and Punchlist for Substantial Completion: The Architect will conduct preliminary review for Substantial Completion. Based on preliminary review, Architect will prepare a Punch List for Substantial Completion, indicating items which shall be completed or corrected before Work will be determined to be Substantially Complete. Complete and correct items on Punch List before scheduled occupancy date. C. Complete Punch List items that are designated as critical to tenant within 10 days. When items on Punch List for Substantial Completion have been completed or corrected, return Punch List to Architect indicating in writing action taken for each item. Include items completed, items not complete, and reasons for not completing remaining items. Along with returned Punch List for Substantial Completion, submit to Architect a request for inspection for Substantial Completion. Architect will establish a date for inspection. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01770-2 D. Substantial Completion Inspection and Punchlist for Final Inspection: The Architect will conduct inspection for Substantial Completion. If Architect determines Work to be Substantially Complete, Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion as provided in Agreement, and a Punch List for Final Completion of items remaining to be completed or corrected before Work will be determined fully complete and ready for acceptance. E. When items on Punch List for Final Completion have been fully completed or corrected, submit to Architect a written indication of action taken for each item, and request Final inspection. Architect will establish a date for inspection. F. Final Inspection: The Architect, accompanied by Owner and Contractor, will conduct Final inspection. If Architect determines Work is acceptable under Contract Documents and Contract fully performed, Architect will notify Contractor in writing. 1.6 FINAL PAYMENT A. Upon receipt of written notification from Architect that Work is acceptable under Contract Documents and Contract fully performed, prepare and submit to Architect a Final Application for Payment in accordance with procedures defined in Agreement and Contract Conditions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01770-3 KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01770-4 SECTION 01781 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Throughout progress of the Work of this Contract, maintain an accurate record of all changes in the Contract Documents, as described below. 1.2 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE A. Submittal Procedures B. Request for Information Procedures C. Closeout Procedures 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE Section 01330 Section 01340 Section 01770 A. General: One person on the Contractor's staff shall be responsible for maintenance of Record Documents. B. Accuracy of Records: Thoroughly coordinate all changes within the Record Documents, making adequate and proper entries on Specifications, Drawings and other Documents where such entry is required to properly show the change. Accuracy of records shall be such that Owner may reasonably rely on information obtained from the approved Record Documents. C. Timing of Entries: Make all entries within two working days of information or occurrence. D. Incorporate on documents described below, all record drawings data developed under requirement of provision Bid Packages. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Final Submittal: Prior to final payment request, submit the final Record Documents to the Architect for processing. 1.5 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Use all means necessary to maintain the job set of Record Documents completely protected from deterioration and from loss and damage until completion of the Work and transfer of the recorded data to the final Record Documents. In the event of loss of recorded data, use all means necessary to replace the data to the satisfaction of the Owner. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01781-1 1.6 DEFINITIONS A. Record Documents are official documents in any format that officially and accurately describe the final accepted Work. Formats include, but are not limited to, drawings, specifications, submittals, diagrams, product data, certifications, correspondence, surveys, etc. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Job Set: Promptly following award of Contract, secure from the Architect one complete set of all Documents comprising the Contract. B. Final Record Drawings: At a time near the completion of the Work, purchase from Architect one complete reproducible set of all Drawings included in the Contract. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 MAIN T ENANCE OF JOB SET A. Identification: Immediately upon receipt of the job set described above, identify each of the Documents with the title "RECORD DOCUMENTS - JOB SET." B. Preservation Protect job set from moisture, sunlight deterioration, and other damage. 2. Do not use the job set for any purpose except entry of new data and for review by the Awhilecl.. 3. Maintain current job set at the site. C. Making Entries on Documents (Drawings, Specifications, Substitutions, Submittals, etc.): Using an erasable colored pencil (not ink or indelible pencil), clearly described the change by note and by graphic line, as required. Date all entries. Call attention to the entry by a "cloud" around the area or areas affected. In the event of overlapping changes, different colors may be used for each of the changes. 2. Transfer entries from previous sheets to replacement sheets as issued. Graphic quality of all entries shall be equal to that of the original. 3. Where changes are caused by directives issued by the Architect, clearly indicate the change by note in ink, colored pencil, or rubber stamp. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01781-2 4. Where changes are caused by Contractor -originated proposals approved by the Architect, including inadvertent errors by the Contractor which have been accepted by the Architect, clearly indicate the change by note in erasable colored pencil. D. Conversion of Schematic Layouts: In most cases on the Drawings, arrangement of conduits and circuits, piping, ducts, and other similar items, is shown schematically and is not intended to portray precise physical layout. However, design of future modifications may require accurate information as to the final physical arrangement of items which are shown only schematically on the Drawings. 2. Show on the job set of Record Drawings, by dimension accurate to within 1" (except paving shall be located to a tolerance of plus/minus 1/2 inch), the horizontal and vertical centerline of each component of the following items: a. All underground piping, conduit, and related items. b. Top of paving, final earthwork elevations and top of curb grades. c. Location of all drains, inverts and catch basins. d. Monumentation method. e. All piping, conduit, splice boxes, points of connection and similar building system components, including attic stubouts for future extension, concealed within construction or subsequent finish. f. All electrical circuiting, including panel and breaker identification. e. All concealed structural columns, shear walls, and related components. 3. Clearly identify the item by accurate note such as "cast iron drain," "galv. water," etc. Show, by symbol or note, the vertical location of the item (minus 18", for example). Make all identification sufficiently descriptive that it may be related reliably to the Specifications. 4. Record all concealed components, such as underground piping, prior to enclosing or covering. E. Accuracy of Entries: Use all means necessary, including the proper tools for locating and measurement, to determine actual locations of the installed items. 3.2 FINAL RECORD DOCUMENTS A. General: The purpose of the final Record Documents is to provide factual information regarding all aspects of the Work, both concealed and visible, to enable future modification of design to proceed without lengthy and expensive site measurement, investigation, and examination. Minor finish and miscellaneous detail need not be transferred from the job set. All structural, architectural, mechanical, plumbing, and electrical changes shall be transferred to Record Set. B. Transfer of Data to Drawings: Carefully transfer all change data shown on the job set of Record Drawings to the corresponding reproducible documents, coordinating the changes KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01781-3 as required, and clearly indicating at each affected detail and other drawing the full description of all changes made during construction and the actual location of items described in Paragraph 3.1 E above. Call attention to each entry by drawing a "cloud" around the area or areas affected. Make all change entries on the reproducibles neatly, consistently, and in ink or crisp black pencil. Graphic quality shall be equal to that of the original. Stamp each sheet "Record Drawing," date and sign each sheet. C. Transfer of Data to Other Documents (Specifications, Substitutions, Submittals, etc.): If Documents other than Drawings have been successfully maintained clean during progress of the Work, and if entries have been noted sufficiently orderly thereon to the approval of the Owner, those Documents (other than Drawings) will be accepted by the Architect as final Record Documents for those Documents. If any such Document is not so approved by the Owner, obtain a clean copy of that Document; carefully transfer the change data to the new copy to the approval of the Owner. Stamp each cover sheet "Record Document," date and sign each cover sheet. D. Review and Approval: Submit the completed total set of Record Documents to the Architect. Participate in review meeting or meetings as required by the Architect, make all required changes in the Record Documents, and promptly deliver the final Record Documents to the Architect. E. Design -Build Components: Provide complete and accurate drawings showing as -built conditions. F. Submit the completed total set of final Record Documents to the Architect. 3.3 CHANGES SUBSEQUENT TO ACCEPTANCE A. The Contractor shall be responsible for recording changes in the Work subsequent to acceptance of the Work by the Owner, resulting from replacements, repairs and alterations made by the Contractor as part of Contractor's guarantee. END OF SECTION KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01781-4 SECTION 01782 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Compile product data and related information appropriate for Owner's maintenance and operation of products furnished under the Contract. 1. Prepare operating and maintenance data as specified in this Section and as referenced in other pertinent sections of Specifications. B. Instruct Owner's personnel in the maintenance of products and in the operation of equipment and systems. 1.2 WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE A. Submittal Requirements 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE Section 01330 A. Preparation of data shall be done by personnel: 1. Trained and experienced in maintenance and operation of the described products. 2. Completely familiar with requirements of this Section. 3. Skilled as a technical writer to the extent required to communicate essential data. 4. Skilled as a drafter competent to prepare required drawings. 1.4 FORM OF SUBMITTALS A. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's personnel. B. Format 1. Size: 8-1/2 in. x 11 in. 2. Paper: 20 pound minimum, white, for typed pages. 3. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or neatly typewritten/word processed. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01782-1 4. Drawings: a. Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text. b. Fold larger drawings to the size of the text pages. c. Provide durable method for binding drawings into manuals such that drawings cannot readily fall out. 5. Provide cover sheet for each separate product, or each piece of operating equipment. a. Provide typed description of product, and major component parts of equipment. b. Provide indexed tabs. 6. Cover: Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS Volume # of #" (fill in appropriate volume # information). List: a. Title of Project. b. Identity of separate building as applicable. c. Identity of general subject matter covered in each volume. d. Insert identification information in front cover and spine sleeves. C. Binders Uornmercial quality Ullee-IIIIg V-ring UIIIUCrs with durable and %icaiiavie plastic covers with insert pockets at covers and spines. 2. Maximum ring size: 1 inch. 3. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent groupings. 1.5 CONTENT OF MANUAL A. Neatly typewritten/word processed table of contents for each volume, arranged in a syslernaLic order. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number. 2. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to the content of the volume. 3. List, with each product, the name, address and telephone number of: a. Subcontractor or installer. b. Maintenance contractor, as appropriate. c. Identify the area of responsibility of each. d. Local source of supply for parts and replacement. e. List of extra stock and spare components provided as required in individual specification sections, with description of packaging and labeling. 4. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set forth in Contract Documents. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01782-2 5. Use bold or red text to emphasize immediate information about where emergency data may be found in the manual. B. Product Data Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product. 2. Annotate each sheet to: a. Clearly identify the specific product or part installed. b. Clearly identify the data applicable to the installation. c. Delete references to inapplicable information. C. Drawings Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate: a. Relations of component parts of equipment and systems. b. Control and flow diagrams. 2. Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure correct illustrations of completed installation. 3. Do not use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings. D. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation: Organize in a consistent format under separate headings for different procedures. 2. Provide a logical sequence of instructions for each procedure. E. Copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued. Provide information sheet for Owner's personnel, give: a. Proper procedures in the event of failure. b. Instances which might affect the validity of warranties or bonds. 1.6 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. Submit two copies of complete Materials and Finishes Manual in final form. B. Content, for architectural products, applied materials and finishes: Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products. a. Catalog number, size, composition. b. Color and texture designations. c. Information required for re -ordering special -manufactured products. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F &-H - -- 20612-A/D/H-01 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01782-3 2. Instructions for care and maintenance. a. Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods. b. Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are detrimental to the product. c. Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. C. Content, for moisture -protection and weather -exposed products: Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products. a. Applicable standards. b. Chemical composition. c. Details of installation. D. Additional requirements for maintenance data: The respective sections of Specifications. 1.7 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. Submit three copies of complete Equipment and Systems Manual in final form. B. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate: Description of unit and component parts. a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests. c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of all replaceable parts. 2. Operating procedures: a. Staff -up, break-in, lI, routine and normal I I lal operating lg instr uc tiO Is. b. Regulation, control, stopping, shut -down and emergency instructions. c. Summer and winter operating instructions. d. Special operating instructions. 3. Maintenance Procedures: a. Routine operations. b. Guide to "trouble -shooting." c. Disassembly, repair and reassembly. d. Alignment, adjusting and checking. 4. Servicing and lubrication schedule. a. List of lubricants required. 5. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. 6. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer. 7. Original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings and diagrams required for maintenance. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01782-4 a. Predicted life of parts subject to wear. b. Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. 8. As -installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer. 9. Each contractor's coordination drawings. a. As -installed color coded piping diagrams. 10. Charts of valve tag numbers, with the location and function of each valve. 11. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. 12. Other data as required under pertinent sections of specifications. C. Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate: 1. Description of system and component parts. a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests. c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts. 2. Circuit directories of panelboards. a. Electrical service. b. Controls. c. Communications. 3. As -installed color coded wiring diagrams. 4. Operating procedures: a. Routine and normal operating instructions. b. Sequences required. c. Special operating instructions. 5. Maintenance procedures: a. Routine operations. b. Guide to "trouble -shooting." c. Disassembly, repair and reassembly. d. Adjustment and checking. 6. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. 7. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. 8. Other data as required under pertinent sections of specifications. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01782-5 D. Prepare and include additional data when the need for such data becomes apparent during instruction of Owner's personnel. E. Additional requirements for operating and maintenance data: The respective sections of Specifications. 1.8 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. Submit two copies of preliminary draft of proposed formats and outlines of contents prior to start of work. Architect/Engineer will review draft and return one copy with comments. B. Submit one copy of complete data in final form fifteen days prior to final inspection or acceptance. Copy will be returned after final inspection or acceptance, with comments. C. Submit specified number of copies of approved data in final form within 10 days after final inspection or acceptance. 1.9 INSTRUCTION OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL A. Prior to final inspection or acceptance, fully instruct Owner's designated operating and maintenance personnel in the operation, adjustment and maintenance of all products, equipment and systems. B. Operating and maintenance manual shall constitute the basis of instruction. Review contents of manual with personnel in full detail to explain all aspects of operations and maintenance. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 01782-6 02000 CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS 02225 DEMOLITION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Demolish and remove from site those items so indicated on the Drawings. B. Salvage items designated by owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS (No products are required in this Section) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 DEMOLITION A. General: 1. Prior to start of demolition, carefully study the Drawings and these Specifications. 2. In company with the Owner, visit the site and verify the extent of demolition to be performed under this Contract. B. Using only the means and equipment approved for this purpose by governmental agencies having jurisdiction, demolish and completely remove from the job site the existing construction designated to be removed. 1. Shut off, cap and otherwise protect public utility lines in accordance with the requirements of the public agency or utility having jurisdiction. 2. Completely remove footings, foundations, and above -ground and underground construction of all kinds. 3. Remove rocks larger than 6 inch diameter, roots and debris. C. Demolished material shall be considered property of the Contractor and shall be completely removed from the job site. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 02000-1 D. Salvaged materials shall be considered property of the Owner and shall be stored according to Owner's instructions. E. Use means necessary to prevent dust from becoming a nuisance to the public, to neighbors and to other work being performed on or near the site. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 02000-2 02235 SITE CLEARING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Clear the site as shown on the Drawings and as specified in this Section. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Provide materials, not specifically described but required for proper completion of the work of this Section, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Owner. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which the work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 PROTECTION A. Protect existing utilities indicated or made known. B. Protect trees and shrubs, where indicated to remain, by providing a fence around the tree or shrub of sufficient distance away and of sufficient height so trees and shrubs will not be damaged in any way as part of this Work. C. Protection of persons and property: 1. Barricade open depressions and holes occurring as part of this Work, and post warning lights on property adjacent to or with public access. 2. Operate warning lights during hours from dusk to dawn each day and as otherwise required. 3. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout and other hazards created by operations under this Section. D. Use means necessary to prevent dust becoming a nuisance to the public, to neighbors and to other work being performed on or near the site. E. Maintain access to the site at all times. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 02000-3 3.03 CLEARING A. In areas that are to be excavated, clean out roots one inch in diameter and larger to a depth of at least 12 inches below the existing ground surface or subgrade of new graded surface, whichever is lower. Treat roots remaining in the soil with a weed killer approved by the Owner. 3.04 CONSERVATION OF TOPSOIL A. After the area has been cleared of vegetation, strip the existing topsoil in those areas to be excavated. B. Stockpile in an area clear of new construction. 3.05 DISPOSAL A. General: 1. Remove brush, grass, roots, trash, and other material from clearing operations. 2. Dispose of away from the site in a legal manner. 3. Do not store or permit debris to accumulate on the job site. B. Do not burn debris at the site. 3.06 UTILITIES A. Coordinate with utility companies and agencies as required. B. Where utility cutting, capping or plugging is required, perform such work in accordance with requirements of the utility or governmental agency having Jurisdiction. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 02000-4 02310 GRADING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. In accordance with pertinent provisions of this Section, excavate backfill, compact and grade the site to the elevations shown on the Drawings and as needed to meet the requirements of the construction shown in the Contract Documents. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SOIL MATERIALS A. Fill materials: 1. Provide soil materials free from organic matter and deleterious substances, containing no rocks or lumps over 3 inches in greatest dimension and with not more than fifteen percent of the rocks or lumps larger than 2-1/2 inches in their greatest dimension. 2. In planting areas provide approved backfill material to a point 12 inches below indicated finish grade. 3. Fill material is subject to the approval of the Owner. 2.02 TOPSOIL A. Where and if shown on the Drawings or otherwise required, provide topsoil consisting of friable, fertile soil of loamy character containing an amount of organic matter normal to the region, capable of sustaining healthy plant life, and reasonably free from subsoils, roots, heavy or stiff clay, stones larger than 2 inches in greatest dimension, noxious weeds, sticks, brush, litter and other deleterious matter. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 PROCEDURES A. Utilities: KOMAR DESERT CENTER—SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 02000-5 1. Unless shown to be removed, protect active utility lines shown on the Drawings or otherwise made known to the Contractor prior to excavating. If damaged, repair or replace at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. If active utility lines are encountered, and are not shown on the Drawings or otherwise made known to the Contractor, promptly take necessary steps to assure that service is not interrupted. 3. If service is interrupted as a result of work under this Section, immediately restore service by repairing the damaged utility at no additional cost to the Owner. 4. If existing utilities are found to interfere with the permanent facilities being constructed under this Section, immediately notify the Owner and secure its instructions. 5. Do not proceed with permanent relocation of utilities until written instructions are received from the Owner. B. Use means necessary to prevent dust becoming a nuisance to the public, to neighbors and to other work being performed on or near the site. C. Maintain access to adjacent areas at all times. 3.03 EXCAVATING A. Perform excavating of every type of material encountered within the limits of the Work to the lines, grades and elevations indicated and specified herein. B. Satisfactory excavated materials: Transport to, and place in, fill or embankment areas within the limits of the Work. C. Surplus materials: 1. Dispose of unsatisfactory excavated materials, and surplus satisfactory excavated materials, away from the site at disposal areas arranged and paid for by the Contractor. D. Excavation of rock: 1. Where rocks, boulders, granite or similar material is encountered excavate by conventional earth moving or ripping equipment and remove or excavate such material by means which will not endanger buildings or structures whether on or off site. 2. Do not use explosives without written permission from the Owner. E. Excavate and backfill in a manner and sequence that will provide proper drainage at all times. 3.04 FILLING A. Ground surface preparation: Remove vegetation, debris, unsatisfactory soil materials, obstructions, and deleterious materials from the ground surface prior to placement of fills. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 02000-6 2. Plow, strip or break up surfaces steeper than one vertical to four horizontal, so that fill material will bond with existing surface. 3. At exposed soils in areas to be paved, scarify to a minimum depth of 6 inches, and recompact at a moisture content that will permit proper compaction as specified for fill. 4. Do not place fill material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen or containing frost or ice. 5. Place fill materials evenly adjacent to structures, to required elevations. 3.05 GRADING A. General: 1. Uniformly grade the areas within limits of grading under this Section, including adjacent transition areas. 2. Smooth the finished surfaces within specified tolerance. 3. Compact with uniform levels or slopes between points where elevations are shown on the Drawings, or between such points and existing grades. B. Grading outside building lines: 1. Grade areas adjacent to buildings to achieve drainage away from structures and to prevent ponding. 2. Finish the surfaces to be free from irregular surface changes. 3.06 MAINTENANCE A. Protection of newly graded areas: 1. Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion, and keep free from trash and weeds. 2. Repair and reestablish grades in settled, eroded and rutted areas to the specified grades. B. Where completed compacted areas are distributed by subsequent construction operations or adverse weather, scarify the surface, reshape and compact to the required density prior to further construction. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 02000-7 02315 EXCAVATION AND FILL PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Excavate, backfill, compact and grade the site to the elevations shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed to meet the requirements of the construction shown in the Contract Documents. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SOIL MATERIALS A. Fill and backfill materials: 1. Provide soil materials free from organic matter and deleterious substances, containing no rocks or lumps over 3 inches in greatest dimension. B. Where and if shown on the Drawings or otherwise required, provide topsoil consisting of friable, fertile soil of loamy character, containing an amount of organic �i�atter normal ,'Tial to the region, capable of sustaining healthy plant life, and reasonable free from subsoil, roots, heavy or stiff clay, stones larger than 2 inches in greatest dimension, noxious weeds, sticks, brush, litter and other deleterious matter. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 PROCEDURES A. Utilities: 1. Protect active utility lines. If damaged, repair or replace at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. If existing utilities are found to interfere with the permanent facilities being constructed, immediately notify the Owner and secure its instructions. 3.03 EXCAVATING A. Perform excavating as required within the limits of the Work to the lines, grades and elevations as specified on the Drawings and as indicated herein. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 02000-8 B. Excavate topsoil and stockpile in area designated on site. C. Excavate subsoil required for building foundations, construction operations and other Work. D. Dispose of unsatisfactory excavated material away from the site at disposal areas arranged and paid for by the Contractor. E. Slope banks to angle of repose or less, until shored. F. Where rocks, boulders, granite or similar material is encountered, remove such material by means which will neither cause additional cost to the Owner nor endanger buildings or structures on or off the site. G. Excavate and backfill in a manner and sequence that will provide proper drainage at all times. H. Correct unauthorized excavation at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Conform to elevations and dimensions shown within a tolerance of 0.10 feet, and extending a sufficient distance from footings and foundations to permit placing and removing concrete formwork, other required construction and inspection. B. In excavating for footings and foundations, take care not to disturb bottom of excavation. 3.05 FILLING AND BACKFILLING A. Backfill excavations as promptly as progress of the Work permits, but not until completion of the following: 1. Acceptance of construction below finish grade. 2. Removing concrete formwork. 3. Inspecting, testing and approving underground utilities. 4. Removing of trash and debris. 5. Placement of horizontal bracing on horizontally supported walls. B. Placing and compacting. 1. Do not place backfill or fill material on surfaces that are muddy frozen or containing frost or ice. 2. Place backfill or fill material evenly adjacent to structures, to required elevations. 3. Employ a placement method so as not to disturb or damage foundations, foundation dampproofing or utilities in trenches. 4. Where the construction includes basement or other underground walls having structural floors over them, do not backfill such walls until the structural floors are in place and have attained sufficient strength to support the walls. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 02000-9 3.06 MAINTENANCE A. Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion, and keep free from trash and weeds. B. Where completed compacted areas are disturbed by subsequent construction operations or adverse weather, scarify the surface, reshape and compact prior to further construction. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 02000-10 02316 TRENCHING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Trench, backfill, compact as specified herein, and as needed to meet the requirements of the construction shown in the Contract Documents. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SOIL MATERIALS A. Fill and backfill materials: 1. Provide soil materials free from organic matter and deleterious substances, containing no rocks or lumps over 3 inches in greatest dimension. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 PROCEDURES A. Utilities: 1. Protect active utility lines. If damaged, repair or replace at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. If existing utilities are found to interfere with the permanent facilities being constructed, immediately notify the Owner and secure instructions. 3.03 TRENCHING A. Provide sheeting and shoring necessary for protection of the work and for the safety of personnel. Prior to backfilling, remove sheeting. B. Open cut: 1. Excavate for utilities by open cut. 2. If conditions at the site prevent such open cut trenching may be used. 3. Remove boulders and other interfering objects, and backfill voids left by such removals. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 02000-11 C. Trench to the minimum width necessary for proper installation of the utility, with sides as nearly vertical as possible. Accurately grade the bottom to provide uniform bearing for the utility. D. Where utility runs traverse public property or are subject to -governmental or utility company jurisdiction, provide depth, bedding, cover and other requirements as directed. E. Where trenching occurs in existing lawns, remove turf in sections and keep damp. Replace turf upon completion of the backfilling. F. Provide minimum trench depth as indicated on the Drawings or as specified by the Owner, the Project Engineer or by the local governmental authority. 3.03 BACKFILLING A. Backfill excavations as promptly as progress of the Work permits, but not until completion of the following: 1. Inspecting, testing and approving underground utilities. 2. Removing of trash and debris. B. Placing and compacting. 1. Do not place backfill or fill material on surfaces that are muddy frozen or containing frost or ice. 2. Backfill trenches to the ground surface with selected material selected by the Owner. 3. Reopen trenches which have been improperly backfilled, to a depth as required for proper compaction. Refill and compact as specified. Y. Mechanically Colllpact backfill within ten feet of hµilulingS. 3.06 MAINTENANCE A. Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion, and keep free from trash and weeds. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 02000-12 02510 WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide water distribution system as shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, as required by CVWD and as needed for a complete and proper installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. General: Assume connection point to building service lines as being approximately 5 feet outside buildings and structures to which service is required. 2.02 WATER PIPING, BURIED BEYOND BUILDING A. Cast Iron Pipe: ANSI/AWWA with ductile iron fittings, rubber gasket, mechanical joints and 3/4 inch diameter rods. B. Copper Tubing: ASTM B88, Type K, annealed with wrought copper fittings and compression joints. C. PVC Pipe: ASTM D1785, Schedule 40, or ASTM D2241, minimum 150 psi pressure rating with solvent weld joints. D. Fittings and specials: 1. Cast iron pipe: a. Use fittings and specials suitable for 250 psi pressure rating unless otherwise specified. b. For use with mechanical joint pipe, comply with ANSI A-21.10. c. For use with push -on joint pipe, comply with ANSI A-21.10 and ANSI A-21.11. d. Use cement mortar lining complying with ANSI A-21.4, standard thickness. 2. Plastic pipe: a. Use fittings and specials suitable for Schedule 40 rating unless otherwise specified. b. Use fittings and specials for PVC pipe complying with ASTM D2468. c. For threaded PVC fittings, use Schedule 80. E. Valves: Use valves designed for a working pressure of not less than 250 psi. F. Service fittings: KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 02000-13 1. PVC mains smaller than 2 inches in diameter: Make 3/4 inch maximum service with tees or plastic valve tees. 2. PVC mains 2 inches to 3-1/2 inches in diameter: For 3/4 inch to 1 inch service, use bronze service clamp and bronze corporation stop designed for PVC. 3. Service lines larger than those listed above: Make with standard tees on new lines, and tapping tees on existing lines. 2.03 VALVE BOXES A. Valves 3 inches and larger: Use service box of cast iron with "WATER" cast into the cover, extension type of the required length, with screw adjustment or as specified by CVWD. B. Valves 2-1/2 inches and smaller: 1. Use precast concrete or metal box with the word "WATER" cast into the cover. 2. Provide risers on pipe line to place valve within box depth. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 FIELD MEASUREMENT A. Make necessary measurements in the field to assure precise fit of items in accordance with the approved design. 3.03 HANDLING A. Handle pipe accessories so as to ensure delivery to the trench in sound, undamaged condition. B. Thoroughly clean interior of pipe and accessories before lowering pipe into trench. Keep clean during laying operation by plugging or other method approved by the Owner. C. Before installation, inspect each piece of pipe and each fitting for defects. Replace defective material. D. Rubber gaskets: Store in a cool dark place until just prior to time of installation. 3.04 LOCATING A. Locate water pipe at least 10 feet away, horizontally, from sewer pipes. Where bottom of the water pipe will be at least 12 inches above top of sewer pipe, locate water pipe at least 6 feet away, horizontally, from the sewer pipe. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 02000-14 B. Where water lines cross under gravity -flow sewer lines, fully encase the sewer pipe in concrete for a distance of at least 10 feet each side of the crossing, or provide pressure pipe with no joint located within 3 feet of the crossing. C. Cross water lines in cases above sewage force mains or inverted siphons at least 2 feet above the sewer line. Encase in concrete those joints in the sewer main closer than 3 feet, horizontally, to the crossing. 3.05 JOINT DEFLECTION A. Cast iron pipe: Maximum allowable deflection unless otherwise specified by CVWD: Diameter: Push -on joint: Mechanical joint: 3-4 inches 19 inches 31 inches 6 inches 19 inches 27 inches 8 inches 19 inches 10 inches B. Plastic pipe: Unless a lesser amount is recommended by the pipe manufacturer, maximum allowable deflections from a straight line or grade, or offsets, will be 5 degrees. 3.06 PLACING AND LAYING A. General: 1. Do not drop or dump any of the materials of this Section into the trench. 2. Except where necessary in making connections to other lines, lay pipe with the bells facing in the direction of laying. 3. Rest the full length of each section of pipe solidly on the pipe bed, with recesses excavated to accommodate bells, couplings and joints. 4. Do not lay pipe in water or when trench conditions are unsuitable for the work; keep water out of trench until jointing is completed. 5. Securely close open ends of pipe, fittings and valves when work is not in progress. B. Plastic pipe: 1. Position plastic pipe and fittings in trench in a manner that identifying markings will be readily visible for inspection. 2. Do not thread plastic pipe. Make connections only with the solvent cement or with special adapter fittings designed for the purpose. 3. Support plastic pipe in trenches with a 3 inch layer of sand. Do not allow rocks, debris or other potentially damaging substances within 6 inches of plastic pipe in trenches. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 02000-15 4. Provide an electrically continuous type TW insulated No. 14 tracer wire in the trench along the pipe, fastened to the pipe at 20 foot intervals and terminating above ground with a 12 inch lead taped around each riser. C. Connections: Use specials and fittings to suit the actual conditions where connections are made between new work and existing mains. Use only those specials and fittings approved by the utility having jurisdiction. D. Sleeves: 1. Where pipe passes through walls of valve pits or structures, provide cast iron or PVC wall sleeves. 2. Fill space between sleeve and wall with rich cement mortar or grout. Fill space between pipe and sleeve with mastic or grout. 3.07 SERVICE BOXES A. Where water lines are located below paved street having curbs, install boxes directly back of curbs. B. Where no curbing exists, install boxes in accessible locations beyond limits of street surfacing, walks and driveways. 3.08 TESTING A. Provide personnel and equipment necessary, and perform tests required to demonstrate that the work of this Section has been completed in accordance with specified requirements and with governmental authority having jurisdiction. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 02000-16 02530 SANITARY SEWERAGE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide sanitary sewerage system as shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, as required by CVWD , City or other agencies and as needed for a complete and proper installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Cast iron soil pipe and fittings (CIP): ASTM A74, class SV; rubber gaskets ASTM C564 for compression joints. B. Clay pipe and fittings (VCP): Use extra strength, bell and spigot, ASTM C700. Use compression joints ASTM C425, type II. C. PVC pipe and fittings: Use extra strength, minimum of SDR 35, ASTM D3034. D. ABS pipe and fittings: ASTM D2680. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Make necessary measurements in the field to assure precise fit of items in accordance with the approved design. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Location: Locate the sewer line in strict accordance with the approved plan. B. Pipe laying: 1. Protect pipe during handling against shocks and free fall. Remove extraneous material from the pipe interior. 2. Lay pipe by proceeding upgrade with the spigot ends of the bell and spigot pipe pointing in the direction of flow. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 02000-17 3. Place, fit, join and adjust the joints to obtain the degree of watertightness required. 3.04 WYE BRANCHES A. Provide wye branches where sewer connections are indicated or required. Where joining an existing line, join by placing a saddle over the line, and make connection in a manner which will not obstruct or interfere with the existing flow. 3.05 BUILDING CONNECTIONS A. Terminate building connections where shown on the Drawings. B. Provide temporary closures at terminals where the building pipe is not installed. Place marker post at grade end of plugged line. 3.06 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. Provide personnel and equipment necessary, and perform tests required to demonstrate that the work of this Section has been completed in accordance with the specified requirements. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS 02000-18 02620 SUBDRA/NAGE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide subdrainage where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, as required by geotechnical engineer and as needed for a complete and proper installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE MATERIALS A. Pipe: 1. PVC Pipe: ASTM D2729; perforated/unperforated; plain end, 4 inch inside diameter; with required fittings. 2. Corrugated plastic tubing: Flexible type, perforated, 4 inch diameter; with required fittings. 2.02 FILTER AGGREGATE A. Coarse filter aggregate: Provide clean well graded natural gravel or crushed stone; free from shale, clay, organic materials and debris; maximum size 1-1/2 inches; minimum size 1/4 inch. B. Fine filter aggregate: Provide clean well graded natural sand; free from silt, clay, loam, organic materials and soluble materials. 2.03 OTHER MATERIALS A. Provide other materials not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval by the Owner. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Excavate trenches to the lines and grades required for pipe positions, checking trenches by instrument to assure correct grade. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 02000-19 B. Place the bedding aggregate to the depths and arrangements shown on the Drawings, using special care to provide uniform and solid bearing the full length of the pipe. C. Install the pipe in the arrangements shown on the Drawings and as required to achieve positive drainage of the required areas. Form piping into a continuous system, using such fittings and accessories as are recommended by the manufacturer of the materials, starting at the highest required drainage elevation and continuing to the point of discharge. 3.03 INSPECTION A. If so required by the Owner, demonstrate prior to backfill that the drainage system provides free drainage by pulling a ball through each line of the system, using a ball 1/2 inch less in diameter than the diameter of the pipe. 3.04 BACKFILL AND COVER A. Install the aggregate backfill shown on the Drawings, taking special care to prevent crushing the pipe. B. Provide required protection until placement of the next succeeding layer or increment of construction. KOMAR DESERT CENTER—SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 02000-20 02630 STORM DRAINAGE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide storm sewerage system where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein and as needed for a complete and proper installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE MATERIALS A. Provide pipe and associated materials of the size indicated on the Drawings and meeting the following requirements. 1. Non -reinforced concrete pipe (NRCP): Provide "extra strength", ASTM C14. 2. Clay pipe (CP): Provide "extra strength", ASTM C700. 3. Plastic pipe: ANSI/ASTM D2751, ABS material, bell and spigot style solvent sealed joint end. 4. Plastic pipe: ANSI/ASTM D3033, Type PSP, PVC material, bell and spigot style solvent sealed joint end. 5. Flexible watertight joints: a. Provide rubber type gaskets for concrete pipe. b. Provide factory fabricated resilient materials for clay pipe, ASTM C425. 2.02 CATCH BASINS A. Basin lid and frame: As specified on drawings and by City of La Quinta B. Shaft construction and cone top section: As specified on drawings and by City of La Quinta C. Base pad: Cast -in -place concrete, leveled top surface to receive concrete shaft sections, sleeved to receive storm sewer pipe sections. 2.03 MANHOLES A. Lid and frame: Cast iron, removable lid. B. Shaft construction and cone top section: Reinforced concrete pipe sections, lipped male/female joints, cast steel ladder rungs into shaft sections. C. Base pad: Cast -in -place concrete, leveled top surface to receive concrete shaft sections, sleeved to receive storm sewer pipe sections. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 02000-21 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. B. Verify that excavations are ready to receive work. C. Hand trim excavations. Correct over -excavation with coarse filler aggregate. D. Bedding: 1. Provide a bedding surface for the pipe with a firm foundation of uniform density throughout the entire length of the pipe. 2. Where plastic pipe is used, provide a minimum of 4 inches of sand bedding over the top and under the pipe. 3.02 INSTALLATION - PIPE A. General: 1. Carefully examine each pipe prior to placing. Do not install defective or damaged pipe. 2. Place pipe to the grades and alignment indicated, with a tolerance of one in 1000 vertical and one in 500 horizontal. 3. Do not place pipe in water or when trench or weather conditions are unsuitable. B. Concrete pipe and clay pipe: Place by proceeding upgrade with the spigot ends of bell and spigot pipe, and the tongue ends of tongue and groove pipe pointing in the direction of flow. 3.03 JOINTS A. Joining concrete and clay pipe: Use the specified mortar ingredients. Protect the mortar bead from sun and air until cured. 3.04 INSTALLATION - CATCH BASINS AND MANHOLES A. Form and place cast -in -place concrete base pad, with provisions for sewer pipe end sections, to required elevations. B. Install shaft and top cone. C. Mount lid and frame level in grout, secured to top cone section to elevation indicated. 3.05 BACKFILL A. Backfill and compact in accordance with provisions of Section 02220. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 02000-22 3.06 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. Provide personnel and equipment necessary, and perform tests required to demonstrate that the work of this Section has been completed in accordance with the specified requirements. 02740 ASPHALT PAVING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide asphaltic concrete paving where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein and as needed for a proper and complete installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 AGGREGATES A. Provide aggregates consisting of crushed stone, gravel, sand or other sound, durable mineral laterials processed and blended and naturally combined. B. Subbase aggregate minimum size: 1-1/2 inches. C. Base aggregate maximum size: 1. Base courses over 6 inches thick: 1-1/2 inches. 2. Other base courses: 3/4 inch. D. Aggregates for asphaltic concrete paving: Provide a mixture of sand, mineral aggregate and liquid asphalt mixed in such proportions that the percentage by weight will be within: Sieve sizes: Percentage passing: 3/4 inch 100% 3/8 inch 65 - 85% 1/4 inch 50 - 65% No. 8 mesh 37 - 50% No. 30 mesh 15 - 25% No. 200 mesh 3 - 8% plus 50/60 penetration liquid asphalt at 5 to 6 percent of the combined dry aggregates. 2.02 ASPHALTS A. Comply with the provisions of Asphalt Institute Specification: KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 02000-23 1. Asphalt cement: Penetration grade 50/60. 2. Prime coat: Cut -back type, grade MC-250. 3. Tack coat: Uniformly emulsified, grade SS-1H. 2.03 MIXING ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Provide hot plant mixed asphaltic concrete paving materials. 1. Temperature leaving the plant: 290 degrees F minimum, 320 degrees F maximum. 2. Temperature at time of placing: 280 degrees F minimum. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which the work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 PLACEMENT OF BASE COURSES A. Subbase and base: 1. Spread the specified subbase and base material to a thickness providing the compacted thickness shown on the Drawings. 2. Compact to 95 percent. B. Thickness tolerance: Provide the compacted thickness shown on the Drawings within a tolerance of minus 0.0" to plus 0.5". C. Smoothness tolerance: Provide the lines and grades shown on the Drawings within a tolerance of 3/8 inch in ten feet. Correct deviations by removing materials, replacing with new materials and reworking or recompacting as required. D. Moisture content: Use only the amount of moisture needed to achieve the specified compaction. 3.03 PLACEMENT OF ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING A. Install headers and stakes as required to achieve the arrangement of paving shown on the Drawings. B. Remove loose materials from the compacted base. C. Do not accept material unless it is covered with a tarpaulin until unloaded and unless the material has a temperature of not less than 280 degrees F. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 02000-24 D. Do not commence placement of asphaltic concrete materials when the atmospheric temperature is below 50 degrees F, nor during fog, rain or other unsuitable condition. E. Spread material in a manner which requires the least handling. Where thickness of finished paving will be 3 inches or less, spread in one layer. F. Rolling: 1. After the material has been spread to the proper depth, roll until the surface is hard, smooth, unyielding and true to the thickness and elevations shown on the Drawings. 2. Roll until no roller marks are visible. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Flatness: Maximum variation of 1/4 inch measured with a ten foot straightedge. B. Compacted schedule thickness: Within 1/4 inch of design thickness. C. Variation from true elevation: Within 1/2 inch. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect the asphaltic concrete paved areas from traffic until the sealer is set and cured and does not pick up under foot or wheeled traffic. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 02000-25 02750 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide Portland cement concrete paving where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with ACI 301. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FORMS A. Provide wood or metal formwork profiled to suit conditions, including adequate bracing to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings. B. Earth forms will not be permitted for paving. 2.02 REINFORCEMENT A. Comply with the following as minimums: 1. Bars: ASTM A615/A615M, grade 60, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, using deformed bars for number 3 and larger. 2. Welded wire fabric: ASTM A185, plain type in coiled rolls, unfinished. 3. Bending: ACI318. 2.03 CONCRETE MIX A. Provide concrete with strengths specified by City of La Quinta B. Use only such additives as are recommended in the mix design and approved by the Owner and governmental agencies having jurisdiction. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 02000-26 3.02 FINAL PREPARATION OF SUBGRADES A. Thoroughly scarify and sprinkle the entire area to be paved. Compact to a smooth, hard, even surface of 90 percent compaction to receive the aggregates. 3.03 PLACEMENT OF BASE COURSE A. Base (where required): 1. Spread the specified coarse aggregate to a thickness providing the compacted thickness shown on the Drawings. 2. Compact to 95 percent. 3. Moisten substrate to minimize absorption of water from fresh concrete. 3.04 FORMING A. Place and secure forms to correct location, dimension and profile. 3.05 INSTALLATION A. Upon completion of base course and formwork, install reinforcement as shown on the Drawings. B. Transit mix the concrete in accordance with provisions of ASTM C94. C. Do not use concrete that has stood over 30 minutes after leaving the mixer, or concrete that is not placed within 60 minutes after water is introduced into the mix. D. Placing concrete: 1. Place concrete on accordance with ACI301. 2. Remove rejected concrete from the site. 3. Do not disturb reinforcement or formwork components during concrete placement. E. Deposit and consolidate concrete in a continuous operation within the limits of construction joints until the placing of a panel or section is completed. 1. Bring surfaces to the correct level with a straight -edge, and then strike off. 2. Smooth the surface leaving it free from bumps and hollows. 3. Do not sprinkle water on the plastic surface. Do not disturb the surfaces prior to start of finishing operations. F. Expansion joints: 1. Locate expansion joints where indicated, filled to full depth with expansion joint material. 2. In curbs, locate 1/2 inch thick joint at the beginning and end of curves, and at 25 foot centers elsewhere. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 02000-27 3. In curbs and paving, hold down 1/2 inch and seal exposed joints with joint sealer. G. Finishing: 1. Float to produce a surface level within 1/4 inch in 2 feet. 2. With a bristle broom produce a textured finish, light, medium or coarse as directed by the Owner. 3.06 CURING AND PROTECTION A. Beginning immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cool temperatures and mechanical injury. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 02000-28 02782 CONCRETE GRID PAVERS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide concrete grid pavers as shown on the Drawings, as specified herein and as needed for a complete and proper installation. 1.02 REFERENCES A. National Concrete Masonry Association (NCMA): Specification for Grid Pavers. B. Concrete Paver Institute (CPI): Concrete grid Pavements. 1.03 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Do not install sand or pavers during heavy rain or snowfall. B. Do not install pavers on frozen sand. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Per owner B. Product: Per Owner C. Product Dimensions: Per Owner D. Pavers shall meet the following requirements: 1. Minimum average compressive strength: 5,000 psi. 2. Average absorption: no more than 7%. 3. Proven field performance in resisting freeze -thaw or resistance to 50 freeze -thaw cycles with no more than 1 % loss by weight. 2.02 BEDDING SAND A. Bedding sand shall be clean, non -plastic, free from deleterious or foreign matter. The sand shall be natural or manufactured from crushed rock. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 02000-29 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. B. Verify that base is dry, uniform, even and ready to support sand, pavers and imposed loads. C. Verify that gradients and elevations of base are correct. D. Verify location, type, installation and elevations of edge restraints around the perimeter area to be paved. E. Beginning of installation means acceptance of edge restraints. F. Verify source and content of top soil. G. Verify grass seed mix and sources. H. Verify source and gradation of aggregate base. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Spread the sand evenly over the base course and screed uniformly to 1 inch to 1-1/2 inches thickness. The screeded sand should not be disturbed. Place sufficient sand to stay ahead of the laid pavers. B. Ensure that grid pavers are free of foreign materials before installation. C. Lay the pavers in the patterns shown on the Drawings. Maintain straight pattern lines. D. Fill gaps at the edges of the paved area with cut grid pavers or edge units. E. Cut grid pavers to be placed along the edge with a double -bladed splitter or masonry saw. F. Use a low amplitude, high -frequency plate vibrator capable of 3,000 to 5,000 lbs. centrifugal compaction force to vibrate the pavers into the sand. Protection between the vibrator and the grid pavers may be necessary to prevent cracking or chipping. G. Vibrate the pavers, sweeping top soil into the joints and vibrating until they are full within 1/8- inch from the top surface. Do not vibrate within 3-ft. of the unrestrained edges of the paving units. H. Work to within 3-ft. of the laying face must be left fully compacted at the completion of each day. I. Broadcast grass seed at the rate recommended by seed source. Sweep off excess topsoil. Distribute straw covering to protect germinating grass seed. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 02000-30 J. The final surface elevations shall not deviate more than 3/8-in. under a 10-ft. long straightedge. K. The surface elevation of pavers shall be 1/8-in. to 1/4-in. above adjacent drainage inlets, concrete edges, collars or channels. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 02000-31 02821 CHAIN LINK FENCE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide vinyl coated chain link fence system as shown on the Drawings, as specified herein and as needed for a complete and proper installation. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM A491: Standard Specification for Aluminum -Coated Steel Chain Link Fence Fabric. B. ASTM A824: Standard Specification for Metallic -Coated Steel Marcelled Tension Wire. C. ASTM F552: Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Chain Link Fencing. D. ASTM F567: Standard Practice for Installation of Chain Link Fence. E. ASTM F626: Standard Specification for Fence Fittings. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CHAIN LINK FABRIC A. Manufacturers: Per Owner B. Wire size: Per Drawings C. Mesh size: Per Drawings D. Height: Per Drawings E. Coating: Polyvinyl chloride (PVC), thermally fused to galvanized steel components. F. Color: Per Owner G. Top of fence fabric to be barbed selvage if more than 60-in. in height or knuckled selvage if less than 60-in. in height. Bottom selvage shall be knuckled. 2.02 POSTS A. Line Posts: 2-1/2 in. OD round galvanized steel, coated to match fence fabric, and of sufficient length to be approximately 3 ft. below ground and height as indicated on the Drawings. B. Terminal Posts: 1. Terminal posts shall be used wherever the fence starts, stops, or makes a change of horizontal or vertical direction of 30 degrees or more. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 02000-32 2. 2-1/2 in. square or 3 in. OD galvanized steel, coated to match fence fabric, and of sufficient length to be approximately 3 ft. below ground and height as indicated on the Drawings. 2.03 TOP AND BRACE RAIL A. Top rail shall be 1.66-in. OD galvanized pipe coated to match fence fabric. B. Top rail to run continuously along top of fence. 2.04 GATES A. Gate frames shall be of welded construction using either 2-in. square galvanized members weighing 2.6 pounds per foot or 2-in. square aluminum members, Alloy 6063-T6, weighing .94 pounds per foot. All gate members to be coated to match fence fabric. B. Fence fabric to be attached to all four sides of gate frame by means of hook bolts and tension rods. C. Gate hinges and latches shall be galvanized steel. D. Double gates shall be equipped with drop bar and gate holdbacks of galvanized steel. E. Height and width as indicated on the Drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Space posts no more than 10 ft. apart. B. Posts to be set in concrete in 12 in. diameter holes for terminal posts and 10 in. diameter holes for line posts. Concrete to be 6 in. deeper than posts in order to seal post ends. Deeper and wider settings may be required in loose soil. Top of concrete shall be sloped or domed to direct water away from post. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 02000-33 02830 CMU RETAINING WALL PART GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide concrete modular unit retaining wall system where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein and with all accessories as needed for a complete and proper installation. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM C90 - Hollow Load Bearing Masonry Units B. ASTM C140 - Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units C. ASTM C145 - Solid Load Bearing Concrete Masonry Units 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver and handle materials in such manner as to prevent damage. Store materials above ground on wood pallets or blocking. Remove damaged or otherwise unusable material, when so determined from the site. B. Faces of the concrete units shall be free of chips, cracks or stains. 1.04 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish Owner with three (3) replacement units identical to those installed on the Project. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MODULAR CONCRETE UNITS A. Provide high strength, dense concrete units meeting the requirements of ASTM C90 except that compressive strength shall be a minimum of 3,000 psi and the maximum water absorption shall be limited to 7.0%. B. The concrete shall have adequate freeze thaw resistance in accordance with ASTM C90 for a minimum of 50 cycles. C. Color as selected by the Owner. D. Face pattern as selected by Owner. E. Manufacturers as selected by Owner. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 02000-34 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas under which the work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Excavate foundation soil to the lines and grades as shown on the construction Drawings, or as directed by the engineer. B. In the absence of compacted fill or undisturbed soil, place 6 inch layer of crushed rock base over the subgrade prior to setting the first course of concrete unit retaining wall. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Erect units in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and as specified herein. 3.04 BACKFILL A. Place backfill in 8" lifts and compact to 95% of standard Proctor density. B. Only hand operated equipment shall be allowed within 3 feet of the back surface of the concrete units. KOMAR DESERT CENTER—SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 02000-35 KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 02000-36 SECTION 02870 SITE FURNISHINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to, site improvements and furnishings. 1.2 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE A. Cast -In -Place Concrete B. Metal Fabrications 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE Section 03300 Section 05500 A. Use sufficient numbers of skilled workers who are thoroughly trained and experienced in methods and techniques necessary for implementation of the work, and are fully familiar with the project specific requirements of the work. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings/Material List: Within 30 days of contract award, provide for Architect's review shop drawings and proposed materials list for all work described in this section. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PARKING LOT SIGNAGE A. General 1. All signs shall be the product of a single manufacturer. Design is based on products of Western Highway Products (213-924-6381). Equal products of alternate manufacturer may be approved subject to Architects review of submittals. 2. All signs shall be aluminum, .080 inches thick, reflectorized, style as defined below. 3. Prior to ordering, Contractor shall review local ordinances and verify that signage complies with applicable criteria. B. Product Characteristics: 1. Stop Sign: No. RIR, pole mount, color red, vandal resistant fasteners. 2. Disabled Parking Signage a. At All Site Entrances: No. RFH1824R KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 SITE FURNISHINGS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 02870-1 b. At Each Disabled Accessible Parking Space: No. R99R12, with RFHVANR12 where indicated, pole mount or as noted on the drawings, color blue, vandal resistant fasteners. c. At Accessible Routes: No. RFH1212P and RFH123P, locations indicated on drawings 3. Fire Lane: No. R26PFL, pole mount, color red/white, vandal resistant fasteners. 4. Right Turn: No. R41 R, 12 x 18, color white/black, pole mount, vandal resistant fasteners. 5. Mounting Pole: Galvanized steel pipe per Section 05500. 6. Concrete: Per Section 03300. 2.2 PRECAST CONCRETE SPLASH BLOCKS A. Provide precast concrete channel type splash blocks, 12" wide x 24" long, smooth finish, at all downspouts located in landscaped areas. 2.3 OTHER MATERIALS A. All other products and materials, not specifically called out but required for the implementation of the work, shall be new, of first quality in application, and subject to the approval of the Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspection: Prior to all work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may be installed in accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations, the original design, and the referenced standards. B. Discrepancies: In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.2 SITE IMPROVEMENTS INSTALLATION A. General: Fabricate and install all site improvement products in configuration and location as shown on the drawings, per applicable standards, and as directed by Architect. B. Site Signage: In addition to complying with drawings, install all site signage in accordance with Title 24, Part 2 requirements regarding clearance, sign size and location, and related criteria. END OF SECTION KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 SITE FURNISHINGS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 02870-2 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 1.2 1.3 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE A. Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to, cast -in -place structural concrete foundations, slabs on grade and concrete floors, as shown on Drawings and as described below. I Construction Means, Methods, Techniques, Sequences and Procedures The Contractor is solely responsible for, and has sole control over, construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures, and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract. 2. Shoring, including shoring for structural foundations, structures, and trenching, that is required to complete the Work, is considered a method or technique and is the sole responsibility of the Contractor. If a regulatory agency requires a licensed engineer to design, approve or provide drawings for shoring, then it is the sole responsibility of the Contractor to contract with a qualified Engineer for shoring design services. 3. Provide, as part of the Base Bid, all necessary construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures, including shoring design, for coordinating and completing all portions of the Work. RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE Concrete Masonry Units Resilient Flooring QUALITY ASSURANCE Section 04220 Section 09650 A. Staff: For fabrication and installation of work use only personnel who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the skills required, have installed similar applications of the specified products within one year prior to beginning work of this section, and who are completely familiar with the manufacturer's recommended methods of installation as well as the requirements of this work. B. Inspection Special inspection and testing shall be provided for all structural concrete per Section 1701, Uniform Building Code, and per Section 01400 of this specification. 2_ All concrete curing compounds shall be applied in the presence of manufacturer's representative. KOMAR DESERT CENTER—SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 03300-1 C. Testing and Certification: Material tests and certifications shall be provided per criteria specified below. D. Carefully coordinate with manufacturers of flooring finish materials to ensure that concrete floor mix designs, curing methods, and vapor emissions are compatible with finishes. Include time in the project schedule for specified water only cure of concrete floor substrates. 1.4 REFERENCES A. Codes and Regulations: Uniform Building Code, current edition, including Chapters 7, 8, 16, and 19. B. Organization and Trade Standards 1. ACI 301 "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings". 2. ACI 318 "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete", 3. ACI 347 "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork 4. ACI 305R "Hot Weather Concreting". 5. American Society for Testing and Materials, Standards as indicated, latest editions. 6. WCLIB West Coat Lumber Inspection Bureau, "Standard Grading and Dressing Rules No. 16". 7. National Bureau of Standards "U.S. Product Standard PS 1 ". 8. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute, "Manual of Standard Practice", MSP-1. 9. ASTM F 710 "Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring" 10. ASTM F 1869 "Test Methods for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride" 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Within 14 days after award of Contract, and prior to fabrication ordering or delivery of materials, submit Shop Drawings in accordance with the provisions of Section 01330. 1. Prepare shop drawings for all reinforcing, including placing diagrams. Shop drawings shall show all bends, hooks, spacing, sizing, and other details. Clearly identify any proposed splices. 2. Prepare shop drawing showing all depressions, embeds, slopes, and other surface transitions. KOMAR DESERT CENTER—SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 03300-2 3. Prepare shop drawing for raised planters and other above grade formed concrete, showing all reveals, pour joints, panel form hole lay -out, and finish transitions. B. Samples: Submit samples for specified testing. C. Product Data and Documentation Accompanying shop drawings, provide complete product data for all proposed materials, including forming, admixtures, curing, concrete, and related products. 2. Provide specified certification and floor finish compatibility verification documentation. 3. Provide specified mix designs. 4. Provide reports of specified tests. 1.6 PROTECTION A. Protection Deliver, store and handle all products in a manner to prevent damage and deterioration. 2. Store all products, including reinforcing, off the ground on pallets, blocks, or other devices. 3. Use all means necessary to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades. B. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.7 PROJECT AND SITE CONDITIONS A. Install all concrete as specified below and per applicable portions of the Uniform Building Code and ACI Standards. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. General: Supply all concrete from same batch plant. B. Aggregates: Sand -gravel aggregates conforming to "Specification for Concrete Aggregates" ASTM C 33, selected for alkali resistance, minimum Sand Equivalent (SE) of 75 per ASTM D 2419 and California Test 217. C. Cement: "Specification for Portland Cement" ASTM C 150, Type II, alkali limited to 0.60 per Table 1A, ASTM C150. Use one brand of cement throughout the project. KOMAR DESERT CENTER—SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 03300-3 D. Water: Clean, clear, potable and free from deleterious amounts of acids, alkali, salts, oil, or organic matter. E. Admixtures: 1. Admixtures shall comply with ASTM C494. 2. Admixtures shall be provided at specified conditions as defined below, and as specified in separate articles below. All admixtures shall be included in mix design calculations. 3. Use of calcium chloride is prohibited. 4. Fly Ash: With Architect's prior approval, fly ash may be added for workability to a maximum of 15 percent by volume. Fly ash may not be used instead of cement. Do not reduce cement content. 5. Contractor shall verify compatibility of admixtures with manufacturers of all flooring finish materials. Provide documentation of such verification with submittals. 2.2 REINFORCING STEEL A. Deformed Bar 1. Provide, unless otherwise indicated, deformed billet grade steel per ASTM A615, including Supplementary Requirements S-1. 2. Grade:60 3. All steel shall be free of mill scale; vast scale, dirt, and other contaminants in excess of CRSI Standards. B. Welded Wire Fabric 1. Provide Walker Davis or equal, Econolap welded wire fabric, 6x6 - W1.4 x 1.4 unless otherwise indicated on drawings and complying with ASTM A185. Provide in flat sheets only, not rolls. 2. All steel shall be free of mill scale, rust scale, dirt, and other contaminants in excess of CRSI Standards. C. Reinforcing Supports 1. All horizontal reinforcing shall be supported on approved chairs or supports. 2. Provide CRSI Class 3 corrosion protection rated bar supports, type as recommended by manufacturers, at all elevated slabs not exposed to view. 3. Provide CRSI Class 1 or 2 corrosion protection rated supports at all elevated slabs exposed to view. KOMAR DESERT CENTER—SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 03300-4 4. Provide precast concrete block bar supports at all slabs on grade. D. Tie Wire: Minimum 16 gauge, black annealed. 2.3 FORMING MATERIALS A. General 1. All material and techniques shall conform to ACI 347 and as specified. 2. Use of metal, fiberglass or other forming materials acceptable with prior review by Architect. B. Concrete Plywood Forming: Exposed to View 1. Concealed portions: APA rated B-B Plyform, as selected by Contractor, exterior grade. 2. Exposed portions: APA rated, medium density overlaid (HDO Plyform), exterior grade. C. Board Forming: Provide Douglas Fir, WWPA Grade marked, No. 1 and better at exposed conditions, S4S. D. Forming System 1. System shall be selected by Contractor, and shall be suitable for providing concrete that meets specified tolerances and criteria. 2. Planter walls shall be formed using Burke Penta-Tie system or equal. 3. All concealed form tie holes shall be filled with Burke SnaPlug, mortar fill, or approved equal. 4. All exposed form tie holes shall be filled with Burke SnaPlug, reveal style. E. Form Release Agent: Noxcrete or equal, approved by forming panel manufacturer and complying with all EPA regulations. Verify compatibility with concrete admixtures. F. Form Inserts for Corners, Rustication Strips, Keyways and Similar Applications 1. Burke or equal, PVC plastic, size and configuration as shown on drawings. 2. Where necessary, provide custom shaped plastic, rigid foam, or other approved forming material. Use of wood formed inserts not acceptable. 3. Provide minimum 3/4 inch face chamfered corner at all inside and outside corners of all concrete exposed to view. G. Cast -In -Place Columns & Light Pole Bases: Sonotube forming system producing "seamless" appearance on cast column surfaces. KOMAR DESERT CENTER—SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 03300-5 2.4 SURFACE RETARDER A. General 1. Design is based on products of Burke, phone (415) 349-7600. 2. Equal products of alternate manufacturers may be used based on submittal review. 3. Verify EPA approval of products, including VOC levels. B. Product Characteristics 1. Series: True Etch Form Retarders, Group 321 2. Depth of Etch: Light (Etch 510) 2.5 CONCRETE JOINT MATERIAL A. General 1. All joints shall be located and configured as shown on drawings. 2. Obtain Architect's approval of all construction joint locations prior to pouring concrete. B. Preformed Expansion Joint Filler: W. R. Meadows, Ceramar or equal, 1/2" thick. Depth as required by concrete thickness and as detailed. C. Sealant: As specified in Section 07900. D. Construction Joints: Greenstreak or equal, No. 521. E. Weakened Plane Joint Former: Greenstreak 852 or equal. Saw -cutting of joints acceptable with Architect's approval if done within 24 hours of pour. 2.6 CURING AND HARDENING COMPOUNDS A. General 1. All compounds used shall comply with ASTM C-309. 2. All compounds shall be currently approved by EPA for use. 3. Verify compatibility of compounds with all subsequent operations, including finish materials and adhesives. B. Curing Compound: Nox-Crete Bro-Cure or equal. 2.7 CURING PAPER A. Burke or equal, curing paper, Kraft Type 1, per ASTM C-171. KOMAR DESERT CENTER—SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 03300-6 2.8 VAPOR RETARDER A. Design is based on products of Raven Industries. Equal products of other manufacturers may be acceptable based on submittal review. B. Do not use polyethylene film ("Visqueen"). This specification supersedes structural drawing notes. C. Product Characteristics: 1. Series: 2. Material: 3. Perm Rating: 4. Water Vapor Transmission Rate: 5. Tensile Strength: 6. Thickness: 7. Seam & Penetration Tape 2.9 EPDXY GROUT A. General Rufco Super Sampson 300 Two ply, cross -laminated, high -density polyethylene .045 U.S. perms per ASTM E96, Method A .02 per ASTM E96, Method A 8000 psi per ASTM D882 3 mil Pressure sensitive, as recommended by manufacturer, 3 inches minimum width 1. Epoxy grout shall be Sika, Sikadur 32 or equal, as approved by local authority. 2. Structural values shall be as directed by Engineer, with minimum compressive strength value of 8500 psi. 2.10 NON -SHRINK GROUT A. Provide W.R. Meadows or equal, PAC -IT, non -shrink, non-metallic grout for conditions requiring dry peak applications. B. Provide W.R. Meadows or equal, 588 non -shrink, non-metallic grout for conditions requiring flow capabilities. 2.11 FLOOR FILLER A. Provide Ardex K-15, portland cement based floor leveling compound. 2.12 SAND CUSHION A. Provide imported, clean concrete sand, complying with ASTM C33. KOMAR DESERT CENTER—SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 03300-7 2.13 SLAB AGGREGATE BASE A. Gradation: 90 -100 percent passing 3/4 inch sieve, 0-10 percent passing No. 4 sieve, 0-3 percent passing No. 100 sieve. 2.14 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Reinforcing Steel 1. Provide heat number and mill analysis for all reinforcing 2. For each 10 tons or fraction thereof, prepare one tensile test and one bench test from samples taken from each size of reinforcing for each heat produced. 3. Where heat number cannot be assigned to each size, test on basis of each 2-1/2 tons or fraction thereof. 4. Testing shall be per Section 01400. B. Anchor Bolts 1. Provide manufacturer's certification of material composition. 2. Prior to installation, a minimum of two bolts of each size for each heat/mill test shall be tested for tensile and shear capacity. 3. Testing shall be per Section 01400. 2.15 PREFABRICATED STAIR NOSINGS A. Provide visual aid striping at all exterior treads and on landing edges at intersection with top riser. B Exterior cast -in -place concrete stairs: Provide Wooster Supergrit Safety Treads, type 231. 2.16 MIX DESIGN CRITERIA A. General 1. All concrete mixes shall be proportional and designed in accordance with ACI 211.1 and the Uniform Building Code. 2. All mixes shall be designed for ready mix transported concrete per ASTM C94. 3. The Contractor shall employ an independent Testing Laboratory to take samples of aggregates and to prepare design mixes. Proposed design mix shall be submitted to the Architect for review prior to placing concrete. 4. Proportions of aggregate to cement for concrete shall be such as to produce a mixture which will work readily into the corners and angles of forms and around reinforcement without permitting segregation of materials or an excess of free water KOMAR DESERT CENTER —SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 03300-8 collecting on the surface. The methods for measuring concrete materials shall be such that the proportions can be accurately controlled and easily checked during the progress of work. B. Mix Characteristics: Footings and Grade Beams 1. Maximum Aggregate Size: 1-1/2 inch 2. Compressive Strength: As shown on structural drawings 3. Slump: 3.5 inch maximum 4. Water - Cement Ratio: 0.60 C. Mix Characteristics: Slabs -on -Grade; Concrete Floors 1. Maximum Aggregate Size: 3/4 inch, low shrinkage 2. Compressive Strength: 4,000 psi minimum - supersedes structural requirement; for purposes of achieving dense concrete with low water vapor emissions per resilient flooring manufacturers and tenant criteria. 3. Slump: 3.5 inch maximum 4. Water - Cement Ratio: 0.45 D. Mix Characteristics: Exposed Walls, Columns, and Exposed Column Base Components 1. Maximum Aggregate Size: 1 inch maximum. Provide aggregate size as necessary to comply with ACI Standards for reinforcing spacing, bar size, and form configuration. 2. Compressive Strength: As shown on drawings, minimum 3,000 psi 3. Slump: 3.5 inch maximum 4. Water Cement Ratio: 0.60 maximum 2.17 OTHER PRODUCTS A. Provide all other products necessary for complete installation and operation. Such products shall be subject to the review of the Architect. KOMAR DESERT CENTER—SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 03300-9 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS- __ A. Inspection 1. Prior to installation of concrete, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 2. Verify that all work can be installed in strict accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations, the original design, reviewed submittals, and manufacturers' recommendations. B. Discrepancies: In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect. Do not proceed with installation in ares of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. C. Acceptance of Surface Conditions: Provide Architect with written acceptance of surface conditions, certifying that all surfaces are suitable for work of this section to proceed. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Protection of Existing Conditions 1. Maintain all reference elevations, benchmarks, and other datum points. 2. Protect all utility and service stub -outs from damage. B. Verification of Concrete Placement Criteria 1. Verify concrete elevations, dimensions, and alignment with work specified in other sections. 2. Identify, verify, and coordinate placement of piping and conduit sleeves through concrete. 3. Identify, verify, coordinate the location, dimension, and requirements of all depressions, recesses, block -outs and other provisions. 4. Verify subgrade elevations with slab assembly and finish floor elevations. See Article 3.6. 3.3 INSTALLATION: FORMWORK A. General 1. Design and construct formwork based on recommendations described in ACI 347, Chapters 2 and 3. KOMAR DESERT CENTER—SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 03300-10 2. Contractor is solely responsible for selection, design, and coordination of formwork system, including determination of all loads, operations sequence, safety factors, and other aspects. 3. Forms shall conform to the dimensions, shape, alignment, and elevation as shown on the drawings, subject to tolerances defined in Article 3.12 below. 4. Where required, Contractor shall obtain City and OSHA approval of all formwork design prior to placing concrete. B. Formwork: Exposed Concrete Install formwork so that mortar leakage is minimized. Provide foam edge stripping at panel edges to prevent grout fins, ridges, and other defects. 2. Construct formwork on the basis of Class B tolerances per ACI 347, Table 3.3.8. 3. Stagger all joints in forming panels. 4. Align all wall form ties symmetrically about the center of the panel, both horizontally and vertically and in accordance with approved submittal. 5. Verify dimensions immediately prior to pour; adjust as necessary. 6. Apply form release coating prior to placing reinforcing. Form coating shall not leave film or deposit on finished concrete. 7. Apply retarder coating to all exposed concrete designated as sandblasted. Apply per manufacturer's requirements. 8. Maintain all form faces in clean and satisfactory condition. Do not use forms with surface defects that will result in surface impairment. C. Formwork: Footings Install formwork to maintain dimension and elevation during concrete placement. 2. See Article 3.12 for tolerances. 3. Obtain Soils Engineer's written approval of trenching and subgrade preparation prior to installing footing formwork. D. Embedments Comply with ACI 318, Chapter 6, regarding placement and material requirements. 2. All embedded items shall be aligned and braced with templates or other devices to prevent movement during concrete placement. 3. Do not embed aluminum materials of any type without approved corrosion coating. KOMAR DESERT CENTER—SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 03300-11 3.4 INSTALLATION: REINFORCING A. Coordinate slab assembly with slab reinforcing installation. See Article 3.6. B. Fabrication Bends shall conform to bend dimensions defined as standard in accordance with details in the CRSI Manual of Standard Practice, unless otherwise shown. 2. Bars shall be bent cold, and shall not be bent or straightened in a manner that will injure the material. 3. Bars shall be fabricated within the tolerances shown in the CRSI manual of Standard Practice. 4. Welding as an aid to fabrication and/or installation will not be permitted except as specifically shown in the Contract Documents, or as authorized by the Architect. C. Placing The placement of bars shall conform to the recommended practices in CRSI, Placing Reinforcing Bars. 2. Reinforcement shall be placed within the tolerances given in ACI 117. 3. When necessary to move reinforcing bars to avoid interference with other reinforcement, conduits, or embedded items exceeding the specified placing tolerances, obtain prior approval of proposed arrangement of bars by the Architect. 4. Bars shall be securely tied to prevent displacement. All bars shall be tied at crossing contact. All dowels shall be secured in place before depositing concrete, unless otherwise permitted. 5. Splices at reinforcement shall be class A, B, or C, class as required for condition, and per ACI 318, unless otherwise noted. Minimum lap shall be 12 inches. 6. Concrete cover and bar spacinllgj shall uul11v1111 tv P\l!1 1) 1U, allu as 0l lvvvl l on drawings. 7. Welded wire fabric used as reinforcement shall be furnished in flat sheets only. 8. Welded splices or mechanical connections shall be made only at locations shown in the Contract Documents or as permitted by the Architect. a. When required or permitted, welded splices of reinforcing bars shall conform to AWS D1.4. b. When required or permitted, mechanical connections shall be installed per manufacturer's recommendations. 9. Reinforcing bars partially embedded in concrete shall not be field bent, except as shown in the Contract Documents or when permitted by the Architect. KOMAR DESERT CENTER —SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 03300-12 10. All reinforcing shall be clean, free of mill scale, heavy rust deposits, and other contaminants. 11. All horizontal reinforcement including welded wire fabric, shall be supported on specified supports. Use of "hook and pull" method for welded wire fabric is prohibited. 12. Obtain Soils Engineer's written approval of trenching and subgrade preparation prior to placing reinforcing. 3.5 INSTALLATION: CONCRETE A. Ready Mix Concrete Criteria All concrete shall be transit mixed in accordance with requirements of ASTM C94. 2. Concrete shall be mixed for 10 minutes minimum; mixing shall continue until concrete is completely discharged. 3. Minimum of 3 minutes of mixing time shall be at job site. 4. Concrete shall be rejected if not placed in final position within 90 minutes of mixing cement and aggregate. 5. Concrete shall be rejected if not placed within 45 minutes of adding water and admixtures at batch plant. 6. Under no circumstances shall Contractor add water to concrete mix. 7. Provide Architect with certified mix tickets and Public Weighmaster Certificates. See 3.5 B(5) below. B. Concrete Placement: General Criteria Place all concrete in accordance with ACI 318, Chapter 5, and as specified. 2. Do not place concrete until all reinforcing, embedded items, sleeves, and depression forms are in place and properly fastened. 3. Forms shall be properly cleaned and coated prior to placing concrete. 4. Concrete shall not be placed in water, and water shall not be permitted to rise over concrete prior to final set. 5. Provide placement record of each transit load, indicating location in structure and transit load/mix ticket number. 6. Conveying equipment shall be suitable for mix design, and shall not result in separation or loss of material. KOMAR DESERT CENTER—SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 03300-13 7. Concrete shall be conveyed in such a manner that no interruptions or delays occur that permit loss of plasticity between successive increments. 8. Deposit concrete as close as practical to final position. 9. Once concrete operation has begun, it shall be continued until the specific panel, component, or section is complete. Use of cold joints is not permitted without specific prior approval of the Architect and per ACI 318, 6.4. 10. Use of retempered or remixed concrete is prohibited. 11. Concrete shall be deposited in approximately horizontal layers, maximum twelve inches in thickness. Top surfaces of vertically formed lifts shall be generally level. 12. All concrete shall be consolidated with the aid of approved mechanical vibrating equipment. Consolidate per ACI 309. The method, intensity and duration of vibration shall be sufficient to accomplish thorough compaction. The concrete shall be compacted and worked in an approved manner into all corners and angles of the forms and around reinforcement and embedded fixtures. 13. At exterior cast -in -place concrete or concrete filled metal pan stairs, provide two inch contrasting color visual aid stripe at top approach and all treads. Slip resistance of stripe to be equal to that of stair tread finish. Color to be approved by architect. See Section 05500 for prefabricated metal stair nosing inserts. C. Inclement Weather Requirements All concrete placed shall be in compliance with ACI 305R. 2. The maximum placing temperature of the deposited concrete shall be 90' F. 3. If weather conditions would cause the concrete temperature, when deposited, to exceed 90' F, the mix shall be cooled by wetting the aggregate or by other appropriate methods. Revise mix design as necessary. 4. Comply with ACI 306R for cold weather concreting procedures. 5. Do not place concrete when gradual temperature drop will exceed 50 degrees F in first 24 hours after end of protection. 3.6 INSTALLATION: SLABS -ON -GRADE A. Assembly Description Compacted subgrade per grading specifications. 2. Aggregate base as specified, thickness as indicated on drawings. 3. 2 inch sand cushion 4. Vapor retarder as specified KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 03300-14 5. 2 inch sand cushion B. Concrete as specified, thickness as indicated on drawings. C. Place specified vapor retarder over sand cushion over compacted base material. Lap all joints minimum 12 inches. Seal around all joints, penetrations, and any other breach of membrane integrity. D. Take all measures necessary to ensure that vapor retarder is not punctured and that vapor retarder remains tightly sealed around all penetrations. E. Place 2 inch sand cushion over vapor retarder. Dampen prior to placing concrete. F. Place concrete per 3.5 and per ACI 302.1 R, Section 7.2. Mechanically vibrate all slabs. G. Provide joints per Article 3.7. H. Provide finish per Article 3.9. I. Cure per Article 3.10. 3.7 JOINTS A. General: Locate joints as shown on drawings, detailed in approved shop drawings, and approved by Architect. Joints not shown shall be approved by Architect prior to placing. B. Construction Joints 1. All construction joints shall be formed, except that footing cold joints shall be installed per (2). All slab to slab joints shall be dowelled. 2. Before placing new concrete against hardened concrete, clean all laitance from forms, reinforcing and hardened concrete. Wet hardened concrete and keep wet for twenty-four hours before placing new concrete. Hardened concrete shall have coarse aggregate exposed. 3. No construction joints or cold joints are allowed in vertical pours except at approved reveals or other locations. 4. Tool all concrete edges at slab construction joints with 1/8 inch radius. Re -cut joints with 1/8" saw blade x 1/2" deep prior to installation of joint filler. Seal per Section 07900. C. Expansion Joints (Isolation Joints) 1. Form all expansion joints with specified material. 2. Provide material full thickness of concrete, recessed to receive sealent. 3. Provide void cap at all concrete floor joints, with 1/8 inch radius tooled joint edge. KOMAR DESERT CENTER —SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 03300-15 4. Remove cap and seal per Section 07900. D. Weakened Plane Joints (Contraction Joints) Provide specified preformed joint, and locate as shown on drawings. If not shown, locate as required to limit concrete floor area to 144 square feet, with panel dimensions limited to 12 feet and square or rectangular (3:4) in configuration. 2. Provide joints at all re-entrant corners. 3. Where saw -cut joints are provided, cut to 1/4 depth of concrete to a maximum depth of 1 ". 4. Saw -cutting of joints shall be scheduled to avoid edge raveling, aggregate spalling, and shrinkage cracking. 5. Extend joints to intersect with construction/isolation joints. 6. Tool all preformed joints. 7. Seal all concrete floor joints per Section 07900. 3.8 FORMWORK REMOVAL A. Contractor is solely responsible for all removal of formwork, including reshoring and bracing as necessary. B. Timing: 1. In no case shall forms be removed from walls, columns, and footings in less than five (5) days. 2. In no case shall forms be removed from exposed, sandblasted concrete components in less than 24 hours, and as required by coating manufacturer. C. See Article 3.9 for definition and repair of surface imperfections. 3.9 CONCRETE FINISH A. Interior Floors Provide steel troweled finish, Class 3, per ACI 302.1 R. Steel troweling shall consist of three separate operations. 2. At all corridors, utility areas, and similar surfaces not receiving subsequent slip resistant finish, provide medium swirl texture. Where smooth slab is required for use in forming tilt -up concrete panels, provide subsequent blasted texture to achieve equivalent slip resistant finish at such areas. KOMAR DESERT CENTER—SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 03300-16 3. Salt Finish at Building A Sales Floor a. Float and steel trowel surface to required slopes and planes. Tool all edges with a steel edging tool. b. Embed medium graded rock salt at an approximate rate of 50 pounds per 100 square feet. c. Remove salt with hose spray after 24 hours. 4. Obtain Architect's written approval of finish prior to proceeding. B. Concrete Floors Receiving Waterproofing Membranes or Toppings Provide steel troweled finish, Class 3, per ACI 302.1 R. Steel troweling shall consist of three separate operations. 2. Following steel troweling, provide light broom finish suitable for receiving subsequent materials. 3. Obtain Architect's written approval of finish prior to proceeding. C. Sandblast Finish Provide Brush sandblast texture per ACI 303R at locations as shown on drawings. 2. Obtain Architect's written approval of initial finish, at an approved location, prior to proceeding. 3. Sandblasting operations shall be in conformance with local air quality standards. D. All Other Surfaces Exposed surfaces shall be smooth steel troweled, followed with light burlap or wood float finish. Concealed surfaces shall be as -cast, subject to repair of surface deficiencies defined below. 2. Carefully remove form inserts to maintain all reveals. E. Surface Defects Surface defects shall be as defined in ACI 309.2R. 2. Surface irregularities shall be as defined in ACI 347 for Class B surfaces. 3. All surface defects shall be repaired per approved methods and as specified. 4. All void defects, such as honeycombing, air holes, and form streaking, shall be repaired by removing all defective material to sound surfaces. Patch void created with approved portland cement based, polymer modified mortar. Match color and texture of adjacent surfaces. 5. All fins, grout lines, ridges and other form leakage defects shall be ground smooth per Architect's direction. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 03300-17 6. All concrete surfaces exceeding tolerances specified in Article 3.13 shall be brought within tolerance by grinding or filling. 7. At all exposed concrete and at concrete where, in the Architect's opinion, it is necessary to maintain satisfactory appearance, the entire surface of any one component or element shall be repaired by the "sack and patch" method. If, in the opinion of the Architect, such methods will not be suitable, defective concrete will be rejected, removed, and replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to Owner. 3.10 CONCRETE CURING AND SEALING A. General Cure concrete in accordance with ACI 318 and ACI 308. 2. Adjust methods and frequency based on weather conditions and mix design. B. All Interior Concrete Floor Substrate Areas: 7 day minimum water only wet cure with specified curing paper for purposes of achieving dense concrete with low vapor emissions per resilient and carpet flooring manufacturers and tenant criteria. Do not use curing compounds. No exceptions. Water only concrete floor cure requirement supercedes structural notes. C. All Other Concrete Surfaces Cure with specified water -based resin curing compound. 2. Provide for water curing of all footings and miscellaneous concrete as necessary for proper execution of project, coordinate with finishes, and adjustments for site environmental conditions. 3. Remove residue from exposed concrete surfaces. 3.11 GROUTING A. Epoxy Grou illy Mix, install and cure epoxy grout in strict accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Holes for insertion of dowels or bolts shall be drilled to the diameter and depth as indicated on the drawings. All holes shall be cleaned by nylon brushing and blasting out with compressed air. In no case shall the hole be drilled greater than 1/4 inch wider than the diameter of the dowel or bolt to be inserted. B. Non -Shrink Grouting Install non -shrink grout per manufacturer's recommendations and as specified. 2. Mix consistency appropriate for placing method and condition. KOMAR DESERT CENTER—SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 03300-18 3. Minimum strength at any consistency shall be 7,000 psi at 28 days. 4. Do not use as a dry -pack grout. 5. Use of dry -pack grout not permitted. 6. Provide non -shrink grout beneath all structural bearing connections as shown on drawings, all electrical floor mounted equipment and components, as a leveling base, and at miscellaneous conditions as shown on drawings. 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: TESTING A. General 1. All testing shall be per Section 01400 and as specified. 2. Testing for Contractor's convenience and scheduling shall be paid by Contractor, unless noted otherwise. B. Epoxy Grouting 1. Continuous inspection of all grouting shall be provided per Section 01400. 2. A minimum of two, but not less than 10% of all epoxy grouted dowels or bolts shall be tested. 3. Tests shall be based on two (2) times design load. 4. The actual test procedure, number, and location of test specimens shall be approved by the Building Official and architect prior to testing. 5. If one or more specimens fail the test, all non -tested components shall be tested. Non -complying components shall be replaced in a manner acceptable to Building Officials and Architect. C. Compressive Test 1. Cylinder tests shall be per ASTM C39. 2. Test cylinders shall be prepared per ASTM C31. 3. Prepare minimum of four cylinders for each 100 cubic yards for each type and application of concrete on each day concrete is cast. 4. Cylinders shall be prepared by Testing Service. 5. One cylinder shall be tested at 7 days; two cylinders at 28 days. Remaining cylinder shall be maintained by Testing Service until completion of project or instructed to dispose by Owner. KOMAR DESERT CENTER—SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 03300-19 D. Slump Test 1-: —Slump tests sha[I-be made -per ASTM-C143. 2. Tests shall be performed by Testing Service. 3. Prepare minimum of two tests per day for each type and application of concrete, or one test per each 25 cubic yards of concrete. E. Additional Concrete Tests at Areas to Receive Certain Floor Finishes Tests apply to concrete floor areas to receive resilient, epoxy or carpet floor finishes. 2. Calcium Chloride Test a. Per Rubber Manufacturers Association moisture test kit b. Use two test kits per every 1,000 square feet of floor area 3. Surface Alkalinity Test a. Use wide range pH paper test method as described in ASTM F710-98. b. Perform one test per every 1,000 square feet of floor area 4. Schedule: a. In order to effectively determine whether concrete substrate conditions have stabilized, vapor emissions need to be monitored over time. b. Conduct each set of tests at locations specified above. c. Conduct first set of tests no sooner than 28 days after concrete is placed. d. Conduct second set of tests at least two weeks later and after building has been enclosed and HVAC systems have been operating for 72 hours. 5. Acceptable Criteria: a. Moisture Vapor Emission Rate: Less than 3 pounds per 1000 square feet per 24 hours b. Alkalinity: 9.0 or less. 3.13 FIELD QUALITY T Y CONTROL: TOLERANCES n n - r%. Gei ,e ra1 All tolerances shall be as defined in ACI 117 General Building Cast -In -Place Section 2.0 and as specified. See Article 1.3 this section. 2. Classification shall be per General Building: Section 2.0, unless noted otherwise. 3. Concrete Floor Tolerances: 1/4 inch in ten feet, using a leveled straight edge, and measured within 72 hours of pour, unless noted otherwise. 4. For concrete floor substrates receiving thin -set ceramic tile or vinyl composition tile, tolerance shall be based on plus/minus 1/8 inch in eight feet, using a leveled straight edge, and measured within 72 hours of pour. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 03300-20 3.14 CLEAN-UP A. Periodically remove all debris, tags, trash and other rubbish from site. B. Do not permit concrete wash -out residue to accumulate on paving, concrete floor finish or substrate surfaces, or in landscaped areas. Comply with Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan recommendations. END OF SECTION KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300-21 KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 03300-22 SECTION 03450 PLANT -PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to, pre -cast concrete column caps, as shown on drawings and as described below. 1.2 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE A. Cast -In -Place Concrete Section 03300 B. Joint Sealers Section 07900 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. For fabrication and installation of work, use only personnel who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the skills required and who are completely familiar with the manufacturers' recommended methods of installation as well as the requirements of this work. 1.4 REFERENCES In addition to complying with current edition of all pertinent codes and regulations, comply with the following: A. Manufacturers installation procedures and recommendations. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Within 30 days after award of Contract, and prior to fabrication of components, submit Shop drawings to the Architect for review in accordance with the provisions of Section 01330. Shop drawings shall include all necessary details, for attachment, calculations, and design profile. B. Samples: Accompanying shop drawing, submit sample of, color, finish and assembly, including example of joint treatment. C. Materials List: Accompanying shop drawing, submit complete list of all proposed materials including design mix for concrete. 1.6 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection Deliver, store and handle all products in a manner to prevent damage and deterioration. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PLANT -PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 03450-1 2. Store in a secured manner, so as to prevent theft and loss. 3. -Use all -means necessary-to-proteet the-installed-workand-materials of —all other trades. B. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owners. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRE -CAST CONCRETE COMPONENTS A. General All components shall be the product of one manufacturer. 2. Design is based on products manufactured by Concrete Designs Incorporated. Products manufactured by alternate manufacturers may be acceptable, subject to architect's review of submittals. 3. All precast concrete components shall match design profile as shown on drawings. 4. Components shall have characteristics as defined below. B. Product Characteristics Concrete Mix: a. Concrete shall be portland Cement, Type I or II, low alkali with aggregate per ASTM C33. b. Concrete strength at 28 days shall be 6000 psi, with density of 140 min-150 max lb/cubic foot. c. Aggregate shall be per ASTM C33. d. Concrete shall be Beige integral color with Travertine finish at all exposed locations and natural color where plaster covered. n r:...:.. L,. A II .. ..+.. ..4...II h.. m..l.-1 i..�r.+ r�rl r� nrJi �nnr� � ;+k i+ �ini�c� hnnnu_ G. F IIJI I. /"III components If.1V1IGI ILJ shall IQII LJ I I IVIU-I.QJL, a11V f,lrvu u�.�.0 vvlu ivuL vv�u.�, i ivi wy combing, laitence, pitting, or other surface defects in excess of manufacturers standard. 3. Jointing: All components shall be sized to provide for 1/4" grout joint. 4. Provide factory cast end units, returns, corners, intersections such that shape, including flat and beveled surfaces, transition smoothly and continuously. 5. Anchorage: Provide inserts clips, and all other attachment/anchorage devices as shown and necessary to withstand lateral loading as defined in Chapter 23, UBC, including earthquake anchorage design. KOMAR DESERT CENTER - SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PLANT -PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 03450-2 2.2 GROUT A. General 1. All grout shall be the product of one manufacturer. 2. Design is based on the referenced products of Custom. Products manufactured by alternate manufacturers may be acceptable subject to Architect's approval of submittals. B. Product Characteristics: 1. Type: Portland Cement Tile Grout, Type QT-Regular. 2. Color: To match adjacent component. 2.3 MORTAR A. Provide Type S, latex modified, portland cement and silica sand mortar, complying with ANSI A118.4 and UBC. 2.4 OTHER PRODUCTS A. All other products necessary to complete installation and operation shall be subject to the review of the Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspection 1. Prior to installation of components, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 2. Verify that all work can be installed in strict accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations, the original design, approved submittals and manufacturers' recommendations. B. Discrepancies 1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify Architect. 2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PLANT -PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 03450-3 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Install all components per manufacturers recommendations and shop drawings. 2. Obtain direction from Architect for joint locations. 3. Lay out running units to minimize cutting and such that no piece is less than half a unit in length. B. Anchorage and Grouting 1. Install all mechanical fasteners and anchorage as shown and per shop drawing. 2. Install all components with specified mortar. Cure per manufacturers recommendation. Do not allow loading or movement for minimum 72 hours. 3. Grout all joints per manufacturer's requirements. Tool slightly concave. 4. Where shown on drawings, provide sealant joint. Install per Section 07900. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tolerances 1. Install all components per the following tolerance: a. Alignment of trim and cap units: 1/16" +/- b. Plumb and line: 1/8" in 5'-0", measured with 5 foot long level. 2. Tolerances are not cumulative. END OF SECTION KOMAR DESERT CENTER—SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PLANT -PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 03450-4 SECTION 04220 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to concrete unit masonry work, including reinforcing steel and all accessories, as shown and noted on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.2 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE: A. Cast -in -Place Concrete Section 03300 B. Water Repellants Section 07190 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Within 30 days of contract award, provide reinforcing shop drawings in accordance with provisions of Section 01330. B. Mix Design: Accompanying shop drawings, submit grout and mortar mix designs for Architect's approval, signed by registered Engineer or other Architect approved authority. Sika admixture shall be considered in mix design. C. Certification: Prior to delivery of units on site, submit certification of block, as described in 1.4 below for review. 1.4 CERTIFICATION A. Concrete Masonry Units: Prior to delivery of concrete unit masonry to the job site, deliver to the Architect a letter from the manufacturer of the concrete masonry units certifying that all such concrete masonry units delivered to the job site are in strict conformance with the provisions of these Specifications. B. Test Results: Certification shall show results of tests made not more than twelve months prior to delivery of concrete masonry units to the job site, shall certify compliance with the specified values, and shall certify that the mix design, yield per batch, and curing procedures for the units delivered to the job site are equal to those submitted for the test. All testing shall be per ASTM C 140. 1.5 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect masonry materials before, during and after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades. B. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 04220-1 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Workers 1. For the actual cutting and placing of masonry units, use only skilled journeyman masons who are thoroughly experienced with the materials and methods specified and thoroughly familiar with the design requirements. 2. In acceptance or rejection of installed masonry units, no allowance will be made for lack of skill on the part of the workers. 3. Provide one skilled journeyman mason who shall be present at all times during execution of the work of this Section and who shall personally direct the execution of this portion of the work. 4. All welders employed in welding reinforcing bars shall be currently qualified in accordance with Section 6.3 of AWS D1.4-79. 1.7 REFERENCES A. Codes and Regulations 1. Uniform Building Code, current edition. B. Organization and Trade Standards 1. AC 1518 2. Concrete Masonry Design Manual, current edition. 1.8 HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Immediately after delivery to the site, masonry units shall be stacked under coverings or llnvni4 otherwise protected from weather exposure and From so'lI contact Care shall vhnc cci%110cu in handling to avoid chipping and breaking. Use of damaged blocks will not be per.,. fitted Units shall hr. storedi o pallets nr +mm�nro rXi %At^n l flnnrc nff thin nrni inrl 7nA lluucu. vine ��ian uc �wicu vii pancw vi wiiiNviui y vrvv.a .+. .. y .... ... . out of the way of other trades. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE UNITS A. General 1. Concrete units shall conform to ASTM C90, medium weight, Type 1. 2. Curing: a. Yard cure for a minimum of 28 days before delivery to site KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 04220-2 b. Units that are first cured in a mist or steam chamber, or in an autoclave, shall be then yard cured for a minimum of 7 days before delivery to site 3. Accessory concrete units not shown or described but required for the completion of the work shall comply with requirements of this section. 4. Provide full assembly strength (f'm) indicated on structural drawings. B. Shrinkage: Shrinkage of concrete blocks shall not exceed .055% when tested in accordance with ASTM C-426, current edition. C. Water Content 1. At time of delivery to the site, concrete masonry units shall have a value, in weight of contained water, of not more than 30% of the fully saturated content for the unit tested. 2. Ship all units and store at the job site with all necessary protection to prevent increase of water content from rain and other sources. D. Concrete Masonry Units: Precision Design 1. Style, Size, Color: As indicated on drawings. E. Concrete Masonry Units: Split Face Design 1. Style: Split face (and split end where required), open end, except where exposed and where required to close ends at wall openings or as noted as drawings. 2. Size & Color: As indicated on drawings. F. Concrete Masonry Veneer: As indicated on drawings. 2.2 MORTAR A. General 1. All mortar shall be per UBC Standard 21-15 and ASTM C 270, Type S, color to match block. 2. Strength at 7 days shall be 1250 psi; strength at 28 days shall be 1800 psi. 3. Masonry cement is not permitted. B. Composition 1. Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II, low alkali 2. Hydrated lime: UBC Standard No. 21-13 3. Quicklime: UBC Standard No. 21-12 4. Aggregate: ASTM C 144. 5. Additive: Sikaproof CS integral waterproofing, densifying admixture. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 04220-3 6. Color: Standard gray color. At integral color block, color to match color of block. C. Premixed mortar: All premixed mortar shall be the product of one manufacturer, meet criteria of 2.2 A and B, and comply with ASTM C 387. 2.3 GROUT A. General 1. All grout shall be per ASTM C 476 and UBC 2103.4. 2. Strength at 7 days shall be 1400 psi; strength at 28 days shall be 2000 psi. 3. Slump: Maximum slump at discharge shall be 8". B. Composition 1. Cement: Per ASTM C 150, Type I or 11, low alkali. 2. Aggregate: Per ASTM C 404. 3. Admixture: Sikaproof CS integral waterproofing, densifying admixture. No substitution. 2.4 REINFORCING STEEL A. All reinforcing steel required for concrete unit masonry shall comply with all applicable standards of Section 03300. Except as otherwise shown or noted, reinforcing steel shall conform to ASTM A 615, Grade 60. 2.5 REINFORCING ACCESSORIES A. Provide appropriate reinforcing positioners and brackets to maintain all reinforcing in proper locations during grouting and per Uniform Building Code, Section 2104. 2.6 WATER A_ Fresh clean and notable, and free from such amounts of mineral and organic substances which would adversely affect the hardening of cement mortar. 2.7 OTHER MATERIALS A. All other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of concrete unit masonry, shall be selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 04220-4 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspection 1. Prior to all work of this section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 2. Verify that concrete unit masonry may be completed in accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations, the referenced standards and the original design. 3. Provide special inspection per UBC Section 1701. B. Discrepancies 1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect. 2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been completely resolved. 3.2 COORDINATION A. Carefully coordinate with all other trades to ensure proper and adequate interface of the work of other trades with the work of this Section. 3.3 MORTAR MIXING A. General 1. Proportion mortar per Table 21-A of the UBC and per the approved mix design. 2. Use a mechanical mixer of one sack minimum capacity. 3. Mix mortar at least three minutes after all materials have been added. 4. Mix only as much mortar as can be used in one hour after water has been first mixed into the batch. Use of a continuous mortar mixer is not permitted. 5. Maintain slump of 2-3/4", +/- 1/4". 6. Mortar shall not be re -tempered in any way. 3.4 INSTALLATION: CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY A. General 1. Lay up all walls in running bond, plumb, level, and true to the lines and dimensions indicated on the Drawings. All walls shall have all cells filled. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 04220-5 2. Install conduit and piping in grout cells per UBC Section 2106.1.9. 3. Do not use chipped or broken units; if any such units are discovered In the finished wall, they shall be immediately removed and replaced with new units at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Dampening: Dampening or wetting of units prior to installation is not permitted. C. Placement 1. Place all units in mortar with full shoved bed and head joints. 2. Align all vertical cells to maintain a clear, unobstructed system of flues, with a minimum area of 2" x 3". 3. Hold racking to an absolute minimum. Toothing is not permitted. 4. The top surface of the concrete foundation or slab shall be clean, roughened concrete with aggregate exposed before start of laying. Tops of foundations shall be sandblasted to expose coarse aggregates to a depth of 1/16 inch. Foundation surface shall be kept clean during construction. D. Reinforcement Install all reinforcement as indicated on the Drawings. Maintain minimum 1/2" clearance between bar and masonry. Hold firmly in place by tying, anchors, or other approved methods. 2. Fully embed reinforcement in grout, not in mortar or mortar joints. 3. Furnish and install all required metal accessories to ensure accurate alignment of steel during grout placement. F hlarrJ%yare nnrJ Insarts: Anchor bolts anri incertg emhedded in masonry shall be surrounded with grout a minimum thickness of one inch at all sides of all surfaces for the entire embedded length. F. Tooling: All joints shall be tooled. Tool joints concave to provide dense structural joint. At all plastered or waterproofed surfaces, follow with second mortar application, struck tight and flush with block surface. When recommended by waterproofing manufacturer, provide parge coat, using recommended mortar mix and obtain waterproofing manufacturer's approval of surface. 3.5 GROUTING A. General: Perform wall grouting in strict accordance with the provisions for grouting as described in Chapter 21 of the Uniform Building Code, current edition, including Table 21-B, and as defined in drawings. Grout shall achieve 2,000 psi minimum at 28 days. B. Mortar Set -Up Time: Do not grout any masonry for a minimum of 24 hours after completion of masonry installation. Do not place grout until entire height of masonry to KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 04220-6 be grouted has attained sufficient strength to resist loads of grouting materials and processes. 3.6 CURING, PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Curing: During extremely hot, dry weather, cure by fog spray for seven days as directed by Architect. Protect exposed exterior surfaces from hot sun and extreme heat. B. Protection 1. Protect exposed masonry surfaces from mortar droppings. Cover sills, ledges and projecting courses with water repellent covering. Protect slab surface from damage and staining with two layers of asphalt building paper, secured with tape. 2. Protect tops of unfinished masonry by covering with building paper, weighted down and secured. C. Cleaning: Grout or mortar stains shall be removed immediately with stiff fiber brushes or wooden scrapers. Do not use acidic solutions of any kind. 3.7 TOLERANCES A. Maximum variation of installed adjacent units is 1/8". Measurement for split face units taken on smooth face side. - B. Maximum variation from horizontal and vertical building lines is 1/4" in 10 feet. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Mortar tests: The Owner shall provide testing services to prepare 3 cylinders at the start of each days work. Test reports shall be distributed per Section 01400. B. Grout tests: The Owner shall provide testing services to prepare grout prisms per the schedule and specified reporting requirements. C. Masonry Prism Tests (where required by code) The Owner will provide testing services for masonry prisms. 2. Provide all necessary assistance and coordination with testing service for masonry prism tests of wall assemblies in accordance with UBC Section 2105.3 and local jurisdictional criteria. 3.9 CLEAN UP A. Clean all surfaces of concrete unit masonry as required for proper application of the specified finishes. Use of acidic solution as a cleaning agent is not acceptable. B. Upon completion of all work of the Section, promptly remove from the job site all mortar droppings, broken units, debris arising from the work of the Section, and all tools and KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 04220-7 equipment of this Section, leaving all areas in a neat and orderly condition to the approval of the Architect. END OF SECTION KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 04220-8 SECTION 04730 SIMULATED STONE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Description: Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to lightweight concrete adhered veneer as shown on drawings and as described below. 1.2 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE A. Cast -In -Place Concrete Section 03300 B. Portland Cement Plaster Section 09220 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Manufacturer shall have produced the specified products for a period of 5 years prior to beginning work of this section, and shall have the capability to produce the specified products to the delivery and quantity criteria of the project. B. Staff: For fabrication and installation of work, use only personnel who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the skills required, have installed similar applications of the specified products within one year prior to beginning work of this section, and who are completely familiar with the manufacturer's recommended methods of installation as well as the requirements of this work. 1.4 REFERENCES A. Codes and Regulations 1. Uniform Building Code, current edition. 2. International Conference of Building Officials (ICBO). 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Samples: Submit an adequate number of samples to indicate color and texture range and a minimum of one sample of each unit type. 1.6 FIELD SAMPLES A. Erect 4 x 4 foot field sample panel on site as directed. B. Illustrate field pattern of stone, field cutting of units where required, exterior and interior corners, ledges and other specialty accessory shapes. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 SIMULATED STONE PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 04730-1 1.7 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection 1. Deliver, store and handle all products in a manner to prevent damage and deterioration. 2. Store on pallets above ground level. 3. Use all means necessary to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades. B. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.8 PROJECT AND SITE CONDITIONS A. Protect materials from rain, moisture and freezing temperatures prior to, during and for 48 hours after completion of work. B. Allow no construction activity on opposite side of wall to which work is being applied during, and for 48 hours after completion of work. 1.9 GUARANTEE AND WARRANTY A. Guarantee: Contractor shall provide, in Architect approved form, the Owner with a guarantee against the following specific defects or failures for a period of 2 years after Notice of Substantial Completion: 1. Delamination from substrate. 2 Pnrlinn and riotarinratinn of ctnnA 1-in FXTRA .qTnrK A. Provide sufficient stone, properly boxed, unused, to cover approximately 100 square feet. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURED STONE UNITS A. All stone shall be "Desert Ridge Weathered Edge" Series as manufactured by Coronado Stone. KOMAR DESERT CENTER - SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 SIMULATED STONE PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 04730-2 2.2 OTHER PRODUCTS A. Provide all other products necessary for complete installation and operation, as specifically recommended by the stone manufacturer for this project application. Such products shall be subject to the review of the Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspection 1. Prior to installation of stone units, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 2. Verify that all work can be installed in strict accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations, the original design, reviewed submittals, and manufacturer's recommendations. B. Discrepancies 1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect. 2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. C. Acceptance of Surface Conditions: Provide Architect with written acceptance of surface conditions, certifying that all surfaces are suitable for work of this section to proceed. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Protect adjacent prefinished work from the work of this section. B. Prepare substrate per Sections 03300, 03470, 09220 and 09250 as applies. C. Base shall include fully attached metal lath per stone manufacturer's recommendations. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Fully backbutter veneer units with Type S mortar and press firmly in place on prepared base. B. Joints shall be "groutless drystack" method. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 SIMULATED STONE PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 04730-3 3.4 CLEANING A. Remove excess mortar and smears. B. Clean soiled surfaces in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. Use non-metallic tools in cleaning operations. END OF SECTION KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 SIMULATED STONE PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 04730-4 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Description 1.2 1.3 SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to, providing structural steel, as shown on drawings and as described below. 2. Principal items of work shall be as defined by AISC "Code for Standard Practice for Steel Buildings," and include the following: a. Structural steel frame, including columns, girders, frames, beams, and purlins. b. Bases and bearing plates for structural steel. c. Bracing. d. Struts, girls, hangers, clips and other detail fittings necessary to erect the structural steel frame. e. Fasteners, including anchored bases, welds, studs, and rivets. f. Structural steel finishing, including cleaning, hot dip galvanizing of all components exposed to moisture or weather, shop priming, and field repair of finish coats. g. Other work items as shown on drawings. h. Hoisting of metal floor and roof decking RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE A. Metal Fabrications B. Paints and Coatings QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Section 05500 Section 09900 Manufacturer shall have produced the specified products for a period of five (5) years prior to beginning work of this section, and shall have the capability to produce the specified products to the delivery and quantity criteria of the project. 2. Unless noted otherwise, structural steel may be of domestic or imported origin, subject to compliance with specified criteria. B. Staff For fabrication and installation of work, use only personnel who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the skills required, have installed similar applications of the specified products within one year prior to beginning work of this section, and who are completely familiar with the manufacturers' recommended methods of installation as well as the requirements of this work. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 STRUCTURALSTEEL PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 05120-1 2. Fabricator shall be currently licensed and approved by the governing agency as an approved fabricator of structural steel, including welding of structural joints. C. Requirements of Regulatory and Trade Standards 1. Comply with criteria and requirements specified in Article 1.4. 2. Where requirements of this specification are more restrictive and exceed those established by references defined in Article 1.4, the more restrictive shall govern. 1.4 REFERENCES A. Codes and Regulations Uniform Building Code, current edition, including Chapters 16 and 22, and as adopted by the governing agency. 2. Uniform Building Code Standards, current edition, including UBC Standard 22-1. 3. California Code of Regulations, Title 8, current edition. 4. Federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration regulations, as currently adopted. B. Organization and Trade Standards AISC "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges," including "commentary," modified as follows: a) Paragraph 4.2.1 of the above code is hereby modified by deletion of the following sentence: "This approval constitutes the owner's acceptance of all responsibility for the design adequacy of any connections designed by the fabricator as a part of their preparation of these shop drawings." 2. AISC "Specifications for the Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings," including "Commentary" and "Supplements" thereto as issued. 3. AISC "Specifications for Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel." 4. AISC "Specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" approved by the Research Council on Riveted and Bolted Structural Joints of the Engineering Foundation. 5, American Welding Society (AWS) D1.1 "Structural Welding Code - Steel." 6. ASTM A 6 "General Requirements for Delivery of Rolled Steel Plates, Shapes, Sheet Piling and Bars for Structural Use." 7. Qualifications for Welding Work: a. Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with AWS "Standard Qualification Procedure." b. Provide certification that welders employed in work have satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests, Chapter 5, Part C. If recertification of welders is required, retesting shall be Contractor's responsibility, including all costs. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 STRUCTURAL STEEL PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 05120-2 8. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC). 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data/Materials List Submit producer's or manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for following products. Include laboratory test reports and other data to show compliance with specifications, including specified standards. a. Structural steel (each type), including certified copies of mill reports covering chemical and physical properties. b. Normal and high -strength bolts (each type), including nuts and washers. c. Structural steel primer paint. d. Shrinkage -resistant grout. e. Power driven fasteners, shot pins, and related items. B. Shop Drawings Submit shop drawings prepared under supervision of a registered structural engineer, licensed in the State of California. Shop drawings shall include complete details and procedures and diagrams. Shop drawing submittal procedures shall comply with Section 01330. 2. Include details of cuts, connections, camber, holes, and other pertinent data. Indicate welds by standard AWS A2.1 and A2.4 symbols, and show size, length, sequence, and type of each weld. 3. Provide setting drawings, templates, and directions for installation of anchor bolts and other anchorages to be installed as work of other sections. 4. Splices permitted only where shown on drawings. 5. Shop drawings shall clearly identify, in graphic form, all deviations from contract documents. Provide complete description and rationale for deviation. C. Samples: Where required by specification, submit samples for testing in accordance with Section 01400 and Article 2.12. D. Certification Submit written certification regarding existing conditions per Article 3.1. 2. Submit material and test certifications per Article 2.12. 3. Submit written certification of jurisdictional authority approval of business providing fabrication and shop welding. Provide supporting documentation as required by Architect. 4. Provide written certification that corrosion resistant coating used as shop primer has been tested and approved by fireproofing manufacturer as providing suitable substrate for application of spray applied fireproofing material. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 STRUCTURALSTEEL PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 05120-3 5. Provide written certification that bracing and erection plans have been prepared per Title 8, C.C.R. E. Record Drawings: Submit Record Drawings in accordance with Section 01330 and 01781 procedures. 1.6 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Delivery, Storage, and Protection Deliver, store and handle all products in a manner to prevent damage and deterioration. 2. Provide original packaged welding electrodes, clearly marked as to type and rating. 3. Deliver materials to site at such intervals to insure uninterrupted progress of work. 4. Deliver anchor bolts and anchorage devices, which are to be embedded in cast -in -place concrete or masonry, in ample time to not to delay work. 5. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel members off ground, using pallets, platforms, or other supports. Protect steel members and packaged materlals from erosion and deterioration. 6. Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion or damage to members, surfaces, or supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged materials or structures as directed. 7. Use all means necessary to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades. B. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 STRUCTURAL STEEL MATERIALS A. General: For fabrication of work exposed to view, use only materials free of roller marks, pitting, and other surface defects. Grind smooth, prior to cleaning and application of surface finish. B. Shapes and Components Rolled shapes, angles, plates: ASTM A36, except doubler plates and columns noted on drawings as ASTM A572, Grade 50. 2. Pipe columns: ASTM A53, Type E or S, Grade B 3. Structural Steel Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B, Fy = 46 KSI KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 STRUCTURALSTEEL PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 05120-4 4. Machine Bolts: ASTM A307, Grade A 5. Nuts: ASTM A563, Hex, Grade A 6. High strength bolts: a. ASTM A325, with nuts complying with ASTM A563, heavy hex, Grade C. b. Approved load indicator washers may be used with prior Architect's approval. 7. Anchor Bolts: ASTM A307, Grade A 8. Steel Castings: ASTM A27, Grade 65-35, medium strength carbon steel. 9. Shear studs, headed type: ASTM A108, Grade 1015 or 1020, cold finished carbon steel, with AISC complying dimensions. 2.2 FILLER METAL A. Provide in accordance with AWS D1.1, current edition, with minimum tensile strength of 70 KS I . 2.3 WELDING ELECTRODES A. Provide in accordance with AWS D5.1, E70XX Series, as required for intended use. 2.4 GALVANIZING A. Provide hot dip galvanizing material complying with ASTM A123. 2.5 COMPONENT FABRICATION A. General 1. Conform to the approved submittals, Reference Standards as applicable to the Work and the requirements of this Section. 2. Fabricate and form the Work to meet actual installation conditions as verified at the site. 3. Mark weight on member of all components exceeding 4 tons in weight. B. Cleaning and Straightening 1. In accordance with SSPC-SP-2 or SP-3, thoroughly clean material of loose mill scale and rust. 2. Straighten by methods that will not injure the steel prior to fabrication. 3. Remove twists or bends after punching or working the component parts of a member before the parts are assembled. 4. Produce finished members free from twists, bends and open joints when erected. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 STRUCTURALSTEEL PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 05120-5 C. Contact 1. Pin component- parts of_15011t-up mem and rigidly maintain in close contact using clamps or temporary bolting during welding operations. 2. Accurately mill compression bearing surfaces of joints depending on contact bearings or saw cut square to axis or as detailed. 3. Cut other joints straight and true. D. Joining 1. Provide members of sizes, weights, shapes and arrangements indicated, closely fitted and finished true to line and in precise position as necessary to allow proper joining of parts in the field. 2. Drifting to enlarge unfair holes is not allowed without prior approval. E. Drilling, Punching, and Reaming 1. Hole burning to make or enlarge previous holes is allowed only with prior approval. Prepare required holes in structural steel members for attachment or passage of Work of other trades. 2. Where allowed, steel may be punched 1/16" larger than the nominal diameter of the bolt when thickness of the steel is equal to or less than the diameter of the bolt plus 1/8". 3. Where the steel is thicker than the diameter of the bolt plus 1/8", the holes shall be sub -drilled or sub -punched and reamed. The diameter for sub -drilled or sub -punched holes, shall be 1/16" smaller than the nominal diameter of bolt to be installed. 4. Precisely locate finished holes to ensure passage of all bolts through steel assemblies without drifting. 5. Enlarge holes only by rearruriy. 6. Poor matching of holes is cause for rejection. F. Holes for Anchor Bolts: Punch or drill the holes in base and bearing plates. Do not make or enlarge the holes by burning except for grouting holes in column bases. G. Base Plates: Press or mill column base plates 4" thick or under for a straight contact bearing between plate and column. H. Gas Cutting 1. Use of a cutting torch is allowed where the metal being cut is not stressed during the operation and provided stresses are not transmitted through a flame -cut surface. 2. Make gas cuts with a smooth regular contour. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 STRUCTURALSTEEL PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 05120-6 3. Deduct 1/8" from the width of gas cut edges to determine the effective width of members that are gas cut. 4. Make the radius of reentrant gas cuts as large as possible, but 1" minimum. 2.6 CONNECTIONS: FABRICATION AND JOINTING CRITERIA A. General Comply with requirements of referenced standards. 2. Unless noted otherwise, make all connections with common bolts. B. High Strength Steel Bolting For joints connected by high -strength steel bolts, hardened washers, and nuts tightened to a high tension, the materials, method of installation and tension control, type of wrenches, and inspection shall conform to the Reference Standards and the following requirements: a. High -strength bolts shall have a suitable identifying mark placed on top of the head before leaving the factory. b. Tightening of nuts shall be done with properly calibrated wrenches or by the turn -of -the -nut method. Minimum bolt tension for the size of bolt used shall conform to tables listed in Reference Standards. c. Calibrated wrenches shall be checked individually for accuracy at least once daily for actual conditions of application. d. Fully tightened bolts shall be marked with identifying symbol. e. Hardened washers shall be installed as per AISC Standards. f. Clean all contact surfaces of bolted parts and threads free of scale, slag, burrs, and pits, or dirt, paint, or other foreign material or defects which would prevent solid seating of parts. g. Bolt lengths shall be the grip plus 1-1/4". 2, Load Indicator Washers: a. Washers as manufactured and licensed by either Cooper and Turner or Bethlehem Steel, may be used for the field installation of the high -strength bolts. b. Load indicator washers may not be substituted for any required washer, but may be used in conjunction with the required washers. c. Conform to tightening of referenced specification. d. After sufficient bolts in a joint are snugged to bring the members into close contact, tightening shall progress from the most rigid part to the free edges until the load indicators on all bolts are closed to the required gap of 0.015" under bolts heads or 0.010" under the nuts. e. Do not completely close the gap to prevent overtightening and damage to the bolts. 3. Tension Set or Load Indicator Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: a. Load indicator bolts, as manufactured by Cold Form Specialties or Bethlehem Steel, may also be used for field installation of the high -strength bolts. b. In multi -bolt joints, the nuts shall be tightened in stages (a little at a time) without breaking the spline in any of them until the final stage, to minimize slackening of the installed bolts. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A✓D/H-01 STRUCTURAL STEEL PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 05120-7 C. Welding Conform to AWS D1.1, as modified by referenced AISC Standards and as indicated or noted on the Drawings. 2. Employ certified welding operators who are thoroughly trained and experienced in arc welding and produce uniformly reliable groove and fillet welds in flat, vertical and overhead positions and make neat and consistent welds. 3. Weld structural steel joints by the shielded electric -arc method unless otherwise shown or specified. 4. Provide inspection and testing of welds as required under Part 3 of this section and per Section 01400. 5. Grind exposed welds subject to contact to smooth surfaces free of holes, slag or other defects, flush with the adjoining surfaces. No finish treatment is required for permanently concealed welds and other exposed welds. 6. Procedures. During assembling and welding, hold components of a built-up member with adequate clamps or other means to keep parts straight and in close contact. Do no welding in wind until adequate protective screening has been set up. Cut out defective welds or parts of welds with a chisel or air arc and replace. 7. Preparation: a. Clean surfaces to be welded of paint, grease, oil, mill scale and all foreign matter. b. Clean weld each time the electrode is changed. c. Chip entire surface of hand guided and controlled flame cut edges before welding. d. Surfaces prepared with automatic or mechanically guided and controlled equipment need not be ground or chipped before welding. 8. Storage and Care of Electrodes: a. Coatings of low -hydrogen type electrodes shall be thoroughly dry when used. b. Use electrodes as taken from hermetically sealed packages within 4 hours of the Li I Ie a Ie packayc Is Opened. uc%.0 VUV0 I i�i UOVU vvru III u 110 -r I wui r.,2rivu ai iu electrodes that have been exposed more than one hour to air having a relative humidity of 75 percent or greater shall be dried for at least two hours at a temperature of 200 to 250 degrees Fahrenheit before they are used or shall be reconditioned according to the manufacturer's recommendations. c. Electrodes so dried or reconditioned not used within 4 hours after drying is completed shall be redried before use. d. Electrodes of any class that have been wet shall not be used under any conditions. 9. Completed welds shall be wire brushed and shall show uniform section, smoothness of welded metal, feather edges without undercuts or overlays and freedom from porosity and inclusions. Visual inspection at edges and ends of fillet welds shall show good fusion and penetration into base metal. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 STRUCTURALSTEEL PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 05120-8 10. Shop Ultrasonic Testing: a. Prior to welding, ultrasonically test column materials greater than 1-1/2" in thickness for laminations within 12" (6" on each side) of a direct groove weld from column splices and girder flange connections. b. Conform to the ultrasonic testing procedures specified under "Field Quality Control" of this section and per Section 01400. 2.7 SHOP FINISHING A. General Prepare in accordance with referenced specification standards. 2. Do not galvanize or shop prime structural steel embedded in concrete. 3. Do not shop prime galvanized structural steel, contact surfaces in friction type bolted connections, and surfaces within two inches of field weld locations. 4. Shop prime structural steel designated as fire proofed with approved primer providing acceptable adhesion for fireproof coating. See Article 1.5. B. Shop Prime Painting 1. Clean steel in accordance with SSPC-SP-2 or SSPC-SP-3 criteria. 2. Apply shop coat of primer per SSPC-PS Guide 7.00, Guide for Selecting One -Coat Shop Painting Systems, minimum 1.5 mil thickness. 3. Work primer into joints, corners, and edges. 4. See Article 2.6 for high strength bolted connections C. Hot Dip Galvanizing Steel framing members and ferrous metal items, specifically shown or noted on drawings as galvanized, shall be galvanized by the hot -dip process, conforming to ASTM A 123. All ferrous metals subject to moisture or weather shall be hot -dip galvanized. 2. All required hot -dip galvanizing shall be done after fabrication, in the largest sections possible. 3. Items too large for available dip tanks shall be sprayed, by approved methods, with zinc coating thickness of 0.003 inch to 0.004 inch. 4. Weight of the zinc coating per square foot of actual surface shall average not less than 2.5 ounces and no individual specimens shall show less than 1.8 ounces. 2.8 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01400 for testing procedures, including payment. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 STRUCTURALSTEEL PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 05120-9 B. Structural Shapes 1. Identified Structural Steel: Tests are waived for steel identified by heat number, accompanied by mill analyses and mill test reports and properly tagged with Identification Certificate so as to be readily identified for conformance with applicable ASTM standard. 2. Unidentified Steel: If structural steel cannot be identified or its source is questionable, not less than one tension and one bend test shall be made for each 5 tons of fractional part thereof. Additional tests may be required when deemed necessary by the Architect, Structural Engineer or Building Department. Contractor shall bear test costs. C. Connections Random inspection of shop fabrication and welding procedures may be performed by Owner's testing service without notification. 2. Headed shear connectors: Owner's Testing Service will take, at random, a minimum of 4 welded stud connectors of each type and test for compliance with referenced material standards. 3. Common and high strength bolted assemblies: Owner's testing service will take, at random, a minimum of four (4) bolt assemblies of each type for testing to ensure compliance with ASTM standards. 2.9 OTHER PRODUCTS A. Provide all other products necessary for complete installation and operation. Such products shall be subject to the review of the Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. inspection Prior to installation of structural steel, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 2. Verify that all work can be installed in strict accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations, the original design, reviewed submittals, and manufacturers' recommendations. B. Discrepancies 1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect. 2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 STRUCTURALSTEEL PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 05120-10 C. Acceptance of Surface Conditions: Provide Architect with written acceptance of surface conditions, certifying that all surfaces are suitable for work of this section to proceed. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Preparation Secure field measurements required for proper and adequate fabrication and installation of the work. 2. Furnish templates for exact location of items to be embedded in concrete and setting instructions required for installation. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General 1. Employ qualified riggers and plan erection to require minimum cutting. Erect members plumb, true to line and level and in precise positions. Provide temporary bracing and guying to resist loads and stresses to which the structure may be subjected, including those due to erection equipment and its operation. 2. Brace and secure structural steel until permanent connections are completed. Provide accessories and fasteners to secure steel in place as indicated and required. 3. Conform to Code, AISC Standards and erection and bracing plan and procedure. 4. During erection, straighten or replace members which are bent, twisted or damaged as directed. If heating is required, perform the heating by methods that ensure a uniform temperature throughout the entire member. When directed, remove the members that are damaged to an extent impairing appearance, strength or serviceability and replace with new members at no extra cost to the Owner. B. Anchor Bolts Furnish and deliver with setting drawings and templates. 2. Verify position of bolts prior to delivery of steel; report all errors or deviation for correction. C. Columns Set column bases in precise position for alignment, plumb and straight, supported on adjustable bolt supports or shims until grout has set. 2. Set center of base true to column center within 1/16 inch and adjust height to within tolerance of plus/minus 1/8 inch. Maintain bases in position and level during grouting. Fill grout space solid with nonshrink grout. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 STRUCTURALSTEEL PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 05120-11 D. Connections Maintain steel in correct position during welding and bolting and provide for dead loads, wind and all erection stresses. 2. Do not weld or final bolt until members have been aligned and plumbed. 3. Field welding shall conform to requirements for shop fabrication. 4. Tighten and upset common bolt threads to preclude loosening or use approved self-locking nuts. 5. Tighten high strength bolted connections by turn -of -the -nut method or with calibrated torque wrenches as specified for the shop highstrength bolting and according to Code, AISC Standards, and the specified references. 3.4 DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES A. General Tolerances shall conform to referenced AISC standards and AISC Code. 2. Vertical Dimensions shall be measured from top of beams at their connections at any column with variation of not more than 1/4" plus or minus per story or, when variations are accumulative from floor to floor, not exceeding 3/8" per story exclusive of column shortening due to dead load. 3. Plumb displacement shall be measured by the center line of columns from established column line varying no more than 1 " toward or away from established center line. 4. Horizontal dimension variance shall be governed by column plumb displacement tolerance. 3.5 TESTING AND CERTIFICATION A. General: Refer to Section 01400 for procedures, including payrnei t. B. Inspection Inspection shall be according to Reference Standards and AWS "Welding Inspection." 2. Testing service shall visually inspect all erection, including grouting under base plates. C. Tests of Welding and Bolting: Testing service shall inspect all shop and field welding and high -strength bolting in accordance with requirements of Code and Building Department. The testing service shall certify in writing, after completion of the Work, that all welding and high -strength bolting have been performed in accordance with the Drawings, Specifications, and Code. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 STRUCTURALSTEEL PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 05120-12 1 D. Inspection of High -Strength Bolts The testing service shall check bolt tightness on a minimum 10 percent of bolts, selected at random, for each high -strength bolted joint. 2. Inspection procedure shall conform to the referenced specification. E. Inspection and Testing of Welded Stud Connectors: General a. Perform pre -production testing, stud installation, and production testing under continuous inspection of the Testing Laboratory Welding Inspector. b. In addition to standard reports, Inspector's reports shall detail the location of all defective studs with repair or replacement action taken, damage resulting from stud installation, and all defects and unusual occurrences. c. Exception: Inspection and testing is waived for studs connecting non-structural and non -stressed finish materials. 2. Pre -Production Testing a. Perform the following tests with each welding equipment power source at the start of each production period (time interval from start-up to any shutdown of any stud -welding equipment), at the start of any new welding procedure, and after any change in the welding procedure. b. Pre -Production Tests - Stud Shear Connectors: a. After cooling, test the first two studs on a member by hammer bending to a 45 degree angle. b. If a failure occurs in the weld zone of either stud, correct the procedure and successfully weld and test two successive studs before any studs are welded to members. 3. Production Inspection and Testing a. Inspection of Stud Shear Connectors: i. After cooling, test at least one stud on each member by hammer bending to a 15 degree angle, or test each stud by striking twice with a 6-pound hammer to verify that quality welds have been obtained. ii. If failure occurs either in weld zone or stud shank, follow method of correction as required herein for pre -production testing until successful installations are produced, and replace all defective studs. iii. Test all studs not showing full 360 degree fillet weld or that have been repaired by welding; all replacement studs; and all studs in which reduction in length is less than correct by hammer bending to a 15 degree angle. For studs showing less than a 360 degree weld fillet, bend the stud in direction opposite to missing weld fillet. iv. Remove and replace studs that crack either in the weld zone, base metal, or shank under inspection and testing, or under subsequent straightening. b. Inspection of Studs Other than Shear Connectors i. Test at least one stud in every one hundred studs by hammer bending to a 15 degree angle or, if threaded, torque test with a calibrated torque wrench to an approved value for stud diameter and thread in an approved device. ii. If the stud fails, correct the welding procedure as required herein for pre -production testing and bend or torque test two or more in -place studs. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 STRUCTURALSTEEL PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 05120-13 iii. If either of the two second studs fails, all studs represented by the tests shall be bend or torque tested, or shall be rejected and replaced. -iv:-- Exte—nt--of additional -inspection and testing for critical structuralconnections shall be as designated by the Building Department. 4. Straightening a. Leave in a bent condition those stud shear connectors and shear transfer devices that are bent less than 16 degrees and are free of failure provided no portion of the studs is within 1" of an exposed concrete surface. b. Perform stud bending and straightening without heating and before completion of each day's stud welding operations. Obtain inspection and approval of straightened studs before covering. 5. Load Testing: Testing Laboratory shall load test studs to the extent and by the methods directed. F. Inspection of Groove Welds Testing service shall inspect all groove welded connections by column to column, column to girder, girder to girder, and like connections by ultrasonic or other approved non-destructive tests. 2. Conform to Building Department requirements for reinspection of welds after installation. G. Ultrasonic Testing 1. Testing shall be performed by a specially trained and qualified technician who shall operate the equipment, examine welds, and maintain a record of welds examined, defects found, and disposition of each defect. 2. All defective welds shall be repaired and costs for retesting defective welds shall be paid by the Contractor. 3. Ultrasonic instrumentation shall be calibrated by technician to evaluate the quality of the welds in accordance with AWS D1.1, Sections 5 and 6. H. Rate of Testing 1. Initially, all welds requiring ultrasonic testing shall be tested at a 100 percent rate to establish the qualifications of each individual welder. 2. The frequency of testing may be reduced to 25 percent rate if rejectable defects occur in less than 5 percent of tested welds. 3. If the rate of rejectable defects increases to 5 percent or more, 100 percent testing shall be performed until the defect rate is reduced to less than 5 percent. 4. The percentage shall be calculated for each welder independently. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 STRUCTURALSTEEL PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 05120-14 I. Backing Strips Contractor shall remove backing strips whenever ultrasonic indications arising from weld roots can be interpreted as either a weld defect or the backing strip and, if no root defect is visible, weld shall be retested. 2. If no defect is indicated on this retest, and no significant amount of the base and weld metal have been removed, the joint needs no further repair or welding. 3. If a defect is indicated, it shall be repaired. Contractor shall bear the cost of removals. 4. Questionable root indications that prove not to be defective welds shall not count against the welder to increase the test rate. 3.6 CLEANING A. Prime Paint Finish Clean and repair all surfaces requiring touch-up or final painting. 2. Apply field touch up paint to match shop applied primer. B. Hot Dip Galvanized Finish: Repair all damaged coatings, including field welded connections, with cold galvanizing compound, complying with MIL-P-26915, minimum 8 mil thickness. END OF SECTION KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 STRUCTURALSTEEL PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 05120-15 KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-AJD/H-01 STRUCTURALSTEEL PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 05120-16 SECTION 05210 STEEL JOISTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to, roof framing system open -web steel joists, which are generally limited to roof framing of the building and floor framing for the Mezzanine. Work to be provided on a design -build basis, including processing of any deferred approvals from jurisdictions having authority. 1.2 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE A. Structural Steel Section 05120 B. Paints and Coatings Section 09900 1.3 REFERENCES A. Codes and Regulations: Uniform Building Code, current edition. B. Organization and Trade Standards 1. "Standard Specifications and Load Tables" of the Steel Joist Institute. 2. "Code for Welding in Building Construction" of the American Welding Society. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The fabricator and the erector of the open -web steel joists shall each have had not less than 5 years continuous experience in their respective field. B. All fabrication of open -web steel joists shall be by a member of the Steel Joist Institute or by a firm approved by the Steel Joist Institute. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit Shop Drawings to the Architect for approval. Show all shop and erection details including connections. Show all welds, both shop and field, by the current recommendations of the American Welding Society. B. Proofs of Compliances: Submit to the Architect 2 copies of a letter from the fabricator and the erector of the open -web steel joists certifying that the installation was fabricated and erected in complete accordance with the Drawings and these Specifications. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 STEEL JOISTS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 05210-1 1.6 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Take all means necessary to protect open -web steel joists before, during, and after installation and to protect the installed work of other trades. In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 COMPOSITION AND MATERIALS A. Steel used for component members shall conform to pertinent ASTM standard designations or shall be a weldable steel having a minimum yield point of 36,000 psi tested in accordance with the applicable requirements of ASTM A-370-68. 2.2 SHOP PRIMING/PAINTING A. All open -web steel joists shall be completely shop painted with one coat of primer paint conforming with current VOC criteria. B. Shop Priming: Where shop priming is intended to act as first coat of finish coating system, verify shop primer is compatible with finish coats, and will result in equal performance and warrantability of finish coating system. 2.3 DESIGN A. Design of open -web steel joists shall conform in all respects with referenced standards and series as shown on Drawings. Joists shall include all extended ends and ceiling extensions, headers, bridging, end supports, and end anchors indicated on the drawings or required for a proper and adequate installation. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Fabricate all open -web steel joists in strict accordance with the approved Shop Drawings and the referenced standards. B. Where conflict occurs between or among the pertinent codes, regulations, and standards, and the requirements of the Drawings and these Specifications, the provisions of the more stringent requirements shall govern. 2.5 OTHER MATERIALS A. All other materials, not specifically described but required for complete and proper installation of steel joists, shall meet or exceed referenced standards, the manufacturer's recommendations and shall be subject to the approval of the Architect. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 STEEL JOISTS 05210-2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspection Prior to all work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 2. Verify that steel joists may be installed in accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations, the original design, and the referenced standards. B. Discrepancies In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect. 2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.2 ERECTION A. Erect all open -web steel joists in strict accordance with the Drawings and the approved Shop Drawings, aligning all components straight, plumb, and level with a tolerance of 1 in 200. B. Place all joists and install all bridging and bridging anchors before placing construction loads on the joists. During the course of construction, provide separate means for adequate distribution of concentrated loads where such loads occur in order to prevent exceeding the designed capacity of the open -web steel joists. C. In field welding, do not damage the joists. The total length of weld at any one point on cold -formed members whose yield point has been attained by cold -working and whose as -formed strength is used in the design shall not exceed 50% of the over-all developed width of the cold -formed section. D. After the erection is complete, touch-up all priming coat damaged during transportation or erection and prime -coat all field welds, using the priming paint specified for shop priming. END OF SECTION KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 STEEL JOISTS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 05210-3 KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 STEEL JOISTS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 05210-4 SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work includes field and shop fabricated metal assemblies, prefabricated metal assemblies, and miscellaneous related products. 1.2 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE. A. Portland Cement Concrete Paving Section 02750 B. Cast -in -Place Concrete Section 03300 C. Concrete Masonry Units Section 04220 D. Paints and Coatings Section 09900 1.3 REFERENCES A. Codes and Regulations 1. Uniform Building Code, current edition 2. Welding Certification requirements of governing jurisdiction. B. Organization and Trade Standards 1. Applicable or referenced sections of AISC Manual of Steel Construction, current edition. 2. Applicable or referenced sections of AWS D1.1 Standards, current edition. 4. Applicable or referenced sections of ASTM B32. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Manufacturers of prefabricated assemblies shall have produced the specified products for a period of 5 years prior to beginning work of this section, and shall have the capability to produce the specified products to the delivery and quantity criteria of the project. B. Staff: For fabrication and installation of work, use only personnel who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the skills required, have installed similar applications of the specified products within one year prior to beginning work of this section, and who are KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 METAL FABRICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 05500-1 completely familiar with the manufacturers' recommended methods of installation as well as the requirements of this work. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit complete shop drawings of proposed fabrications. Before proceeding with steel fabrications, notify Architect of potential warping problems which may require modification in design. B. Mill Test Reports: Provide reports and certification, including related heat or melt numbers, to demonstrate compliance with specified requirements. C. Testing/Inspection Certified inspections and certification of all shop and field welding shall be provided per referenced standards. 2. Testing of all products not provided with mill test reports shall be per applicable AS1 M standards. D. Certifications 1. Provide letter, on Contractor's letterhead, certifying that fabricated ladder complies with applicable occupational safety laws and regulations. 2. Provide written certification regarding code compliance and surface conditions as specified below. E. Materials List: Submit complete list of proposed materials for Architect's review, including code compliance test certification. 1.6 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection: Deliver, store and handle all products in a manner to prevent damage and deterioration. Off-load in such a manner as to avoid placing stress on joints, connections, or frames. Use all means necessary to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades. B. Storage: Store all materials and assemblies in an acceptable manner, maintaining specified finish without damage from weather, traffic or work in progress. Damaged or deteriorated materials or assemblies shall not be used. C. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 METAL FABRICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 05500-2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. For fabrication of those portions exposed to view, use only those materials which are smooth and free from surface blemishes, including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, and roughness. Metal fabrications in finished spaces shall be considered ornamental metal. B. All ferrous metal fabrications exposed to the weather or to moisture shall be hot dip galvanized per galvanizing specifications of this section. 2.2 FIELD WELDING A. Per welding provisions in shop fabrication specifications of this section. 2.3 MALLEABLE IRON CASTINGS A. Comply with ASTM A47, Grade 32510. 2.4 FASTENERS/CONNECTORS A. General: Select fasteners for the type, grade, and class required. B. Provide hot dip galvanize ferrous fasteners and connectors: 1. at ferrous metals, exterior use, and where built into exterior wall 2. that are installed in contact with preservative treated wood. 3. that are installed in locations subject to weather or moisture. C. Standards 1. Bolts and nuts: Regular hexagon -head type, ASTM A307, Grade A. 2. Lag bolts: Square -head type, Fed. Spec. FF-B-561. 3. Machine screws: Cadmium plated steel, Fed. Spec. FF-S-92. 4. Plain washers: Round, carbon steel, Fed. Spec. FF-W-92. 5. Headed Studs: "Nelson Studs" as manufactured by Nelson Division of TRW. 6. Brackets, Flanges and Anchors: Provide cast or formed metal of same type material and finish as supported members, unless otherwise noted. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 METAL FABRICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 05500-3 2.5 PAINTING A. Per Section 09900. 2.6 NON -SHRINK GROUT A. Per Section 03300. 2.7 SEALANTS A. Per Section 07900. 2.8 BITUMINOUS COATING A. Cold applied asphalt mastic, SSPC Paint-12, compounded for 30-mil thickness. 2.9 FABRICATION A. General 1. All materials shall be fabricated and assembled in the shop to the greatest extent possible. 2. Conform to applicable provisions of AISC Manual of Steel Construction, current edition. 3. All details shown are typical. Similar details apply to similar conditions. 4. Structural drawings shall be checked with the architectural drawings for dimensions, elevations, size and locations of all installations. 5. All dimensions shall be verified at the job. 6. Include all reinforcing angles, plates, straps, brackets, hangers, clips, lugs, holes, shims, etc., as shown or required for erection of work and as required to complete the work as shown on the drawings. B. Holes 1. Cut, drilled, or punch holes at right angles to the metal surface. Enlarging and burning not permitted. 2. Holes in base or bearing plates shall be drilled. 3. Holes shall be provided in members to permit connecting the work of other trades. KOMAR DESERT CENTER—SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 METAL FABRICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 05500-4 4. Holes shall be without torn or ragged edges. Burrs resulting from drilling or reaming operations shall be removed. 5. Bolt holes shall be 1 /16" oversize. C. Welding Welding Rod: Conforming with American Welding Society "Specifications for Arc Welding Electrodes" of classification numbers suitable to the work to be done. 2. Fabrication shall conform with standards of American Welding Society for electric shielded arc process. All welding shall be performed by qualified operators who have passed AWS certification tests. 3. Place welds on clean, unoxidized metal surface, free of scale or foreign matter. 4. Welds shall be free of overlaps, undercrusts or craters and showing good fusion and penetration. Remove defective welds by chipping and replace as instructed. 5. Fillet and butt welds shall be made with such a number of passes of beads as may be necessary to secure sound and thoroughly fused joints, but each deposit shall not exceed 1/8" of weld for each bead or pass. Preceding layers shall be thoroughly cleaned and wire -brushed to remove all scale and slab before succeeding layers are placed. 6. All welds exposed in the finish work shall be located in the least conspicuous place. Weld behind finished surfaces to minimize distortion and discoloration on finished side. Remove weld splatter and welding oxides from finished surfaces by descaling and grinding. Grind and polish weld beads on exposed surfaces to match and blend with finish on adjacent parent metal. Preserve the shape and profile of the item welded. 7. All work to be welded shall be placed in jigs, forms, or other methods employed to prevent buckling, raising, or other apparent finish marring resulting from welding. D. Bolted Connections 1. Bolts or machine screws shall be finished, unless otherwise shown. 2. Provide all bolts with washers under nuts, with unthreaded shanks extending a minimum of one-half way through the joined part nearest the nut. 3. Use countersunk, Phillips, flat, or oval -headed screws for exposed bolted connections in finished spaces. 4. Furnish bolts where required to be set by other trades. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 METAL FABRICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 05500-5 5. Remove excess threaded length. E. Bases, Bearing Plates and Anchors Provide steel bearing plates and anchors as indicated. 2. Templates shall be furnished, together with instructions for setting of anchors, anchor bolts and bearing plates. 3. Set anchors and related items properly in concrete or masonry. F. Ferrous metal fabrications and design elements include, but are not limited to, the following: Awnings, perforated metal panels, shade awnings, canopies, sign bands, exterior steel framework/brackets/supports, trash gate assembly, bollards, etc.. 2.10 PRIMING A. Preparation of Unprimed Surfaces: Remove loose mill scale and rust from structural steel, and remove mill scale and rust from ornamental metal. Thoroughly clean to remove oil, grease, dirt and other foreign material. B. Preparation of Galvanized Metal: Clean surfaces thoroughly with solvent until they are completely free from dirt, oil, and grease. Thoroughly treat cleaned surface with pretreatment specified. Remove excess solution and allow to dry completely. Touch up galvanized surfaces with specified cold applied zinc coating. C. Priming Primers shall be VOC compliant. Apply one shop coat of rust -inhibitive primer containing at least 50% rust -inhibitive pigments. Carefully apply primer to provide smooth and even surface. 2. Shop Priming: Where shop priming is intended to act as first coat of finish coating system, verify shop primer is compatible with finish coats, and will result in equal performance and warrantability of finish coating system. 2.11 GALVANIZING A. General All exterior ferrous elements, including railings, bollards, inserts, sleeves, fasteners, miscellaneous components, and all ferrous metals of any scale subject, whether structural or non-structural in function, that are subject to moisture or weather, shall be hot dip galvanized per the following requirements. 2. Ferrous metal fabrications and design elements in this project include, but are limited to, the following: Awnings, perforated metal panels, shade awnings, KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 METAL FABRICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 05500-6 canopies, sign bands, exterior steel framework/brackets/supports, trash gate assembly, bollards, etc.. B. Preparation All fabrications, components, bolts, nuts, washers, and items of iron and steel hardware furnished for galvanizing shall be suitable for hot dip galvanizing. Verify that design configuration is suitable for galvanizing. 2. Inspect products before galvanizing and ascertain whether suitable for galvanizing. Replace items which are not suitable for galvanizing. C. Galvanizing 1. All zinc shall conform with ASTM B 6, as specified in ASTM A123. 2. Steel members fabrications and assemblies shall be galvanized after fabrication, by hot dip process in accordance with ASTM A 123, A 153, and A 385 as applicable. Weight of zinc coating to conform to requirements specified under "Weight of Coating" in ASTM A 123 or ASTM A 385, as applicable. 3. Safeguard against steel embrittlement in conformance with ASTM A 143. 4. Safeguard against warping or distortion of steel members to conform with ASTM A 384. Notify Architect of potential warping problems which may require modification in design, before proceeding with steel fabrications. 5. Finish and uniformity of zinc coating and adherence of coating shall conform with ASTM A 123, A 153, or A 385, as applicable. 6. Bolts, nuts, and washers, and iron and steel hardware components shall be galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 153. Weight of zinc coating to conform to requirements specified under "Weight of Coating" in ASTM A 153. Nuts shall be tapped after galvanizing to minimum diametral amounts specified in ASTM A 563. Coat nuts with waterproof lubricant, clean and dry to touch. High strength bolts for structural steel joints shall be galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 325. 7. Galvanized materials subject to extended periods of storage in open, exterior locations shall be given passivating treatment of light oiling to prevent humid storage stain. Treatment, solution and process subject to review and acceptance by Architect/Engineer. Chromate passivation shall not be used on items galvanized after fabrication and are to be painted after erection. 8. Preservative Oils: Do not treat freshly galvanized or passivated surface with oils, grease, or chemicals which might interfere with adhesion of subsequent paint primers and coatings. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 METAL FABRICATIONS 05500-7 D. Repair: Repair all damaged coatings, including field welded connections, with cold galvanizing compound, complying with MIL-P-26915, minimum 8 mil thickness. 2.12 GATE A. Product Characteristics: Gate Frame 1. Gate Frame: Steel plates, shapes and bars per ASTM A36, 36 KSI. 2. Steel plates for bending or cold forming per ASTM A283, Grade C. 3. Gate frames shall be galvanized per ASTM A123 and A153. B. Product Characteristics Gate Hardware 1. Manufacturer: Stanley 2. Hinges: Series 850, 3x3, galvanized. Provide 4 hinges per gate. 3. Cane bolt: CD 1009, one per gate. 4. Bolt strike: 3/4`° I.D. steel pipe, length to provide 2 inch deep pocket. 5. Pull: NH 482, one per gate. C. Product Characteristics: Gate Siding 1. Gauge: 18 gauge 2. Finish: G-90 galvanized, factory primed both sides 3. Pattern: 7.2 inch on center ribbed, 2 inch rib flats, 1.5 inch rib depth, 36 inch net panel coverage 2.13 STEEL PIPES AND TUBING; SIGN POSTS, BOLLARDS, AND PIPE GUARDS A. Pipe: Comply with ASTM A53 Type E or S, Grade B. Provide standard weight (Schedule 40) unless otherwise indicated,black finish except where galvanizing is specified. All pipe located at exterior or exposed to moisture shall be hot dip galvanized per ASTM A153. B. Tubing: Provide tubing complying with ASTM A500, Grade B, with 1/4 inch minimum wall thickness or as shown on drawings. All exterior tubing shall be hot dip galvanized per ASTM A123 and A153. Prime for field painting. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 METAL FABRICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 05500-8 2.14 BURGLAR BARS A. Provide burglar bars assembly at all duct, vent, louver, and similar openings, 8" x 8" or larger, in exterior walls and roof. Construct with 3/4" diameter steel bars spaced not over 5 inches on center both ways and welded in a steel frame, unless otherwise indicated. Hot dip galvanize all components. 2.15 PREFABRICATED ALUMINUM ROOF ACCESS LADDERS A. General 1. Design is based on products manufactured by O'Keefes, phone 1-415-822-4222. Equal products of alternate manufacturer may be used based on submittal review. 2. Do not provide shop fabricated ladders for roof access. B. Product Characteristics: Interior Ladders with climb height less than 20' 1. Series: 500-10-SP 2. Finish: Standard 3. Accessory: Provide "ladder -up" extension device. C. Product Characteristics: Interior Ladders with climb height at or over 20' (caged) 1. Series: 531-10-SP 2. Finish: Standard 3. Accessory: Provide "ladder -up" extension device. D. Product Characteristics: Exterior "Over Parapet" Ladders 1. Series:503-10-SD 2. Finish: Standard 3. Provide platform, grab bars, and return. E. Landings: At all ladders, including caged ladders, that provide equipment access and are over 18 feet in height, provide pre -fabricated landing platform LP at mid -height. (97UMC 307.5.1.1.4; 2001 CMC 910.8.2) 2.16 VINE FRAMES A. Manufacturer: Greenscreen KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 METAL FABRICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 05500-9 2.17 OTHER PRODUCTS A. All other products necessary for complete installation and operation shall be subject to the review of the Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACES VERIFICATION A. Inspection Prior to work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 2. Verify that products may be installed in accordance with the original design, all pertinent codes and regulations and the referenced standards. B. Discrepancies: In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. C. Acceptance of Surface Conditions: Provide Architect with written acceptance of surface conditions, certifying that all surfaces are suitable for work of this section to proceed. 3.2 GENERAL A. Field Assembly: After assembly, the various members forming parts of a completed frame or structure shall be aligned and adjusted accurately before being fastened. Tolerances shall conform to the applicable requirements of AISC "Code of Standard Practice". Bearing surfaces that will be in permanent contact shall be cleaned before the members are assembled. As erection progresses, the work shall be securely fastened to resist all dead load, wind load, and erection stresses. Splices will be permitted only where indicated. B. Field Fabrication: Per fabrication specifications in Part 2. C. Temporary Bracing: Temporary bracing shall be provided as required and must be kept in position until final completion. Shop fabricated items subject to damage shall be braced and carefully handled to prevent distortion or other damage. D. Anchor Bolts and Anchors: Anchor bolts and anchors shall be properly located and inserted or built into connecting work. Bolts and anchors shall be preset by the use of templates or such other methods as may be required to locate the anchors and anchor bolts accurately. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 METAL FABRICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 05500-10 E. Lines and Levels: Metal work shall be set accurately at the established lines and levels, before bolting is commenced. Installation shall be in strict accordance with approved drawings and actual conditions. Verify compliance with all codes required at all conditions prior to final installation. 3.3 LADDERS A. Install per referenced standards, approved submittals and as shown on drawings. Verify solid blocking is properly located to attach ladder. Install in compliance with OSHA standards. At prefabricated ladders, install using manufacturers recommended fasteners for this project application. 3.4 PROTECTION OF DISSIMILAR METALS A. Protect aluminum and other dissimilar metals in contact with steel metal fabrications or cementitious materials from galvanic and corrosive action by separating with bituminous coating, plastic sleeves, Teflon gaskets, or other effective means applied prior to erection. 3.5 CLEAN-UP A. Upon completion of steel work, after inspection and approval of same, remove from site all waste, falsework, equipment, etc. END OF SECTION KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 METAL FABRICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 05500-11 KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 METAL FABRICATIONS PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 05500-12 SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to, structural and non-structural wood framing, as shown on drawings and specified below. 1.2 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE A. Cast -In -Place Concrete Section 03300 B. Structural Steel Section 05120 C. Glued -Laminated Construction Section 06180 D. Finish Carpentry Section 06200 1.3 REFERENCES A. Codes and Regulations 1. Uniform Building Code (UBC) and UBC Standards, current edition. 2. Construction Safety Orders, California Administrative Code, Title 8. B. Organization and Trade Standards 1. APA Plywood Diaphragm Construction U310 2. U.S. Product Standard PS 1-83 3. National Research Board NRB-108 4. WWPA Grading Rules, current edition 5. AWPA Pressure Treatment Standards 6. AITC Manual 7, American Forest and Paper Association: National Design Standards for Wood Construction. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 ROUGH CARPENTRY PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 06100-1 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect materials before, during and after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades. B. Replacements: In the event of damage, including twist or warp developed after delivery to site, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of and at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Within 30 days of contract award, submit materials list indicating all proposed materials, per Section 01330, for Architect's review. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GRADE CERTIFICATION A. General 1. All lumber materials shall be grade marked by one of the following or an agency approved by the Architect. 2. Framing lumber: Western Wood Products Association. 3. Plywood: American Plywood Association per U.S. Product Standard PS 1-83. 4. Pressure Treated Lumber: American Lumber Standards Committee approved agency. B. Grading Rules 1. Dimension and rough framing lumber: Western Lumber Grading Rules, 1998 editinn 2. Plywood: U.S. Product Standard PS1-83. 2.2 LUMBER MATERIALS A. Foundation sills, nailers and ledgers in direct contact with concrete or masonry or within 12" of ground. 1. DF-L Utility. 2. Pressure treat per AWPA Standard C-2, using SBX (DOT) treatment. 3. Re -dry material after treatment. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 ROUGH CARPENTRY PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 06100-2 B. All beams, purlins, headers, 2 x 4 sub-purlins, and posts, unless noted otherwise: DF-L No. 1. C. All joists and 2 x 6 subpurlins unless noted otherwise: DF-L No. 1. D. Wall framing: 1. DF-L No. 2 or better for 2 x 4 studs. 2. DF-L No. 1 studs for all shear walls and studs larger than 2x4. E. All plates, blocking and all other wood unless noted otherwise: DF-L No. 2. F. Plywood sheathing: 1. Roof Sheathing - plain faced applications a. Asphalt shingle and built-up membrane roofing areas: 1/2" minimum thickness, minimum 5 ply, APA rated sheathing, Group 1 species, Structural I, exposure 1 unless thicker or better quality noted elsewhere. b. Metal and Tile Roof Areas: Same as above. c. Where roof sheathing is exposed to final view from below, provide cc veneers. 2. Wall sheathing: APA rated, Structural I, Exposure 1, Group 1 Species, Conventional, square edge, thickness and Index per Drawings. 3. OSB is not permitted. As specified in Section 01600, substitution requests will not be considered. 2.3 ROUGH HARDWARE A. Bolts: ASTM A 307, grade A, square or hexagonal head. B. Anchor Bolts: ASTM A 307, grade A, hexagonal head, unless noted otherwise. C. Lag Screws: UBC Chapter 23, Division III. D. Nails: 1. Common nails complying with UBC Chapter 23, Division III, hot dip galvanized at exterior applications. 2. Box nails are not permitted. 3. Use of "sinkers" in lieu of specified nail size requires prior Architect/Engineer approval. 4. Ring shank or screw nails required at all roof diaphragm plywood sheathing. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 ROUGH CARPENTRY PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 06100-3 E. Wood screws: Comply with UBC Chapter 23, Division III. F. Framing clips, hangers, etc.: 1. Simpson Company or approved equal. Products shall be subject to the review of the Architect. 2. ICBO with current Evaluation Service Listing. 3. Galvanized, with manufacturers specified fasteners. 4. Do not use plywood clips at low -sloped roof sheathing. G. Clamps, expansion bolts, washers, anchors: steel or iron of approved manufacturer. H. Power Driven Fasteners: Hilti or equal, ICBO with current Evaluation Service Listing. I. Hot dip galvanize ferrous fasteners and connectors that: 1. Are installed in contact with preservative treated wood. 2. Are installed in locations subject to weather or moisture. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Wood Preservative For Field Treatment: Solution equal to AWPA C-2 B. Sill Sealant: Tremco Butyl sealant or equal. C. Fire -Retardant -Treated Lumber: 1. Roof sheathing shall not be fire -retardant -treated. 2 Prc8cNinn imnrAnnate Humber anri nimAinnri With fire-retarrant rhemiralc nPr AWPA C20 and C27, respectively. Identify treated wood with appropriate classification marking of UL, U.S. Testing, Timber Products Inspection, Inc., or other testing and inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2.5 OTHER PRODUCTS A. Provide all other products necessary for complete installation and operation. Such products shall be subject to the review of the Architect. KOMAR DESERT CENTER—SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 ROUGH CARPENTRY PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 06100-4 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspection Prior to installation of rough carpentry, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 2. Verify that all work can be installed in strict accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations, the original design, reviewed submittals, and manufacturers' recommendations. B. Discrepancies In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect. 2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. C. Acceptance of Surface Conditions: Provide Architect with written acceptance of surface conditions, certifying that all surfaces are suitable for work of this section to proceed. 3.2 INSTALLATION AND WORKMANSHIP A. General: Perform all work with skilled personnel in accordance with referenced standards. Accurately cut and properly fit all wood framing, true to dimension, line, rake or level and permanently secure as indicated or required. B. Scope of Lay -out Work Lines, levels, and locations for work in this section and for related work specified under other sections. 2. Cutting, fitting, and patching to accommodate work specified under other sections. 3. Setting all wood bucks, nailing blocks, anchors, grounds, plates, backing, furring, etc. C. Scaffolding, rigging, hoists, guard rails, and related items, etc.: Provide, erect and maintain in accordance with applicable portions of OSHA. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 ROUGH CARPENTRY PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 06100-5 D. Lumber Selection: Select individual pieces so that knots and obvious minor defects will not interfere with connection. Install all members with crown and tight knots in the upper position. 2. Do not use lumber with end splits or checks greater than the following: a. 2 x joists: Split length shall be less than or equal to one half the wide face of the member. b. Beams or headers: Split length shall be less than or equal to the thickness of the member. E. Fastening Provisions 1. Where roofing, plaster or other finish occurs, all straps, seats, bolts, and nuts which occur on the exposed exterior face of beams or posts shall be "let -in," dapped or countersunk to be flush with the face of the member. 2. Do not use plywood clips at low -sloped roof sheathing. Provide blocking or structural member support under all sheathing joints. 3. Verify amount and method with Architect prior to proceeding. F. All flashing -covered, nominally horizontal surfaces shall provide continuous full support of flashing and shall be sloped to shed water. Coping substrates shall be sloped to shed water toward the roof. 3.3 FASTENINGS A. General It is the intent that this work provide the number and size of nails, bolts, and other fastenings, including spacings, as required for structural strength. For conditions not cnarrifiralhi Anczrriharl ,nrnvirla to thin AxtAnt inrlratari fnr n cimilnr inint nnri ac 1.._..., r,. .... ......... J ... directed by Architect. 2. Provide as directed by the Architect all fastenings as required to produce framing without warping, sagging, buckling or other defects. B. Nailing Size and spacing shall be as shown on drawings or per UBC Chapter 23, Division III. 2. Nailing of hangers shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed recommendations and provided fasteners. KOMAR DESERT CENTER — SITEWORK & BUILDINGS A-F & H 20612-A/D/H-01 ROUGH CARPENTRY PRELIMINARY ISSUE DATE: March 12, 2007 06100-6